Tenses (काळ)
क्रियापदाच्या रुपावरुन क्रिया केव्हा घडली, हे समजणे म्हणजेच काळ (Tense) होय. क्रियापदाच्या रुपावरुन
क्रियेचा काळ किंवा वेळ समजणे यालाच आपण काळ असे म्हणतो.
e.g. I wrote a letter. wrote वरुन लिहिण्याची क्रिया ‘घडली’ असा बोध होतो.
I write a letter. write वरुन लिहीण्याची क्रिया ‘घडते’ असा बोध होतो.
I shall write a letter. shall write वरुन लिहीण्याची क्रिया ‘घडेल’ असा बोध होतो.
* Kinds of Tense :
काळाचे मुख्य प्रकार तीन आहेत.
(1) Present Tense (वर्तमानकाळ) -
घडत असताना क्रियांचा काळ म्हणजे वर्तमानकाळ (Present Tense) होय. आजच्या क्रिया, आताच्या क्रिया,
हल्लीच्या क्रिया वर्तमानकाळाचा बोध करतात.
e.g. I write a letter. (मी पत्र लिहितो.)
I am writing a letter. (मी पत्र लिहित आहे.)
I have writing a letter. (मी पत्र लिहिलेले आहे.)
I have been writing a letter. (मी पत्र लिहित आलो आहे.)
write साधा काळ, am writing अपूर्ण काळ, have written पूर्ण काळ, have been writing पूर्ण चालू काळ असे
वरील चार वाक्यांतील क्रियापदांचे वर्तमानकाळातील क्रियांच्या संदर्भात वर्गीकरण होऊ शकते.
(2) Past Tense (भूतकाळ) -
घडलेल्या क्रियांचा काळ म्हणजेच भूतकाळ (Past Tense) होय. कालच्या क्रिया, पूर्वीच्या क्रिया, गतकाळातील
क्रिया म्हणजेच भूतकाळ होय.
e.g. I wrote a letter. (मी पत्र लिहिले.)
I was writing a letter. (मी पत्र लिहित होतो.)
I had writing a letter. (मी पत्र लिहिलेले होते.)
I had been writing a letter. (मी पत्र लिहित आलो होतो.)
wrote साधा काळ, was writing अपूर्ण काळ, had writing पूर्ण काळ, had been writing पूर्ण चालू काळ असे
वरील चार वाक्यांतील क्रियापदांचे भूतकाळातील क्रियांच्या वर्गीकरण होऊ शकते.
(3) Future Tense (भविष्यकाळ) -
पुढे घडतील अशा क्रियांचा काळ म्हणजेच भविष्यकाळ (Future Tense) होय. उद्याच्या क्रिया, येणा-या क्रिया,
भविष्यकाळातील क्रिया भविष्यातील क्रिया भविष्यकाळाचा बोध करतात.
e.g. I shall write a letter. (मी पत्र लिहीन.)
I shall be writing a letter. (मी पत्र लिहित असेन.)
I shall have writing a letter. (मी पत्र लिहिलेले असेन.)
I shall have been writing a letter. (मी पत्र लिहित आलो असेन.)
shall write साधा काळ, shall be writing अपूर्ण काळ, shall have written पूर्ण काळ, shall have been
writing पूर्ण चालू काळ असे वरील चार वाक्यांतील क्रियापदांचे भविष्यकाळातील क्रियांच्या संदर्भात वर्गीकरण
होऊ शकते.
* Sub kinds of Tense :
प्रत्येक मुख्य काळाचे चार उपप्रकार आहेत. प्रत्येक काळात घडणा-या क्रियांचे वर्गीकरण चार प्रकारे होऊ शकते. हे
वर्गीकरण म्हणजे काळांचे उपप्रकार होत.
(A) Simple Tense साधा काळः
नियमित घडणा-या क्रियांचा काळ म्हणजेच साधा काळ होय.
e.g. I write a letter. write वरुन साध्या वर्तमानकाळाचा बोध होतो.
I wrote a letter. wrote वरुन साध्या भूतकाळाचा बोध होतो.
I shall write a letter. shall write वरुन साध्या भविष्यकाळाचा बोध होतो.
(B) Continuous Tense / Progressive Tense / Imperfect Tense (अपूर्ण काळ / चालू काळ) -
घडत होती, घडत आहे, घडत असेल अशा त्या त्या विशिष्ट काळातील क्रिया म्हणजे अपूर्ण काळ / चालू काळ होय.
e.g. I am writing a latter. am writing वरुन चालू वर्तमानकाळाचा बोध होतो.
I was writing a letter. was writing वरुन चालू भूतकाळाचा बोध होतो.
I shall be writing a letter. shall be writing वरुन चालू भविष्यकाळाचा बोध होतो.
(C) Perfect Tense पूर्ण काळः
त्या त्या विशिष्ट काळामध्ये पूर्ण झालेल्या क्रियेच्या काळाला पूर्ण काळ असे म्हणतात. घडलेली होती, घडलेली आहे,
घडलेली असेल असे क्रियापदाच्या रुपावरुन समजणे म्हणजेच पूर्ण काळ होय.
e.g. I have written a letter. have written वरुन पूर्ण वर्तमानकाळाचा बोध होतो.
I had written a letter. had written वरुन पूर्ण भूतकाळाचा बोध होतो.
I shall have written a letter. shall have written वरुन पूर्ण भविष्यकाळाचा बोध होतो.
(D) Perfect Continuous Tense पूर्ण चालू काळः
एका विशिष्ट वेळी सुरु होऊन अंशतः पूर्णत्व प्राप्त झालेली क्रिया अद्यापही चालू होती / आहे / असेल असे समजणे
म्हणजेच पूर्ण चालू काळ होय.
e.g. I had been writing a letter.
I have been writing a letter.
I shall have been writing letter.
have been writing वरुन पूर्ण चालू वर्तमानकाळाचा बोध होतो.
had been writing वरुन पूर्ण चालू भूतकाळाचा बोध होतो.
shall have been writing वरुन पूर्ण चालू भविष्यकाळाचा बोध होतो.
1) Simple Present Tense :
वर्तमानकाळामध्ये रीत, सवय किंवा नित्य घडणा-या गोष्टी यांचे वर्णन करण्यासाठी ज्या काळाचा वापर करतात,
त्यालाच Simple Present Tense असे म्हणतात.
e.g. I run. (मी धावतो.)
We run. (आम्ही धावतो.)
You run. (तू धावतो.)
You run. (तुम्ही धावतो.)
He run. (तो धावतो.)
She runs. (ती धावतो.)
It runs. (ते (मूल) धावते.)
They run. (ते/त्या/ती धावतात.)
टीपः (i) साध्या वर्तमानकाळी वाक्याची रचनाः
Subjects + Main Verb (first form) + Objects
e.g. I read a books.
Gopal reads a books.
(ii) साध्या वर्तमानकाळात कर्त्यांनंतर मुख्य क्रियापदाचे पहिले रुप (base verb) वापरतात.
e.g. We swim in the river.
read, swim, run ही क्रियापदाची पहिली रुपे आहेत.
(iii) साध्या वर्तमानकाळात he, she, it हे तीन व इतर तृतीय पुरुषी एकवचनी कर्ते असताना क्रियापदाच्या
पहिल्या रुपाला s किंवा es प्रत्यय जोडतात.
(iv) साध्या वर्तमानकाळात तृतीय पुरुषी एकवचनी कर्त्याबरोबर वापरलेल्या क्रियापदांच्या शेवटी s, sh, ch, x, o,
z असे प्रत्यय असतील तर त्यांना es प्रत्यय जोडतात.
(v) त्रिकालाबाधित सत्य, भौगोलिक सत्य, नीतीमुल्य, वैज्ञानिक सत्य, भौमितिक व गणिती सत्य, सवयीच्या गोष्टी
या सर्वांचा काळ साधा वर्तमानकाळ असतो.
e.g. Humanity makes men glorious. (त्रिकालाबाधित सत्य)
The sun rises in the east. (भौगोलिक सत्य)
Real happiness lies in the happiness of others. (नीतीमुल्य)
Water always takes its level. (वैज्ञानिक सत्य)
Two and two make four. (गणिती सत्य)
Gopal wakes up early in the morning everyday. (सवयीची गोष्ट)
(vi) सवयीच्या किंवा नेहमीच्या क्रिया व्यक्त करण्यासाठी आपण Simple Present Tense चा वापर करतो. अशा
क्रियांना Habitual Actions (रीतदर्शक क्रिया) असे म्हणतात. अशा क्रियांचे वर्णन करणा-या काळाला
वर्तमानकाळात रीती वर्तमानकाळ असे म्हणतात. प्रत्यक्ष रचनेत मात्र Simple Present Tense आणि
Habitual Present Tense यांमध्ये फरक आढळत नाही.
e.g. We smell with our noses.
(आपण आपल्या नाकाने वास घेतो.) Simple Present Tense
(आपण आपल्या नाकांनी वास घेत असतो.) Habitual Present Tense
(vii) always, often, usually, sometimes, never, seldom, ever इत्यादी क्रियाविशेषणे रीती वर्तमानकाळ
सूचित करतात.
(viii) साध्या वर्तमानकाळात प्रश्नार्थक वाक्ये तयार करण्याचे नियमः
(1) साध्या वर्तमानकाळात प्रथम पुरुषी I, We, द्वितीय पुरुषी You, You तृतीय पुरुषी अनेकवचनी सर्वनाम
They व इतर अनेकवचनी कर्ते असताना वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस do हे साहाय्यकारी क्रियापद वापरले असता
प्रश्नार्थक वाक्य तयार होते.
e.g. (a) Children play in the garden.
Do children play in the garden?
(b) They swim in the river.
Do they swim in the river?
(2) साध्या वर्तमानकाळात He, She, It हे व इतर तृतीय पुरुषी एकवचनी कर्ते असताना वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस does
हे साहाय्यकारी क्रियापद वापरले असता प्रश्नार्थक वाक्य तयार होते. मात्र मुख्य क्रियापदाला लागलेला s किंवा es
प्रत्यय काढून टाकतात.
e.g. (a) Gopal lives a frugal life.
Does Gopal live a frugal life?
(b) Seeta eats a mango.
Does Seeta eat a mango?
(c) The child cries loudly.
Does the child cry loudly?
(ix) do किंवा does ने सुरु होणा-या प्रश्नांची उत्तरे Yes किंवा No ने सुरुवात करुन पूर्ण किंवा संक्षिप्त वाक्यात
देतात. Yes किंवा No नंतर मात्र स्वल्पविराम देतात.
e.g. (a) Do Gopal and Seeta run?
Yes, they run. किंवा Yes, they do.
(b) Does Gopal learn a lesson?
Yes, he learns a lesson. किंवा Yes, he does.
No, he doesn’t learn a lesson. किंवा No, he doesn’t.
(x) साध्या वर्तमानकाळ नकारार्थी वाक्ये तयार करण्याचे नियमः
(1) साध्या वर्तमानकाळात I, We, You, You, They हे इतर अनेकवचनी कर्ते असताना कर्त्यांनंतर do not (don’t)
चा वापर केला असता नकारार्थी वाक्य तयार होते.
e.g. (a) I write a letter.
I do not write a letter.
(b) We go to school.
We do not go to school.
(c) You work in the field.
You don’t work in the field.
(d) You swim in the river.
You don’t swim in the river.
(e) They buy new books.
They don’t buy new books.
(2) साध्या वर्तमानकाळात He, She, It हे व इतर तृतीय पुरुषी एकवचनी कर्ते असताना कर्त्यांनंतर does not
(doesn’t) चा वापर केला असता नकारार्थी वाक्य तयार होतो. मात्र मुख्य क्रियापदाला लागलेला s किंवा es प्रत्यय
काढून टाकतात.
e.g. (a) John builds a house.
John does not build a house.
(b) Leela pushes a ball.
Leela doesn’t push a ball.
(c) Lata sings happily.
Lata doesn’t sing happily.
(xi) साध्या वर्तमानकाळात To be चे रुप मुख्य क्रियापद म्हणून वापरलेले असेल, तर दुसरे कोणतेच मुख्य क्रियापद
त्या वाक्यामध्ये वापरलेले असते. To be ची वर्तमानकाळी रुपे am, is, are. प्रश्नार्थक वाक्य तयार करताना
To be च्या रुपाचा वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस वापर करतात आणि नकारार्थी वाक्य तयार करताना To be च्या
रुपानंतर not चा वापर करतात.
e.g. (a) Assertive Sentences :
I am a boy.
We are boys.
You are a girl.
You are girls.
He is a boy.
She is a girl.
It is a child.
They are children.
(b) Interrogative Sentences :
Verbal Question : Is he a farmer?
Wh-question : What is he?
(c) Negative Sentences :
He isn’t a farmer.
She isn’t a teacher.
They aren’t happy.
I am not sad.
(xii) साध्या वर्तमानकाळात To have चे रुप मुख्य क्रियापद म्हणून वापरलेले असेल, तर दुसरे कोणतेच मुख्य
क्रियापद त्या वाक्यामध्ये वापरलेले नसते. To have ची वर्तमानकाळी रुपे have, has प्रश्नार्थक वाक्य तयार
करताना To have च्या रुपाचा च्या रुपानंतर not चा वापर करतात.
e.g. (a) Asserative Sentence :
I have a book.
We have book.
You have a notebook.
You have notebook.
(b) Interrogative Sentences :
Verbal question : have they toys?
Wh-question : What do they have?
(c) Negative Sentence :
They haven’t toys.
He hasn’t a dog.
* Remember this : have आणि has ही मुख्य क्रियापदे असताना त्यांची प्रश्नार्थक व नकारार्थी रुपे do आणि does
वापरुन देखील करता येतात.
(a) Interrogative Sentence :
Verbal Question : Do they have toys?
Does he have a dog?
Wh-question : What do they have?
What does he have?
(b) Negative Sentence : They don’t have toys.
He doesn’t have a dog.
(xiv) साध्या वर्तमानकाळात प्रश्नार्थक वाक्ये तयार करताना कर्त्यानुसार वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस do किंवा does चा
वापर करुन आपण Verbal Question (साहाय्यकारी क्रियापदांनी सुरु होणारे प्रश्न) तयार करतो. परंतू अशा
वाक्यांच्या सुरुवातीस who, why, how, what, when, whom, which, where, whose ह्या Wh-words
चा वापर करुन Wh-question तयार करतात. त्यांची उत्तरे Yes किंवा No ने न देता पूर्ण माहितीच्या आधारे
पूर्ण वाक्यातच द्यावी लागतात.
e.g. Krishna lives in a village.
Verbal Question : Does Krishna live in a village?
Wh-question : Where does Krishna live?
* Learn this :
* We use the Simple Present Tense to talk about things that happen all the time. We use it to
say something is true in general. It is not important whether the action is taking place at the time of speaking or not. e.g. When you heat milk, some of the water in it evaporates. * The use of the Simple Present Tense adds dramatic quality and excitement to the moment. e.g. As we get back to the dressing room, I give a pep talk to them. * The commentator does not use the Present Continuous Tense but he uses the Simple Present Tense. e.g. He comes …….., he bowls……… etc’. It is the use of Historical Present. |
(2) Simple Past Tense :
भूतकाळात एका विशिष्ट क्षणी घडलेल्या क्रियांचा काळ म्हणजे साधा भूतकाळ. ज्या क्रिया भूतकाळात सवयीने
घडल्या, सातत्याने घडल्या, रीत किंवा पध्दत दाखविण्यासाठी घडल्या अशा क्रियांचा काळ म्हणजे साधा भूतकाळ
होय.
e.g. I bought a book. (मी पुस्तक विकत घेतले.)
We sold gold ornaments. (आम्ही सोन्याचे दागिने विकले.)
You threw a ball. (तू चेंडू फेकलास.)
You caught a thief. (तुम्ही चोर पकडला.)
He ate an apple. (तिने सफरचंद खाल्ले.)
She cut vegetables. (तिने भाजीपाला कापला.)
It wept loudly. (ते मोठ्याने रडले.)
They swam in the river. (ते नदीमध्ये पोहले.)
Rafi sang a sweet song. (रफीने मधुर गीत गायिले.)
Lata composed some poems. (लताने काही कविता रचल्या.)
Farmers ploughed their fields. (शेतकय्रांनी आपली शेते नांगरली.)
टीपः (i) साध्या भूतकाळी वाक्यांची रचनाः
Subject + Main Verb (second form) + Object
e.g. John sold caps.
Vikram won the race.
(ii) साध्या भूतकाळात कर्त्यांनंतर मुख्य क्रियापदाचे दुसरे रुप वापरतात.
e.g. John woke up early in the morning.
* bought, sold, threw, caught, ate, cut, wept, swam, sang, composed, ploughed, won
ही वरील वाक्यांमध्ये आलेली क्रियापदाची दुसरी रुपे आहेत.
(iii) भूतकाळात एखादी क्रिया नियमितपणे किंवा वारंवार घडत होती हे दर्शविण्यासाठी Habitual Past Tense
चा वापर करण्यात येतो. Habitual Past Tense व्यक्त करण्यासाठी प्रामुख्याने used to हे साहाय्यकारी
क्रियापद वापरतात. used to नंतर मुख्य क्रियापदाचे पहिले रुप वापरतात.
e.g. We used to go for a walk by the seashore.
(आम्ही समुद्रकिनारी फिरावयाला जात असू.)
My grandmother used to tell me the stories of brave warriors.
(माझी आजी मला शूर योद्ध्यांच्या गोष्टी सांगत असे.)
(iv) Habitual Past Tense (रीती भूतकाळ) व्यक्त करण्यासाठी would ह्या साहाय्यकारी क्रियापदाचा used
to ऐवजी वापर करतात. (would = used to) would नंतर मुख्य क्रियापदाचे पहिले रुप वापरतात.
e.g. Our teacher would tell us stories in those days.
Our teacher used to tell us stories in those days.
(आमचे गुरुजी त्याकाळी आम्हाला गोष्टी सांगत असत.)
(v) साध्या भूतकाळात प्रश्नार्थक वाक्य तयार करतांना वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस did हे साहाय्यकारी क्रियापद
वापरुन भूतकाळी क्रियापदाचे वर्तमानकाळी रुप वापरतात. शेवटी प्रश्नचिन्ह देतात.
e.g. (a) Radha sold tomatoes.
Did Radha sell tomatoes?
(b) Dhnodiba grew vegetables.
Did Dhondiba grew vegetables?
(c) Mr. Shastri taught a lesson.
Did Mr. Shastri teach a lesson?
* प्रश्नार्थक वाक्य तयार करतांना भूतकाळी क्रियापदांमध्ये होणारा बदल काळजीपूर्वक समजून घ्या.
sold = did ……. sell?
grew = did ……. grow?
taught = did …….. teach?
(vi) साध्या भूतकाळात did ने सुरु होणा-या प्रश्नांची उत्तरे Yes किंवा No ने सुरुवात करुन संक्षिप्त किंवा पूर्ण
वाक्यात देतात. Yes किंवा No नंतर मात्र स्वल्पविराम देतात.
e.g. Did the students learn a lesson?
Yes, they learnt a lesson. किंवा Yes, they did.
No, they didn’t learn a lesson. किंवा No, they didn’t.
(vii) साध्या भूतकाळात प्रश्नार्थक वाक्ये तयार करताना वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस did चा वापर करुन आपण Verbal
Questions तयार करतो. परंतू अशा वाक्यांच्या सुरुवातीस Wh-words वापरुन Wh-Questions तयार करता
येतात. त्यांची उत्तरे Yes किंवा No ने न देता पूर्ण माहितीच्या आधारे पूर्ण वाक्यातच द्यावी लागतात.
e.g. John sold caps.
(a) Verbal Question : Did John sells caps?
(b) Wh-Question : What did John sell?
(viii) साध्या भूतकाळात नकारार्थी वाक्य तयार करतांना did not (didn’t) चा वापर करुन भूतकाळी क्रियापदाचे
वर्तमानाकाळी रुप लिहितात.
e.g. (a) Kanta gave me a bell.
Kanta didn’t give me a bell.
(b) Sachin found his lost pen.
Sachin didn’t find his lost pen.
* नकारार्थी वाक्य तयार करताना भूतकाळी क्रियापदामध्ये होणारा बदल काळजीपूर्वक अभ्यासा.
gave = didn’t give
found = didn’t find
(xi) साध्या भूतकाळात to be चे रुप मुख्य क्रियापद म्हणून वापरलेले असेल, तर दुसरे कोणतेच मुख्य क्रियापद त्या
वाक्यामध्ये वापरलेले नसते. प्रश्नार्थक वाक्य तयार करताना to be च्या रुपाचा वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस वापर करतात
आणि नकारार्थी वाक्य तयार करताना to be च्या रुपानंतर not चा वापर करतात.
भूतकाळी To be ची रुपे ः was, were
e.g. (a) Assertive Sentences :
I was happy.
We were happy.
You were happy.
He was happy.
She was happy.
It was happy.
They were happy.
(b) Interrogative Sentences :
Verbal question : Was he happy?
Wh-question : How was he?
(c) Negative Sentences :
He wasn’t happy.
She wasn’t dull.
(x) साध्या भूतकाळात To have चे रुप मुख्य क्रियापद म्हणून वापरलेले असेल, तर दुसरे कोणतेच मुख्य क्रियापद
त्या वाक्यामध्ये वापरलेले नसते. प्रश्नार्थक वाक्य तयार करताना To have च्या रुपाचा वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस
वापर करतात आणि नकारार्थी वाक्य तयार करताना To have च्या रुपानंतर not चा वापर करतात.
e.g. (a) Asserative Sentences :
Sheela had a doll.
Shankar had a box.
(b) Interrogative Sentences:
Verbal question : Had sheela a doll?
Wh-question : What did Sheela have?
(c) Negative Sentences :
Sheela hadn’t a doll.
(xi) Remember this : had हे मुख्य क्रियापद असताना प्रश्नार्थक आणि नकारार्थी वाक्ये did हे साहाय्यकारी
क्रियापद वापरुन देखील करता येतात.
(a) Interrogative Sentences :
Verbal-question: Did Sheela have a doll?
Wh-question : what did Sheela have?
(b) Negative Sentences : Sheela didn’t have a doll.
The child didn’t have a toy.
* Learn this :
* The Simple Past Tense is used to express an action that happened once in the past : a single
occurrence in the past. e.g. The school bus arrived one hour late yesterday. * Combination of the Simple Past Tense with the Past Continuous Tense. ‘पहिली क्रिया घडत असताना दुसरी क्रिया घडली’ असा संकेत मिळतो, तेव्हा हे Combination शक्य असते. e.g. Asha was reading a newspaper when father came home. * Combination of the Simple Past Tense with the Past Perfect Tense. ‘पहिली क्रिया पूर्ण झालेली असताना दुसरी क्रिया घडली’ असा संकेत मिळतो, तेव्हा हे Combination शक्य असते. e.g. By the time the fireman arrived, the fire had spread in all directions. * The Simple Past Tense is used to describe a habitual or recurrent action in the past. e.g. It rained every morning in the past. |
(3) Simple Future Tense :
येणाय्रा आगामी काळात ज्या क्रिया मियमितपणे किंवा वारंवार घडणार असतील, अशा क्रियांचा काळाला साधा
भविष्यकाळ असे म्हणतात.
e.g. I shall listen a story. (मी गोष्ट ऐकेन.)
We shall listen a story. (आम्ही गोष्ट ऐकू.)
You will listen a story. (तू गोष्ट ऐकशील.)
You will listen a story. (तुम्ही गोष्ट ऐकाल.)
He will listen a story. (तो गोष्ट ऐकेल.)
She will listen a story. (ती गोष्ट ऐकेल.)
It will break a toy. (ते खेळणे मोडेल.)
They will listen a story. (ते/त्या/ती गोष्ट ऐकतील.)
टीपः (i) साध्या भविष्यकाळी वाक्याची रचनाः
Subject + shall/will + Main Verb (first form) + Object
I shall listen a story.
He will listen a story.
(ii) साध्या भविष्यकाळात प्रथम पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे कर्ते असतील तर त्यानंतर shall आणि द्वितीय पुरुषवाचक व
तृतीय पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे व इतर कोणतेही कर्ते असतील तर त्यानंतर will चा वापर करतात.
(iii) साध्या भविष्यकाळात shall आणि will ह्या भविष्यकाळी साहाय्यकारी क्रियापदानंतर मुख्य क्रियापदाचे पहिले
रुप (वर्तमानाकाळी रुप) वापरतात.
e.g. I shall go to school.
Gopal will help the woman.
(iv) साध्या भविष्यकाळात वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस shall किंवा will चा वापर केला असता प्रश्नार्थक वाक्य तयार
होते. अशा प्रश्नाला Verbal Question असे म्हणतात. Verbal Question ची उत्तरे Yes किंवा No ने सुरुवात
करुन संक्षिप्त किंवा पूर्ण वाक्यात देता येतात. Yes किंवा No नंतर स्वल्पविराम देतात.
e.g. Sachin will throw a ball.
Verbal Question : Will Sachin throw a ball?
Answer : Yes, he will throw a ball. किंवा Yes, he will.
No, he won’t throw a ball किंवा No, he won’t
(v) साध्या भविष्यकाळात Verbal question च्या पूर्वी Wh-word चा वापर केला असता Wh-question तयार
होतो.
e.g. Verbal question : Will Sachin throw a ball?
Wh-question : What will Sachin throw?
What will Sachin do?
Wh-question चे उत्तर a ball असल्यामुळे प्रश्नार्थक वाक्यात त्याचा समावेश केलेला नाही. What will Sachin
do? ह्या प्रश्नार्थक वाक्यामध्ये do क्रिया सूचवित असल्यामुळे उत्तरात त्याचा लोप करुन throw a ball चा वापर
करावा लागेल. खालील उत्तरे काळजीपूर्वक अभ्यासा.
(a) What will Sachin throw?
Sachin will throw a ball.
(b) What will Sachin do?
Sachin will throw a ball.
* येथे प्रश्नार्थक सर्वनाम व do चा लोप झालेला आहे. do हे साहाय्यकारी क्रियापद नाही, मुख्य क्रियापद आहे. मुख्य
क्रियापद म्हणून do प्रश्नार्थक वाक्यात वापरलेले असेल, तर उत्तरामध्ये त्याचा लोप करुन अभिप्रेत क्रिया उत्तरादाखल
घेतात.
(vi) साध्या भविष्यकाळामध्ये नकारार्थी वाक्य तयार करताना shall किंवा will नंतर not चा वापर करतात.
(shall not = shan’t, will not = won’t)
e.g. I shall learn a lesson.
I shan’t learn a lesson.
They will learn a lesson.
They won’t learn a lesson.
(vii) shall be आणि will be ही भविष्यकाळी to be ची रुपे आहेत. यांचा साध्या भविष्यकाळात मुख्य क्रियापद म्हणून वापर केलेला असेल तर अशा, वाक्यांमध्ये मुख्य क्रियापद वापरावे लागत नाही. प्रश्नार्थक वाक्य तयार करताना वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस shall किंवा will चा वापर करतात.
e.g. (a) Asserative Sentences :
I shall be happy.
He will be happy.
(b) Interrogative Sentences :
Verbal question : (1) Shall I be happy?
(2) Will he be happy?
Wh-question : (1) How shall be?
(2) How will he be?
(c) Negative Sentences :
I shan’t be happy.
He won’t be happy.
(viii) shall have आणि will have ही भविष्यकाळी to have ची रुपे आहेत. यांचा साध्या भविष्यकाळात मुख्य क्रियापद म्हणून वापर केलेला असेल तर अशा, वाक्यांमध्ये मुख्य क्रियापद वापरावे लागत नाही. प्रश्नार्थक व नकारार्थी वाक्ये तयार करण्याचे नियम वरीलप्रमाणे आहेत.
e.g. (a) Asserative Sentences :
I shall have a book.
He will have a book.
(b) Interrogative Sentences :
Verbal question : (1) Shall I have a book?
(2) Will he have a book?
Wh-question : (1) What shall I have?
(2) What will he have?
(c) Negative Sentences :
(1) I shan’t have a book.
(2) He won’t have a book.
(xi) going to वरुन सुध्दा भविष्यकाळाचा बोध होतो. वर्तमानकाळामध्ये to be च्या रुपानंतर going to चा वापर करुन अतिशय नजिकचा भविष्यकाळा सूचित करता येतो.
e.g. (1) I am going to write a letter.
I shall write a letter.
येथे am going to = shall
(2) He is going to write a letter.
He will write a letter.
येथे is going to = will
यावरुन am/is/are going to = shall/will
* साध्या काळात play हे क्रियापद तक्त्यात चालवून दाखविलेले आहे. त्याचे निरीक्षण करा.
काळांचे
प्रकार पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे |
साधा
वर्तमानकाळ |
साधा
भूतकाळ |
साधा
भविष्यकाळ |
प्रथम पुरुष I
We |
play
play |
played
played |
shall play
shall play |
द्वितीय पुरुष You
You |
play
play |
played
played |
will play
will play |
तृतीय पुरुष He
She It They |
plays
plays plays play |
played
played played played |
will play
will play will play will play |
* साध्या काळात to be हे मुख्य क्रियापद असेल तर ते कसे वापरतात, ते खालील तक्त्यावरुन काळजीपूर्वक अभ्यासा.
काळांचे
प्रकार पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे |
साधा
वर्तमानकाळ |
साधा
भूतकाळ |
साधा
भविष्यकाळ |
प्रथम पुरुष I
We |
am
are |
was
were |
shall be
shall be |
द्वितीय पुरुष You
You |
are
are |
were
were |
will be
will be |
तृतीय पुरुष He
She It They |
Is
is is are |
was
was was were |
will be
will be will be will be |
* वरील तक्त्यावरुन I am happy, I was happy, I shall be happy अशी वाक्ये लिहिण्याचा सराव करा. ही वाक्ये
साध्या काळातील आहेत.
* साध्या काळात to have हे मुख्य क्रियापद असेल, तर ते कसे वापरतात, याचे खालील तक्त्यावरुन काळजीपूर्वक
निरीक्षण करा.
काळांचे
प्रकार पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे |
साधा
वर्तमानकाळ |
साधा
भूतकाळ |
साधा
भविष्यकाळ |
प्रथम पुरुष I
We |
have
have |
had
had |
shall have
shall have |
द्वितीय पुरुष You
You |
have
have |
had
had |
will have
will have |
तृतीय पुरुष He
She It They |
has
has has have |
had
had had had |
will have
will have will have will have |
* Some more examples solved for practice :
[I] Complete the following sentences by using the Simple Present Tense forms of the verbs
given in the brackets :
(1) I …….. to do to medical college. (want)
I want to do to medical college.
(2) If you ……., you can pull the impossible. (think)
If you think, you can pull the impossible.
(3) I ……. it’s the closest, I ……. for a few more decades. (hope,get)
I hope it’s the closest, I get for a few more decades.
(4) …….. me into a tall rose. (change)
Change me into a tall rose.
(5) He …….. to laugh, only now at a ripe old age. (love)
He loves to laugh, only now at a ripe old age.
[II] Complete the following sentences by using the Simple Past Tense forms of the verbs given
in the brackets :
(1) The gardener …….. out of the window at St. Vincent Place. (Point)
The gardener pointed out of the window at St. Vincent Place.
(2) The council ……. the petition, voting to keep Sam. (deny)
The council denied the petition, voting to keep Sam.
(3) On that Tuesday the day ……. as usual. (dawn)
On that Tuesday the day dawned as usual.
(4) Last evening Ganukaka …….. to tell me a story. (happen)
Last evening Ganukaka happened to tell me a story.
(5) His replies …… our hearts at the time. (not gladden)
His replies did not gladden our hearts at the time.
[III] Complete the following sentences by using the Simple Future Tense forms of the verbs
given in the brackets :
(1) Democracy …….. freedom and respect for views of the few and the right to dissent.
(mean)
Democracy will mean freedom and respect for views of the few and the right to dissent.
(2) Culture and the arts ……. strongly supported. (to be)
Culture and the arts will be strongly supported.
(3) He …… surely …… back today. (come)
He will surely comeback today.
(4) India …… radiant when our children are free to dance in the rain. (to be)
India will be radiant when our children are free to dance in the rain.
(5) We ……. a part of a larger reality. (become)
We will become a part of a larger reality.
* Exercise *
[I] Complete the following sentences by using the Simple Present Tense forms of the verbs
given in the brackets :
(1) Business ……. and ……. with that simple precept. (begin,end)
(2) Everybody ……. when there’s no choice. (cope)
(3) One often ……. of the high prevalence of child labour in our country. (hear)
(4) This child ……. up at 5 a.m. (wake)
(5) My nephew Dinesh …… in Kurla, one of the sensitive areas in this deluge. (live)
[II] complete the following sentences by using the Simple Past Tense forms of the verbs given in
the brackets :
(1) On May 27,1976, David Hartaman ……. his medical degree. (receive)
(2) The rose ……. silent for a moment. (become)
(3) The morning routine …… with tea. (start)
(4) We ……. flowering bushes. (plant)
(5) I never ……. a chance to catch one. (get)
[III] complete the following sentences using the Simple Future Tense forms of the verbs given in
the brackets :
(1) I ……. your request. (grant)
(2) I ……. now, for my soul has attained its goal. (die)
(3) Voluntary groups and civil society organizations …… as important as big corporate or the
government. (to be)
(4) You …… good marks, if you study hard. (get)
(5) We ……. out of it is cold. (not go)
(6) A child fearlessly ……. before giving up. (try)
ANSWERS
The Simple Tense
[I] (1) begins, ends (2) copes (3) hears (4) wakes (5) lives
[II] (1) received (2) became (3) started (4) planted (5) got.
[III] (1) shall grant (2) shall die (3) will be (4) will get (5) shall not go (6) will try.
(1) Present Conntinuous Tense बोलण्याच्या क्षणी जी क्रिया अपूर्ण परंतू चालू स्थितीत असते, अशा क्रियेच्या काळाला अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळ (Present Continuous Tense) असे म्हणतात. e.g. I am reading a newspaper. (मी वर्तमानपत्र वाचत आहे.) We are reading a newspaper. (आम्ही वर्तमानपत्र वाचत आहोत.) You are reading a novel. (तू कादंबरी वाचत आहोत.) You are reading a novel. (तूम्ही कादंबरी वाचत आहात.) He is reading a magazine. (तो नियतकालिक वाचत आहे.) She is reading a story. (ती गोष्ट वाचत आहे.) It is weeping. (ते (मूल) रडत आहे.) They are reading a book. (ते/त्या/ती पुस्तक वाचत आहे.) टीपः (i) अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळी वाक्याची रचनाः Subject + वर्तमानकाळी to be + Present Participle + Object e.g. I am listening a story We are swimming in the river (ii) अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळामध्ये कर्त्यांनंतर काळ व कर्ता यानुसार योग्य ते वर्तमानकाळी to be चे रुप वापरतात. वर्तमानकाळी to be ची रुपेः am, is, are. (iii) अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळामध्ये वर्तमानकाळी to be च्या रुपानंतर घडत असलेल्या क्रियेचे Present Participle वापरतात. e.g. I am playing to be चे रुप Present Participle (iv) अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळामध्ये am, is, are यांचा वापर वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस केला असता प्रश्नार्थक वाक्ये तयार होतात. अशा प्रश्नांना Verbal Question असे म्हणतात. त्यांची उत्तरे Yes किंवा No ने देतात. अशी उत्तरे संक्षिप्त किंवा पूर्ण वाक्यात देता येतात. Yes किंवा No नंतर स्वल्पविराम देतात. e.g. Verbal Question : Am I writing a letter? Yes, I am writing a letter. / Yes, I am. No, I am not writing a letter. / No, I am not. (v) अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळामध्ये Verbal question च्या सुरुवातीस Wh-word चा वापर केला असता Wh- question तयार होतो. अशा प्रश्नांची उत्तरे पूर्ण माहितीच्या आधारे पूर्ण वाक्यात देतात. e.g. Wh-question : What am I writing? Answer : (1) I am writing a letter. (2) What is he doing now? Answer : He is writing a letter now. * येथे प्रश्नामध्ये doing हे Present Participle वापरलेले आहे. उत्तरामध्ये त्याचा लोप करुन अभिप्रेत असलेल्या क्रियेचे Present Participle वापरतात. दुस-या वाक्यात doing ऐवजी writing चा वापर केलेला आहे. (vi) अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळामध्ये नकारार्थी वाक्य करताना am, is, are नंतर not चा वापर करतात. e.g. 1) Mrs. Shastri is teaching us. Mrs. Shastri is not teaching us. 2) Gopal is coming to me. Gopal isn’t coming to me. 3) They are eating mangoes. They aren’t eating mangoes. 4) I am looking at the sky. I am not looking at the sky. * Learn this : * differ, doubt, find, forget, imagine, mean, remember, trust, want, understand, see, hear, mind, love, know, seem, like, feel, notice, agree, wish, need, smell, taste, hate, prefer, forgive, recall, touch, recognize, belove, appear, think, suppose, desire अशी काही क्रियापदे अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळात सहसा वापरली जात नाहीत. e.g. I am seeing a picture. असा seeing चा वापर चुकीचा आहे. I am see picture. येथे केलेला see चा वापर योग्य आहे. (vii) अतिशय नजिकचा भविष्यकाळ दाखविण्यासाठी सुद्धाs अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळाचा वापर करतात. e.g. We are playing the match in half an hour. (अर्ध्या तासाने आम्ही सामना खेळणार आहोत.) (2) Past continuous Tense भूतकाळात कोणत्याही वेळी जी क्रिया अपूर्ण परंतू चालू स्थितीत होती, अशा क्रियेच्या काळाला अपूर्ण भूतकाळ (Past Continuous Tense) असे म्हणतात. e.g. I was swimming in the river. (मी नदीमध्ये पोहत होतो.) We were swimming in the river. (आम्ही नदीमध्ये पोहत होतो.) You were swimming in the river. (तू नदीमध्ये पोहत होतास.) You were swimming in the river. (तुम्ही नदीमध्ये पोहत होते.) He was swimming in the river. (तो नदीमध्ये पोहत होता.) She was swimming in the river. (ती नदीमध्ये पोहत होती.) It was weeping loudly. [ते (मूल) मोठ्याने रडत होते.] They were swimming in the river. (ते नदीमध्ये पोहत होते.) Gopal was writing his homework. (गोपाल आपला गृहपाठ लिहीत होता.) Farmers were ploughing their fields. (शेतकरी आपली शेते नांगरत होते.) टीपः (i) अपूर्ण भूतकाळाची रचनाः Subject + भूतकाळी to be चे रुप + Present Participle + Object e.g. I was writing a letter. We were playing in the garden. (ii) अपूर्ण भूतकाळामध्ये कर्त्यांनंतर काळ व कर्ता यानुसार योग्य ते भूतकाळी to be चे रुप वापरतात. भूतकाळी To be ची रुपे ः was, were (iii) अपूर्ण भूतकाळामध्ये To be च्या रुपानंतर त्यावेळी असलेल्या क्रियेचे Present Participle वापरतात. e.g. I was playing. (vi) अपूर्ण भूतकाळामध्ये was आणि were यांचा वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस वापर केला असता प्रश्नार्थक वाक्ये तयार होतात. अशा प्रश्नांना Verbal Questions असे म्हणतात. त्यांची उत्तरे Yes किंवा No ने देतात. अशी उत्तरे संक्षिप्त किंवा पूर्ण वाक्यात देता येतात. Yes किंवा No नंतर स्वल्पविराम देतात. e.g. Verbal Question : (1) Was I reading a book? Yes, I was reading a book. किंवा Yes, I was. No, I wasn’t reading a book. किंवा No, I wasn’t. (v) अपूर्ण भूतकाळामध्ये Verbal question च्या सुरुवातीस Wh-word चा वापर केला असता Wh-question तयार होतो. अशा प्रश्नांची उत्तरे पूर्ण माहितीच्या आधारे पूर्ण वाक्यात देतात. e.g. Verbal question : (1) Was he reading a book? Wh-question : What was he reading? Answer : He was reading a book. Verbal question : (2) Was he reading a book? Wh-question : What he reading a book? Answer : He was reading a book. (vi) अपूर्ण भूतकाळामध्ये भूतकाळी To be च्या रुपानंतर not चा वापर केला असता नकारार्थी वाक्य तयार होते. e.g. 1) Grandmother was selling onions. Grandmother was not selling onions. 2) The monkeys were breaking the branches. The monkeys were not breaking the branches. (3) Future Continuous Tense : भविष्यकाळात एखादी क्रिया अपूर्ण परंतू चालू स्थितीत असेल, अशा क्रियेच्या काळाला अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळ (Future Continuous Tense) असे म्हणतात. e.g. I shall be playing. (मी खेळत असेन.) We shall be playing. (आम्ही खेळत असू.) You will be playing. (तू खेळत असशील.) You will be playing. (तुम्ही खेळत असाल.) He will be playing. (तो खेळत असेल.) She will be playing. (ती खेळत असेल.) It will be playing. (ते खेळत असेल.) They will be playing. (ते खेळत असतील.) Gopal will be playing. (गोपाल खेळत असेल.) Seeta will be playing. (सीता खेळत असेल.) The boys will be playing. (मुले खेळत असतील.) टीपः (i) अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळाची रचनाः Subject + भविष्यकाळी To be + Present Participle + Object e.g. Anand will be helping the old woman. (ii) अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळामध्ये कर्त्यांनंतर काळ व कर्ता यानुसार योग्य ते भविष्यकाळी To be चे रुप वापरतात. भविष्यकाळी To be ची रुपे ः shall be, will be (iii) अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळामध्ये भविष्यकाळी To be च्या रुपानंतर घडत असलेल्या क्रियेचे Present Participle वापरतात. e.g. They will be waiting for me. (iv) अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळामध्ये प्रश्नार्थक वाक्य बनविण्याचे नियम साध्या भविष्यकाळाप्रमाणेच आहेत. (v) अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळामध्ये नकारार्थी वाक्य बनविण्याचे नियम साध्या भविष्यकाळाप्रमाणेच आहेत. * Some more examples solved for practice : [I] Complete the following sentences by using the Present Participle Continuous Tense forms of the verbs given in the brackets : (1) Meena ……. a story book now. (read) Meena is reading a story book now. (2) The students in the class ….. answers in their notebooks. (write) The students in the class are writing answers in their notebooks. (3) As the examination are over, children ……. television all the time. (watch) As the examination are over, children are watching television all the time. (4) I …… very hard on that project now-a-days. (work) I am working very hard on that project now-a-days. (5) The painter …... the wall. (paint) The painter is painting the wall. [II] Complete the following sentences by using the Past Continuous Tense forms of the verbs given in the brackets : (1) A small boy in a blue jacket ……. along the street, when the magician arrived from nowhere. (walk) A small boy in a blue jacket was walking along the street, when the magician arrived from nowhere. (walk) (2) Rajan …… more and more impatient, as Sneha showed no signs of recovery. (grow) Rajan was growing more and more impatient, as Sneha showed no signs of recovery. (3) Asha …… a newspaper when father came home. (read) Asha was reading a newspaper when father came home. (4) They …… in the assembly hall, when the lights went off. (sing) They were singing in the assembly hall, when the lights went off. (5) The blind musician …… on the floor. (sleep) The blind musician was sleeping on the floor. [III] Complete the following sentences by using the Future Continuous Tense forms of the verbs given in the brackets : (1) The children …… in the garden tomorrow. (play) The children will be playing in the garden tomorrow. (2) David …… a novel. (read) David will be reading a novel. (3) Mother …… in the kitchen. (work) Mother will be working in the kitchen. (4) The students …… a lesson in the class. (listen) The students will be listening a lesson in the class. (5) The dog ……. under a bush in the garden. (sleep) The dog will be sleeping under a bush in the garden. * Learn this : * The Present continuous Tense form denotes the action that is going at the time of speaking. It is, however, also used to show the present state of action or the temporary situation. e.g. You are working too hard! * To indicate the continuous action in the past, we use the past continuous tense. * अपूर्ण काळामध्ये play हे क्रियापद खालील तक्त्यामध्ये चालवून दाखविलेले आहे. त्याचे काळजीपूर्वक निरीक्षण करा. काळांचे प्रकार पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळ अपूर्ण भूतकाळ अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळ प्रथम पुरुष I We am playing are playing was playing were playing shall be playing shall be playing द्वितीय पुरुष You You are playing are playing were playing were playing will be playing will be playing तृतीय पुरुष He She It They is playing is playing is playing are playing was playing was playing was playing were playing will be playing will be playing will be playing will be playing * Exercise * [I] Complete the following sentences by using the Present Continuous Tense forms of the verbs given in the brackets : (1) Why …… you …… me? (kiss) (2) The children …… a story told by the grandmother quietly. (listen) (3) They from Pune to Mumbai by train. (travel) (4) Sneha ….. her mother in the kitchen. (help) (5) The painter …… a picture of the sunset. (draw) [II] Complete the following sentences by using the Past Continuous Tense forms of the verbs given in the brackets : (1) In the spring of 1972, David …… up four years at college with top marks. (wind) (2) He …… them in toto on one recorder. (tape) (3) She …… so much pains to beautiful a government house. (take) (4) She …… me to go and kiss the world! (tell) (5) But it …… heavily. (rain) (6) People …… the water assisted by volunteers. (cross) (7) Ganukaka ….. the story of his neighbour. (relate) [III] Complete the following sentences by using the Future Continuous Tense forms of the verbs given in the brackets : (1) I ……. at all these places. (swim) (2) Meena ……. a novel by Tagore. (read) (3) Nanasaheb …… in the garden. (work) (4) The farmer ….. his field. (plough) (5) We ……. a lesson tomorrow. (learn) ANSWERS The Continuous Tense. [I] (1) are kissing (2) are listening (3) are travelling (4) is helping (5) is drawing. [II] (1) was winding (2) was taping (3) was taking (4) was telling (5) was raining (6) were crossing (7) was relating. [III] (1) shall be swimming (2) will be reading (3) will be working (4) will be ploughing (5) shall be learning.(1) Present Perfect Tense :
वर्तमानकाळामध्ये पूर्ण झालेल्या क्रियेच्या काळाला पूर्ण वर्तमानकाळ (Present Perfect Tense) असे म्हणतात.
e.g. I have read a lesson. (मी धडा वाचलेला आहे.)
We have read a lesson. (आम्ही धडा वाचलेला आहे.)
You have read a lesson. (तू धडा वाचलेला आहेस.)
You have read a lesson. (तुम्ही धडा वाचलेला आहे.)
He has read a lesson. (त्याने धडा वाचलेला आहे.)
She has read a lesson. (तिने धडा वाचलेला आहे.)
It has broken a toy. (त्याने खेळणे मोडलेले आहे.)
They have read a lesson. (त्यांनी धडा वाचलेला आहे.)
टीपः (i) पूर्ण वर्तमानकाळी वाक्याची रचनाः
Subject + To have चे वर्तमानकाळी रुप + Past Participle + Object
e.g. I have written a letter.
(ii) पूर्ण वर्तमानकाळामध्ये कर्त्यांनंतर काळ व कर्ता यानुसार योग्य ते वर्तमानकाळी To have चे रुप वापरतात.
वर्तमानकाळी To have ची रुपे ः have, has
(iii) पूर्ण वर्तमानकाळामध्ये वर्तमानकाळी To have च्या रुपानंतर घडलेल्या क्रियेचे Past Participle वापरतात.
e.g. Lata has sung a song.
(iv) पूर्ण वर्तमानकाळामध्ये वापरलेल्या वर्तमानकाळी To have च्या रुपाचा वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस वापर केला
असता प्रश्नार्थक वाक्य तयार होते. अशा Verbal Question चे उत्तर Yes किंवा No ने सुरुवात करुन संक्षिप्त किंवा
पूर्ण वाक्यात देता येते.
e.g. Verbal Question : Has Lata sung a song?
: Yes, she has sung a song.
किंवा Yes, she has.
No, she hasn’t sung a song.
किंवा No, she hasn’t.
(v) Verbal question च्या सुरुवातीस Wh-word चा वापर केला असता Wh-question तयार होतो. अशा
प्रश्नांची उत्तरे माहितीच्या आधारे पूर्ण वाक्यात देतात.
e.g. Verbal question : Has Lata sung a song?
Wh-question : What has Lata sung?
: Lata has sung a song.
(vi) पूर्ण वर्तमानकाळामध्ये वाक्यात वापरलेल्या To have च्या रुपानंतर not चा वापर केला असता नकारार्थी
वाक्य तयार होते.
e.g. 1) Shankar has sold his bullocks.
Shankar hasn’t sold his bullocks.
2) Shankar and Gouri have made mats of coconut leaves.
Shankar and Gouri haven’t made mats of coconut leaves.
(2) Past Perfect Tense :
भूतकाळामध्ये एका विशिष्ट वेळी पूर्ण झालेल्या क्रियेच्या काळाला पूर्ण भूतकाळ (Past Perfect Tense) असे
म्हणतात.
e.g. I had drawn a picture. (मी चित्र काढलेले होते.)
We had drawn pictures. (आम्ही चित्रे काढलेली होती.)
You had drawn a picture. (तू चित्र काढलेले होते.)
You had drawn a pictures. (तुम्ही चित्रे काढलेली होती.)
He had drawn a picture. (त्याने चित्र काढलेले होते.)
She had drawn a picture. (तिने चित्र काढलेले होते.)
It had broken a toy. (त्याने खेळणे मोडलेले होते.)
They had drawn pictures. (त्यांनी चित्र काढलेली होती.)
टीपः (i) पूर्ण भूतकाळी वाक्याची रचनाः
Subject + To have चे भूतकाळी रुप + Past Participle + Object
e.g. The tortoise had won the race.
(ii) पूर्ण भूतकाळामध्ये कर्त्यांनंतर to have चे भूतकाळी रुप had वापरतात.
(iii) पूर्ण भूतकाळामध्ये had नंतर घडलेल्या क्रियेचे Past Participle वापरतात.
e.g. My grandmother had told us a story.
(iv) पूर्ण भूतकाळामध्ये had चा वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस वापर केला असता, प्रश्नार्थक वाक्य तयार होते. अशा
Verbal Question चे उत्तर Yes किंवा No ने सुरुवात करुन संक्षिप्त किंवा वाक्यात देता येते.
e.g. Verbal question : Had Pankaj written a letter?
: Yes, he had written a letter.
किंवा Yes, he had.
No, he hadn’t written a letter.
किंवा No, he hadn’t.
(v) Verbal question च्या सुरुवातीस Wh-word चा वापर केला असता Wh-question तयार होतो. Wh-
question चे उत्तर बहुधा Verbal question मध्ये सामावलेले असते.
e.g. Verbal question : Had Pankaj written a letter?
Wh-question : (1) Who had written a letter?
: Pankaj had written a letter.
Wh-question : (2) What had Pankaj written?
: Pankaj had written a letter.
(vi) पूर्ण भूतकाळामध्ये had नंतर not चा वापर केला असता नकारार्थी वाक्य तयार होते.
e.g. 1) Chhotu had found his goat.
Chhotu had not found his goat.
2) Kanta had bought a new bell.
Kanta hadn’t bought a new bell.
(3) Future Perfect Tense :
भविष्यकाळामध्ये एका विशिष्ट वेळी पूर्ण होणार असणा-या क्रियेच्या काळाला पूर्ण भविष्यकाळ (Future Perfect
Tense) असे म्हणतात.
e.g. I shall have seen a circus. (मी सर्कस पाहिलेली असेन.)
We shall have seen a circus. (आम्ही सर्कस पाहिलेली असेल.)
You will have seen a circus. (तू सर्कस पाहिलेली असशील.)
You will have seen a circus. (तुम्ही सर्कस पाहिलेली असेल.)
He will have seen a circus. (त्याने सर्कस पाहिलेली असेल.)
She will have seen a circus. (तिने सर्कस पाहिलेली असेल.)
It will have broken a toy. (त्याने खेळणे मोडलेले असेल.)
They will have seen a circus. (त्यांनी सर्कस पाहिलेली असेल.)
टीपः (i) पूर्ण भविष्यकाळी वाक्याची रचनाः
Subject + To have चे भविष्यकाळी रुप + Past Participle + Object
e.g. Our teacher will have taught us a lesson.
India will have won the match.
(ii) पूर्ण भविष्यकाळामध्ये काळ व कर्ता यानुसार योग्य ते भविष्यकाळी To have चे रुप कर्त्यांनंतर वापरतात.
भविष्यकाळ To have ची रुपे shall have, will have.
(iii) पूर्ण भविष्यकाळामध्ये भविष्यकाळी To have च्या रुपानंतर Past Participle Tense वापरतात.
e.g. Dhondiba will have grown some plants.
(iv) पूर्ण भविष्यकाळामध्ये प्रश्नार्थक व नकारार्थी वाक्ये तयार करण्याचे नियम साध्या भविष्यकाळाप्रमाणेच आहेत.
कारण भविष्यकाळी सर्व रचनांमध्ये shall किंवा will चा वापर केलेला असतो.
* पूर्ण काळामध्ये play हे क्रियापद खालील तक्त्यामध्ये चालवून दाखविलेले आहे. त्याचे काळजीपूर्वक निरीक्षण करा.
काळांचे
प्रकार पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे |
पूर्ण
वर्तमानकाळ |
पूर्ण
भूतकाळ |
पूर्ण
भविष्यकाळ |
प्रथम पुरुष I
We |
have played
have played |
had played
had played |
shall have played
shall have played |
द्वितीय पुरुष You
You |
have played
have played |
had played
had played |
will have played
will have played |
तृतीय पुरुष He
She It They |
has played
has played has played have played |
had played
had played had played had played |
will have played
will have played will have played will have played |
* Learn this :
* The Present Perfect Tense is used to describe a completed action in past, having some
relationship present. e.g. My father has seen the Ajanta Caves. * The Present Perfect Tense is mainly used to describe an action that has continued from the past upto now. e.g. We have known each other for ten years. * If their are two past incidents, the one that happened earlier, takes the Past Perfect Tense and one that happened latter takes the Past Simple Tense. * Remember, the Past Pefect Tense almost always comes in the combination with the Past Simple Tense. * The Future Perfect Tense is used to express an action that will have been completed before another future action. e.g. By the time I reach home, mother will have finished cooking. |
* Exercise *
[I] Complete the following sentences using the Present Perfect Tense forms of the verbs given
in the brackets :
(1) It …….. all the difference in my life. (make)
(2) I …… outside my little world into the mystery of the Universe. (probe)
(3) We …….. various home-spun remedies in vain. (try)
(4) We ……. up a small arsenal of spray guns. (build)
(5) The year 2005 …… many disasters, natural and man-made. (see)
[II] Complete the following sentences using the Past Perfect Tense forms of the verbs given in
the brackets :
(1) David ……. to ten medical colleges. (apply)
(2) Many Professors at Temple ……. to agree with Dr. Martin. (come)
(3) Sam …… the area transform itselt. (help)
(4) The rain …… Mumbai into two parts. (divide)
(5) Shivaji ……. against many enemies. (fight)
[III] Complete the following sentences using the Future Perfect Tense forms of the verbs given
in the brackets :
(1) By the time I reach home, mother ……. cooking. (finish)
(2) Many interesting theories ……. forward. (put)
(3) He ……. Rs. 10000 by the end of the year. (save)
(4) I …... my homework when father comes home in the evening. (do)
(5) They …… this work soon. (complete)
ANSWERS
The Perfect Tense
[I] (1) has made (2) have probed (3) have tried (4) have built (5) has seen.
[II] (1) had applied (2) had come (3) had helped (4) had divided (5) had fought.
[III] (1) will have finished (2) will have put (3) will have saved (4) shall have done (5) will have completed.
(1) Present Perfect Continuous Tense :
भूतकाळात एका विशिष्ट वेळी सुरु होऊन अंशतः पूर्णत्व प्राप्त करुन पूर्णत्वाची वलये मागे सोडून अद्यापही चालू
असलेल्या क्रियेच्या काळाला पूर्ण अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळ (Present Perfect Continuous Tense) असे म्हणतात.
e.g. I have been reading a book. (मी पुस्तक वाचत आलो आहे.)
We have been reading a book. (आम्ही पुस्तक वाचत आलो आहे.)
You have been reading a book. (तू पुस्तक वाचत आलेला आहेस.)
You have been reading a book. (तुम्ही पुस्तक वाचत आलेले आहात.)
He has been reading a book. (तो पुस्तक वाचत आलेला आहे.)
She has been reading a book. (ती पुस्तक वाचत आलेली आहे.)
It has been crying. (ते रडत आलेले आहे.)
They have been reading a book. (ते पुस्तक वाचत आलेले आहेत.)
टीपः (i) पूर्ण अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळी वाक्याची रचनाः
Subject + To have चे रुप + been + Present Participle + Object
e.g. I have been waiting for you.
(ii) पूर्ण अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळामध्ये कर्त्यांनंतर काळ व कर्ता यानुसार योग्य ते वर्तमानकाळी To have चे रुप
वापरतात.
(iii) To have नंतर been चा वापर करतात.
(iv) been नंतर वाक्यात उल्लेख केलेल्या क्रियेचे Present Participle वापरतात.
(v) ह्या काळाच्या रचनेत since आणि for चा वापर जास्त प्रमाणात करण्यात येतो. since निश्चित वेळेसाठी, तर
for कालखंड सूचित करण्यासाठी वापरतात.
e.g. I have been learning in this school since 2006.
I have been learning in this school for three years.
(vi) पूर्ण अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळामध्ये प्रश्नार्थक व नकारार्थी वाक्ये तयार करण्याचे नियम पूर्ण वर्तमानकाळाप्रमाणेच
आहेत. कारण दोन्ही रचनांमध्ये to have च्या वर्तमानकाळी रुपांचाच वापर केलेला आहे. प्रश्नार्थक वाक्यांसाठी
have आणि has चा वापर वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस, तर नकारार्थी वाक्यासाठी have आणि has नंतर not
वापरण्यात विसरू नका.
(2) Past Perfect Continuous Tense :
भूतकाळात एका विशिष्ट वेळी सुरु होऊन अंशतः पूर्णत्व प्राप्त करुन पूर्णत्वाची वलये मागे सोडून त्या विशिष्ट वेळीच
चालूच होती, अशा क्रियेच्या काळाला पूर्ण अपूर्ण भूतकाळ (Past Perfect Continuous Tense) असे म्हणतात.
e.g. I had been reading a book. (मी पुस्तक वाचत आलो होतो.)
We had been reading a book. (आम्ही पुस्तक वाचत आलो होतो.)
You had been reading a book. (तू पुस्तक वाचत आलेला होतास.)
You had been reading a book. (तुम्ही पुस्तक वाचत आलेले होते.)
He had been reading a book. (तो पुस्तक वाचत आलेला होता.)
She had been reading a book. (ती पुस्तक वाचत आलेली होती.)
It had been crying loudly. (ते मोठ्याने रडत आलेले होते.)
They had been reading a book. (ते/त्या/ती पुस्तक वाचत आलेले होते.)
टीपः (i) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भूतकाळी वाक्याची रचनाः
Subject + to have चे रुप + been + Present Participle + Object
e.g. The children had been watching a circus.
(ii) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भूतकाळामध्ये कर्त्यांनंतर had चा वापर करतात.
(iii) had नंतर been चा वापर करतात.
(vi) been नंतर वाक्यात उल्लेख केलेल्या क्रियेचे Present Participle वापरतात.
(v) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भूतकाळामध्ये प्रश्नार्थक व नकारार्थी वाक्ये तयार करण्याचे नियम पूर्ण भूतकाळाप्रमाणेच आहेत.
(3) Future Perfect Continuous Tense :
भविष्यकाळात दीर्घकाळ चालणार असलेली क्रिया अंशतः पूर्णत्व करुन पूर्णत्वाची वलये मागे सोडून त्या विशिष्ट
वेळीही चालूच असेल, अशा क्रियेच्या काळाला पूर्ण अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळ (Future Perfect Continuous Tense)
असे म्हणतात.
e.g. I shall have been reading a book. (मी पुस्तक वाचत आलेला असेन.)
We shall have been reading a book. (आम्ही पुस्तक वाचत आलेले असू.)
You will have been reading a book. (तू पुस्तक वाचत आलेला असशील.)
You will have been reading a book. (तुम्ही पुस्तक वाचत आलेले असाल.)
He will have been reading a book. (तो पुस्तक वाचत आलेला असेल.)
She will have been reading a book. (ती पुस्तक वाचत आलेली असेल.)
It will have been crying loudly. (ते मोठ्याने रडत आलेले असेल.)
They will have been reading a book. (ते पुस्तक वाचत आलेले असतील.)
टीपः (i) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळी वाक्याची रचनाः
Subject + to have चे रुप + been + Present Participle + Object
e.g. Sachin will have been waiting for an hour.
(ii) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळामध्ये कर्त्यांनंतर काळ व कर्ता यानुसार योग्य ते भविष्यकाळी to have चे रुप
वापरतात.
(iii) भविष्यकाळी to have च्या रुपानंतर been चा वापर करतात.
(iv) been नंतर वाक्यात उल्लेख केलेल्या क्रियेचे Present Participle वापरतात.
(v) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळामध्ये प्रश्नार्थक व नकारार्थी वाक्ये तयार करण्याचे नियम साध्या भविष्यकाळाप्रमाणेच
आहेत.
Exercise (A)
[I] Complete the following sentences using the Present Perfect Continuous Tense forms of the
verbs given in the brackets :
(1) I ……. English for three years. (learn)
(2) We ……. in Nagpur since 2007. (live)
(3) Mohan …… a novel for two weeks. (read)
(4) Neela ……. that book for two hours. (read)
(5) I …… at all these places. (swim)
[II] Complete the following sentences using the Past Perfect Continuous Tense forms of the
verbs given in the brackets :
(1) Kamala ……. a book for three days. (read)
(2) Mr. Patil …… us for twenty five years. (teach)
(3) The children ……. in the garden for an hour. (play)
(4) My grandfather …… vegetables in our field. (grow)
(5) We ……. in this village. Now we live in city. (live)
[III] Complete the following sentences using the Future Perfect Continuous Tense forms of the
verbs given in the brackets :
(1) The farmer ……. his field. (plough)
(2) The students …… their lesson. (learn)
(3) The blind singer ……. a sweet song. (sing)
(4) Anu …… in the pool. (swim)
(5) They …… the poor and the needy. (help)
काळांचे
प्रकार पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे |
पूर्ण अपूर्ण
वर्तमानकाळ |
पूर्ण अपूर्ण
भूतकाळ |
पूर्ण अपूर्ण
भविष्यकाळ |
प्रथम पुरुष I
We |
have been playing
have been playing |
had been playing
had been playing |
shall have been playing
shall have been playing |
द्वितीय पुरुष You
You |
have been playing
have been playing |
had been playing
had been playing |
will have been playing
will have been playing |
तृतीय पुरुष He
She It They |
has been playing
has been playing has been playing have been playing |
had been playing
had been playing had been playing had been playing |
will have been playing
will have been playing will have been playing will have been playing |
* Write हे क्रियापद मुख्य काळ व प्रत्येकाचे चार उपप्रकार अशा एकूण बारा उपप्रकारात खालील तक्त्यात चालवून
दाखविलेले आहे. त्याचा काळजीपूर्वक अभ्यास करा.
काळांचे मुख्य
प्रकार काळाचे उपप्रकार |
Present
Tense |
Past Tense | Future Tense |
Simple Tense | write/writes | wrote | shall write/will write |
Continuous Tense | am/is/are
writing |
was/were
writing |
shall be/will be
writing |
Perfect Tense | have/has
written |
Had written | shall have/will have
writing |
Perfect Contiuous Tense | Have/has
Been writing |
Had been writing | Shall have/will have been writing |
* कोणतेही मुख्य क्रियापद तक्त्यात दाखविल्याप्रमाणे बारा प्रकारे चालविता आले पाहिजे. खालील तक्त्यामध्ये काळाचे
सर्व बारा उपप्रकार व त्यांच्या वाक्यरचनांचे थोडक्यात दर्शन घडवलेले आहे. निरीक्षण करा.
काळाचे प्रकार | प्रत्येक उपप्रकाराची वाक्यरचना |
साधा काळः
(i) साधा वर्तमानकाळ (ii) साधा भूतकाळ (iii) साधा भविष्यकाळ |
Subject + First form of the verb + Object Subject + Second form of the verb + Object Subject + shall/will + First form of the verb + Object |
अपूर्ण काळः
(i) अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळ (ii) अपूर्ण भूतकाळ (iii) अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळ |
Subject + To be + Present Participle + Object
Subject + am/is/are + Present Participle + Object Subject + was/were + Present Participle + Object Subject + shall be/will be + Present Participle + Object |
पूर्ण काळः
(i) पूर्ण वर्तमानकाळ (ii) पूर्ण भूतकाळ (iii) पूर्ण भविष्यकाळ |
Subject + To have + Past Participle + Object
Subject + have/has + Past Participle + Object Subject + had + Past Participle + Object Subject + shall have/will have + Past Participle + Object |
पूर्ण अपूर्ण काळः
(i) पूर्ण अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळ (ii) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भूतकाळ (iii) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळ |
Subject + To have + been + Present Participle + Object
Subject + have/has + been + Present Participle + Object Subject + had + been Present Participle + Object Subject + shall have/will have + been + Present Participle + Object |
* Learn this :
* The Present Perfect Continuous Tense is used to describe an action that started in the past,
continued upto now and is still going on. * The action that has continued over a long period in the past takes The Past Perfect Continuous Tense form. |
Exercise (B)
* Use proper forms of the verbs given in the brackets :
(1) Our joy (know) no bounds when our school Kabaddi team won the district championship.
(2) We see the Sardar’s face in every Sikh we (come) across.
(3) They didn’t know who I (to be).
(4) Don’t (come) back just yet.
(5) He was shocked at the idea of (open) a box.
(6) They (make) people so unhappy that no one smiled for many days afterwards.
(7) There are plenty of your ugly brothers and sisters already (fly) about the world.
(8) One summer evening. I (be) (sit) by the open window.
(9) Minu did not (wake up) on her own. She (wake up) by her mother.
(10) When I (build) my house, another house was being built in the same locality.
ANSWERS
The Perfect Continous Tense.
(A) [I] (1) have been learning (2) have been living/have been (3) has been reading (4) has been reading (5) have been swimming.
[II] (1) had been reading (2) had been teaching (3) had been playing (4) had been growing (5) had been living/had been.
[III] (1) will have been ploughing (2) will have been learning. (3) will have been singing. (4) will have been swimming. (5) will have been helping.
(B) (1) knew ( 2) came (3) was (4) come (5) opening (6) made (7) flying (8) was sitting (9) wake up, was woken up (10) built
(1) Present Perfect Continuous Tense :
भूतकाळात एका विशिष्ट वेळी सुरु होऊन अंशतः पूर्णत्व प्राप्त करुन पूर्णत्वाची वलये मागे सोडून अद्यापही चालू
असलेल्या क्रियेच्या काळाला पूर्ण अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळ (Present Perfect Continuous Tense) असे म्हणतात.
e.g. I have been reading a book. (मी पुस्तक वाचत आलो आहे.)
We have been reading a book. (आम्ही पुस्तक वाचत आलो आहे.)
You have been reading a book. (तू पुस्तक वाचत आलेला आहेस.)
You have been reading a book. (तुम्ही पुस्तक वाचत आलेले आहात.)
He has been reading a book. (तो पुस्तक वाचत आलेला आहे.)
She has been reading a book. (ती पुस्तक वाचत आलेली आहे.)
It has been crying. (ते रडत आलेले आहे.)
They have been reading a book. (ते पुस्तक वाचत आलेले आहेत.)
टीपः (i) पूर्ण अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळी वाक्याची रचनाः
Subject + To have चे रुप + been + Present Participle + Object
e.g. I have been waiting for you.
(ii) पूर्ण अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळामध्ये कर्त्यांनंतर काळ व कर्ता यानुसार योग्य ते वर्तमानकाळी To have चे रुप
वापरतात.
(iii) To have नंतर been चा वापर करतात.
(iv) been नंतर वाक्यात उल्लेख केलेल्या क्रियेचे Present Participle वापरतात.
(v) ह्या काळाच्या रचनेत since आणि for चा वापर जास्त प्रमाणात करण्यात येतो. since निश्चित वेळेसाठी, तर
for कालखंड सूचित करण्यासाठी वापरतात.
e.g. I have been learning in this school since 2006.
I have been learning in this school for three years.
(vi) पूर्ण अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळामध्ये प्रश्नार्थक व नकारार्थी वाक्ये तयार करण्याचे नियम पूर्ण वर्तमानकाळाप्रमाणेच
आहेत. कारण दोन्ही रचनांमध्ये to have च्या वर्तमानकाळी रुपांचाच वापर केलेला आहे. प्रश्नार्थक वाक्यांसाठी
have आणि has चा वापर वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस, तर नकारार्थी वाक्यासाठी have आणि has नंतर not
वापरण्यात विसरू नका.
(2) Past Perfect Continuous Tense :
भूतकाळात एका विशिष्ट वेळी सुरु होऊन अंशतः पूर्णत्व प्राप्त करुन पूर्णत्वाची वलये मागे सोडून त्या विशिष्ट वेळीच
चालूच होती, अशा क्रियेच्या काळाला पूर्ण अपूर्ण भूतकाळ (Past Perfect Continuous Tense) असे म्हणतात.
e.g. I had been reading a book. (मी पुस्तक वाचत आलो होतो.)
We had been reading a book. (आम्ही पुस्तक वाचत आलो होतो.)
You had been reading a book. (तू पुस्तक वाचत आलेला होतास.)
You had been reading a book. (तुम्ही पुस्तक वाचत आलेले होते.)
He had been reading a book. (तो पुस्तक वाचत आलेला होता.)
She had been reading a book. (ती पुस्तक वाचत आलेली होती.)
It had been crying loudly. (ते मोठ्याने रडत आलेले होते.)
They had been reading a book. (ते/त्या/ती पुस्तक वाचत आलेले होते.)
टीपः (i) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भूतकाळी वाक्याची रचनाः
Subject + to have चे रुप + been + Present Participle + Object
e.g. The children had been watching a circus.
(ii) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भूतकाळामध्ये कर्त्यांनंतर had चा वापर करतात.
(iii) had नंतर been चा वापर करतात.
(vi) been नंतर वाक्यात उल्लेख केलेल्या क्रियेचे Present Participle वापरतात.
(v) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भूतकाळामध्ये प्रश्नार्थक व नकारार्थी वाक्ये तयार करण्याचे नियम पूर्ण भूतकाळाप्रमाणेच आहेत.
(3) Future Perfect Continuous Tense :
भविष्यकाळात दीर्घकाळ चालणार असलेली क्रिया अंशतः पूर्णत्व करुन पूर्णत्वाची वलये मागे सोडून त्या विशिष्ट
वेळीही चालूच असेल, अशा क्रियेच्या काळाला पूर्ण अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळ (Future Perfect Continuous Tense)
असे म्हणतात.
e.g. I shall have been reading a book. (मी पुस्तक वाचत आलेला असेन.)
We shall have been reading a book. (आम्ही पुस्तक वाचत आलेले असू.)
You will have been reading a book. (तू पुस्तक वाचत आलेला असशील.)
You will have been reading a book. (तुम्ही पुस्तक वाचत आलेले असाल.)
He will have been reading a book. (तो पुस्तक वाचत आलेला असेल.)
She will have been reading a book. (ती पुस्तक वाचत आलेली असेल.)
It will have been crying loudly. (ते मोठ्याने रडत आलेले असेल.)
They will have been reading a book. (ते पुस्तक वाचत आलेले असतील.)
टीपः (i) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळी वाक्याची रचनाः
Subject + to have चे रुप + been + Present Participle + Object
e.g. Sachin will have been waiting for an hour.
(ii) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळामध्ये कर्त्यांनंतर काळ व कर्ता यानुसार योग्य ते भविष्यकाळी to have चे रुप
वापरतात.
(iii) भविष्यकाळी to have च्या रुपानंतर been चा वापर करतात.
(iv) been नंतर वाक्यात उल्लेख केलेल्या क्रियेचे Present Participle वापरतात.
(v) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळामध्ये प्रश्नार्थक व नकारार्थी वाक्ये तयार करण्याचे नियम साध्या भविष्यकाळाप्रमाणेच
आहेत.
Exercise (A)
[I] Complete the following sentences using the Present Perfect Continuous Tense forms of the
verbs given in the brackets :
(1) I ……. English for three years. (learn)
(2) We ……. in Nagpur since 2007. (live)
(3) Mohan …… a novel for two weeks. (read)
(4) Neela ……. that book for two hours. (read)
(5) I …… at all these places. (swim)
[II] Complete the following sentences using the Past Perfect Continuous Tense forms of the
verbs given in the brackets :
(1) Kamala ……. a book for three days. (read)
(2) Mr. Patil …… us for twenty five years. (teach)
(3) The children ……. in the garden for an hour. (play)
(4) My grandfather …… vegetables in our field. (grow)
(5) We ……. in this village. Now we live in city. (live)
[III] Complete the following sentences using the Future Perfect Continuous Tense forms of the
verbs given in the brackets :
(1) The farmer ……. his field. (plough)
(2) The students …… their lesson. (learn)
(3) The blind singer ……. a sweet song. (sing)
(4) Anu …… in the pool. (swim)
(5) They …… the poor and the needy. (help)
काळांचे
प्रकार पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे |
पूर्ण अपूर्ण
वर्तमानकाळ |
पूर्ण अपूर्ण
भूतकाळ |
पूर्ण अपूर्ण
भविष्यकाळ |
प्रथम पुरुष I
We |
have been playing
have been playing |
had been playing
had been playing |
shall have been playing
shall have been playing |
द्वितीय पुरुष You
You |
have been playing
have been playing |
had been playing
had been playing |
will have been playing
will have been playing |
तृतीय पुरुष He
She It They |
has been playing
has been playing has been playing have been playing |
had been playing
had been playing had been playing had been playing |
will have been playing
will have been playing will have been playing will have been playing |
* Write हे क्रियापद मुख्य काळ व प्रत्येकाचे चार उपप्रकार अशा एकूण बारा उपप्रकारात खालील तक्त्यात चालवून
दाखविलेले आहे. त्याचा काळजीपूर्वक अभ्यास करा.
काळांचे मुख्य
प्रकार काळाचे उपप्रकार |
Present
Tense |
Past Tense | Future Tense |
Simple Tense | write/writes | wrote | shall write/will write |
Continuous Tense | am/is/are
writing |
was/were
writing |
shall be/will be
writing |
Perfect Tense | have/has
written |
Had written | shall have/will have
writing |
Perfect Contiuous Tense | Have/has
Been writing |
Had been writing | Shall have/will have been writing |
* कोणतेही मुख्य क्रियापद तक्त्यात दाखविल्याप्रमाणे बारा प्रकारे चालविता आले पाहिजे. खालील तक्त्यामध्ये काळाचे
सर्व बारा उपप्रकार व त्यांच्या वाक्यरचनांचे थोडक्यात दर्शन घडवलेले आहे. निरीक्षण करा.
काळाचे प्रकार | प्रत्येक उपप्रकाराची वाक्यरचना |
साधा काळः
(i) साधा वर्तमानकाळ (ii) साधा भूतकाळ (iii) साधा भविष्यकाळ |
Subject + First form of the verb + Object Subject + Second form of the verb + Object Subject + shall/will + First form of the verb + Object |
अपूर्ण काळः
(i) अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळ (ii) अपूर्ण भूतकाळ (iii) अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळ |
Subject + To be + Present Participle + Object
Subject + am/is/are + Present Participle + Object Subject + was/were + Present Participle + Object Subject + shall be/will be + Present Participle + Object |
पूर्ण काळः
(i) पूर्ण वर्तमानकाळ (ii) पूर्ण भूतकाळ (iii) पूर्ण भविष्यकाळ |
Subject + To have + Past Participle + Object
Subject + have/has + Past Participle + Object Subject + had + Past Participle + Object Subject + shall have/will have + Past Participle + Object |
पूर्ण अपूर्ण काळः
(i) पूर्ण अपूर्ण वर्तमानकाळ (ii) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भूतकाळ (iii) पूर्ण अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळ |
Subject + To have + been + Present Participle + Object
Subject + have/has + been + Present Participle + Object Subject + had + been Present Participle + Object Subject + shall have/will have + been + Present Participle + Object |
* Learn this :
* The Present Perfect Continuous Tense is used to describe an action that started in the past,
continued upto now and is still going on. * The action that has continued over a long period in the past takes The Past Perfect Continuous Tense form. |
Exercise (B)
* Use proper forms of the verbs given in the brackets :
(1) Our joy (know) no bounds when our school Kabaddi team won the district championship.
(2) We see the Sardar’s face in every Sikh we (come) across.
(3) They didn’t know who I (to be).
(4) Don’t (come) back just yet.
(5) He was shocked at the idea of (open) a box.
(6) They (make) people so unhappy that no one smiled for many days afterwards.
(7) There are plenty of your ugly brothers and sisters already (fly) about the world.
(8) One summer evening. I (be) (sit) by the open window.
(9) Minu did not (wake up) on her own. She (wake up) by her mother.
(10) When I (build) my house, another house was being built in the same locality.
ANSWERS
The Perfect Continous Tense.
(A) [I] (1) have been learning (2) have been living/have been (3) has been reading (4) has been reading (5) have been swimming.
[II] (1) had been reading (2) had been teaching (3) had been playing (4) had been growing (5) had been living/had been.
[III] (1) will have been ploughing (2) will have been learning. (3) will have been singing. (4) will have been swimming. (5) will have been helping.
(B) (1) knew ( 2) came (3) was (4) come (5) opening (6) made (7) flying (8) was sitting (9) wake up, was woken up (10) built
The Sequence of Tenses (काळांचा अनुक्रम)
क्रियापदांच्या रुपांचा उपयोगः
(1) Infinitive : (क्रियापदाचे मूळ रुप)
The verb which is not limited by person and number is called the Infinitive.
e.g. To work is worship.
It is good to work.
We play to win.
Predicate मध्ये मुख्य क्रियापदानंतर मुख्य क्रियापद वापरायचे असेल तर दुस-या मुख्य क्रियापदाचे Infinitive
बनवितात.
(2) First form of the verb : (क्रियापदाचे पहिले रुप)
याचा उपयोग साध्या वर्तमानकाळात करतात.
e.g. I write my homework.
He writes a letter.
Sachin plays well.
(3) Second form of the verb : (क्रियापदाचे दुसरे रुप)
याचा उपयोग साध्या भूतकाळात करतात.
e.g. I wrote a letter.
Pankaj liked milk more than coffee.
Sachin farmer worked in his field.
(4) Present Participle : (वर्तमानकाळी धातुसाधित रुप)
अपूर्ण काळ आणि पूर्ण अपूर्ण काळ यामध्ये Present Participle चा वापर अनुक्रमे to be आणि to have been
नंतर करतात.
e.g. I am writing a letter.
I was writing a letter.
I shall be writing a letter.
I have been writing my homework.
I had been writing my homework.
I shall have been writing my homework.
(5) Past Participle : (भूतकाळी धातुसाधित रुप)
पूर्ण काळामध्ये to have च्या रुपानंतर Past Participle वापरतात.
e.g. I have written a letter.
I had written a letter.
I shall have written a letter.
काही क्रियापदांची वर नमुद केलेली पाच रुपे खालील तक्त्यावरुन अभ्यासा.
क्रियापद | Infinitive | First form | Second form | Present Participle | Past Participle |
go
come eat sing read |
to go
to come to eat to sing to read |
Go
come eat sing read |
went
came ate sang read |
going
coming eating singing reading |
gone
come eaten sung read |
* कंसात दिलेली क्रियापदांची रुपे भरताना काळाच्या अनुक्रमाला फार महत्त्व असते. त्याचे काही नियमः
1. if असलेल्या उपवाक्यात साधा वर्तमानकाळ असेल, तर …….
(a) संभाव्य गौण उपवाक्यात भविष्यकाळाचा संदर्भ असताना मुख्य उपवाक्यात साधा भविष्यकाळ असतो.
e.g. If he works hard, he will succeed.
If it is so, I will make him Judge.
(b) संभाव्य गौण उपवाक्यात वर्तमानकाळाचा संदर्भ असताना दोन्ही उपवाक्यात साधा वर्तमानकाळ वापरतात,
मुख्य उपवाक्यात may, must, can किंवा आज्ञार्थी वाक्य अशा रचनाही येतात.
e.g. If you are true to your word, banish Lakshmana. (आज्ञार्थी वाक्य)
If you do not ask us, we cannot understand your difficulties.
If you want to overcome poverty, you must work hard.
If I hear ghost stories, I don’t sleep well.
If you work hard, you can win a prize.
2. If असलेल्या असंभाव्य गौण उपवाक्यात साधा भूतकाळ असेल, तर मुख्य उपवाक्यात would, could, might या
साहाय्यकारी क्रियापदानंतर मुख्य क्रियापदाचे पहिले रुप वापरतात.
e.g. If you won a lottery, you would be a rich man.
If you didn’t ask us, we could not understand your difficulties.
3. If असलेल्या अशक्यप्राय गौण उपवाक्य पूर्ण भूतकाळ असेल, तर मुख्य उपवाक्यात would, could, might नंतर
मुख्य क्रियापदाचे Perfect Participle वापरतात.
e.g. If you had worked hard, you would have passed.
If he had told you the truth, you would not have believed him that time.
If I had known their languages, I would have asked them many things.
4. While चा नियमः
भूतकाळात दोन क्रिया एकाचवेळी चालू होत्या हे दर्शविण्यासाठी while चा वापर करतात. while ने सुरु झालेली
उपवाक्य अपूर्ण भूतकाळ असते.
e.g. I saw my friend, while I was walking to school.
She had lost one of her slippers while she was crossing the street.
While he was examining the coronet, you saw him with the coronet in his hand.
5. After चा नियमः
After ने सुरु झालेले उपवाक्य पूर्ण भूतकाळात असेल, तर दुसरे उपवाक्य साध्या भूतकाळात असते.
e.g. After they had taken the woman to a hospital, they went home.
6. प्रधान वाक्यात भूतकाळ असेल, तर गौणवाक्यात देखील भूतकाळच असतो.
e.g. The teacher said that Gopal had done nothing wrong.
अपवादः गौण उपवाक्यात त्रिकालाबाधित सत्य असेल, तर मात्र प्रधान वाक्याचा काळ जरी भूतकाळ असला तरी
गौण वाक्य साध्या वर्तमानकाळातच असते.
e.g. The teacher said that the earth moves round the sun.
7. प्रधान वाक्यात वर्तमानकाळ किंवा भविष्यकाळ असेल, तर गौण वाक्यात कोणत्याही काळ असू शकतो.
e.g. The teacher says that it is true.
The teacher says that it was true.
The teacher says that it will be true.
The teacher will say that it is true.
The teacher will say that it was true.
The teacher will say that it will be true.
8. गौण वाक्यात उद्देश सूचित करावयाचा असेल, तर प्रधान वाक्यात वर्तमानकाळ किंवा भविष्यकाळ असताना गौण
वाक्यात वर्तमानकाळ्च असावा लागतो.
e.g. We eat that we may live.
I shall nurse him that he may live.
9. एकाच वाक्यात दोन भूतकाळी क्रिया असतील, तर त्यांपैकी पहिली क्रिया पूर्ण भूतकाळात आणि दुसरी साध्या
भूतकाळात असते.
e.g. The sources said that all 14 bodies had been sent.
10. Hardly …… when चा नियमः
Hardly …… when च्या रचनेत क्रमशः पूर्ण भूतकाळ व साधा भूतकाळ वापरतात.
e.g. hardly had Kapil Dev entered when it was a different ball game.
11. recently चा नियमः
recently चा वापर केलेली रचना पूर्ण वर्तमानकाळात असते.
e.g. You have spent a lot of time for social work recently.
12. भूतकाळात बराच काळ अखंडपणे घडणा-या क्रियेचा म्हणजे Past Perfect Continuous Tense चा संबंध एका
विशिष्ट वेळी एकदम घडलेल्या क्रियेशी म्हणजे Simple Past Tense शी असतो.
e.g. My father had been writing his memoir when he had a heart-attack.
13. Combination of the Simple Past Tense with the Past Continuous Tense :
‘पहिली क्रिया घडत असताना दुसरी क्रिया घडली’ असा अर्थबोध होतो, तेव्हा हे Combination शक्य असते.
e.g. Asha was reading a newspaper when father came home.
* Some more examples solved for Practice :
(1) I could not recall her ever getting a birthday present.
(Rewrite using the infinitive form of the verb underlined.)
I was unable to recall her ever getting a birthday present.
टीपः could not = couldn’t = was unable to
(2) No one may …….. of its water. (Use the proper form of ‘drink’)
No one may drink of its water.
टीपः model verb नंतर base verb वापरतात.
(3) They …… so poor that they didn’t even do that much. (Use the proper form of ‘to be’)
They were so poor that they didn’t even do that much.
टीपः * वाक्य भूतकाळी असल्यामुळे भूतकाळी to be चे रुप वापरले. * They बरोबर भूतकाळात were हे to be च चे
रुप वापरतात.
(4) Ram ……. since afternoon. (Use the proper form of ‘play’)
Ram has been playing since afternoon.
टीपः since वरुन Present Perfect Continuous Tense चा बोध होतो.
(5) Don’t ……. here for a long time. (Use the proper form of ‘sit’)
Don’t sit here for a long time.
टीपः हे आज्ञार्थी वाक्य आहे अशा वाक्यात don’t नंतर base verb वापरतात.
(6) If I go to school, I …….. wise. (become)
If I go to school, I shall become wise.
टीपः If clause नियम पहिला (a)
(7) What would be my fate if I ……. you. (deceive)
What would be my fate if I deceived you.
टीपः If clause नियम दुसरा.
(8) If I …… the race, I would have congratulated by all. (win)
If I had won the race, I would have congratulated by all.
टीपः If clause नियम तिसरा.
(9) Hardly had I reached the platform when the train ……. . (leave)
Hardly had I reached the platform when the train left.
टीपः Hardly ……. when चा नियम.
(10) The meeting …… when we reached the office. (start)
The meeting had started when we reached the office.
* Exercise *
* Fill in the blanks with proper tense forms of the verbs given in the brackets :
(1) Mother ……. (finish) cooking when father (enter) the kitchen.
(2) The science class ….. (start) when Satish …… (reach) the college.
(3) Though I …… (invite) him well in advance, he (not come) for the function.
(4) Scarcely ……. Dave ……. (begin) his second year when he …… (find) himself hopelessly
swamped.
(5) He …… (prove) the most important thing that he ……. (to be) no different from anyone else.
(6) He ……. (leave) his Braille watch upstairs and …… (ask) her to retrieve it.
(7) Later, after they …… (become) serious about each other, Cheri …… (confess) to him.
(8) If you …… (to be) a rose, you would be sorry.
(9) We …… (know) we …… (to have) it for the day.
(10) If you (to be) a bit more particular, you can order a pair.
(11) If you don’t invite me, I ……. (not come).
(12) Go and …… (wash) your face.
(13) My friends thought, I …… (to be) crazy.
(14) Whatever we do, let’s ……. (try) to do better.
(15) He ……. (tell) me that she had been there for a while.
ANSWERS
Sequence of Tense
(1) had finished, entered (2) had started, reached (3) had invited, did not come (4) had begun, found (5) had proved, was (6) left, asked (7) had become, confessed (8) were (9) knew, had (10) are (11) shall not come (12) wash (13) was (14) try (15) told
Clauses (उपवाक्ये)
एकाच वाक्यामध्ये अनेक वाक्यांचा समूह असून प्रत्येक वाक्यात स्वतंत्र उद्देश व विधेय असते, अशा प्रत्येक
वाक्याला उपवाक्य किंवा पोटवाक्य (Clause) असे म्हणतात.
Simple Sentences हा सुद्धा एक Clause च आहे. (A clause is a part of a sentences with subject
and predicate.)
e.g. Gopal works in the garden and Seeta works in the kitchen, too.
या वाक्यात (i) Gopal works in the garden.
(ii) Seeta works in the kitchen.
अशी दोन स्वतंत्र वाक्ये आहेत. प्रत्येक वाक्यात उद्देश (subject) आणि विधेय (predicate) आहेत. अशा प्रत्येक
वाक्याला clause असे म्हणतात.
Gopal works in the garden. हे उपवाक्य आहे. कारण या उपवाक्यात Gopal हे उद्देश व works in the
garden हे विधेय आहे.
Seeta works in the kitchen. हे उपवाक्य आहे. कारण या उपवाक्यात Seeta हे उद्देश व works in the
kitchen. हे विधेय आहे.
* Kinds of clauses (उपवाक्यांचे प्रकार)
उपवाक्यांचे दोन प्रकार आहेतः
(1) Main Clause मुख्य उपवाक्य :
पूर्ण बोध करुन देणा-या उपवाक्याला मुख्य उपवाक्य म्हणतात.
e.g. Gopal works in the garden and Seeta works in the kitchen.
या वाक्यामध्ये (1) Gopal works in the garden. (2) Seeta works in the kitchen. अशी दोन स्वतंत्र
वाक्ये आहेत. ही दोन्ही वाक्ये स्वतंत्रपणे पूर्ण अर्थ बोध करुन देतात. म्हणून ही दोन्ही वाक्ये येथे मुख्य उपवाक्य
म्हणून ओळखली जातात.
टीपः (i) उपवाक्याला पोटवाक्य असेही म्हणतात.
(ii) मुख्य उपवाक्याची इंग्रजी नावेः
(a) Main clause
(b) Principal clause
(c) Independent clause
(iii) दोन मुख्य उपवाक्ये जोडणा-या उभयान्वयी अव्ययाला प्रधानत्वसूचक उभयान्वयी अव्यय (Co-ordinator
किंवा Co-ordinating Conjunction) असेही म्हणतात.
e.g. and, but, or, therefore, either-or, neither-nor, yet etc.
(2) Subordinate Clause गौण उपवाक्यः
स्वतंत्रपणे अर्थ व्यक्त न करु शकणा-या उपवाक्याला गौण उपवाक्य (Subordinate Clause) असे म्हणतात.
e.g. When I went to him, he was drawing a picture.
या वाक्यात When I went to him. हे गौण पोटवाक्य आहे.
टीपः (i) when या उभयान्वयी अव्ययाने गौण उपवाक्य मुख्य उपवाक्याशी जोडलेले आहे. अशा उभयान्वयी अव्ययाला
गौणत्वसूचक उभयान्वयी अव्यय (Subordinator/Subordinating Conjunction) असे म्हणतात.
e.g. that, if, before, after, when, while, till, where, though, who, etc.
(ii) वाक्यात असलेल्या उपवाक्यांच्या अस्तित्वावरुन वाक्यांचे तीन प्रकारे वर्गीकरण करण्यात येतेः
(a) Simple Sentence केवल वाक्यः
ज्या वाक्यात एकच उद्देश आणि विधेय असते, त्या वाक्याला केवल वाक्य (Simple Sentence) असे म्हणतात.
e.g. Leela reads a story.
The tortoise won the race.
(b) Compound Sentence संयुक्त वाक्यः
ज्या वाक्यात दोन किंवा दोनापेक्षा जास्त मुख्य उपवाक्ये असतात, अशा वाक्याला संयुक्त वाक्य (Compound
Sentence) असे म्हणतात.
e.g. Shankar was a farm-worker and Gouri was a farm-worker, too.
Shankar was a farm-worker.
Gouri was farm-worker.
ही दोन्ही मुख्य उपवाक्ये आहेत. या दोन्ही उपवाक्यांचा समावेश असलेले वाक्य संयुक्त वाक्य आहे.
(c) Complex Sentence मिश्र वाक्यः
ज्या वाक्यात एकच मुख्य उपवाक्य आणि इतर गौण उपवाक्ये असतात, त्या वाक्याला मिश्र वाक्य (Complex
Sentence) असे म्हणतात.
e.g. While Mohan was playing in the garden, he was his father.
या वाक्यात he saw his father हे मुख्य उपवाक्य व while Mohan was playing in the garden हे गौण
उपवाक्य आहे; म्हणून वरील वाक्य हे मिश्र वाक्य आहे.
* Kinds of Subordinate Clauses
गौण उपवाक्यांचे तीन प्रकार आहेत.
(1) Noun Clause (2) Adjective Clause (3) Adverb Clause
[1] Noun Clause : मिश्र वाक्यामध्ये एखाद्या नामाच्या जागी कार्य करणा-या उपवाक्याला नाम वाक्य (Noun
Clause) असे म्हणतात.
e.g. I fear that Ganpat will sink. [The object of a verb]
What you think is of no interest to me. [The subject of a verb]
The plan is that we will fly to Delhi. [The complement of a verb]
It depends on what you think. [The object of a preposition]
The news that my brother stood first. [in apposition to a noun]
टीपः (I) वरील वाक्यांमध्ये अनुक्रमे that Ganpat will sink, what you think, that we will fly to Delhi, what
you think, that my brother stood first ही वाक्ये Noun Clauses आहेत.
(II) I fear, is of no interest to me, the plan is, it depends on, the news made us happy ही
वाक्ये Main Clauses आहेत.
(III) Noun Clauses मध्ये वापरली जाणारी Subordinating Conjunction : that, what, when, how,
why, whether, where, whatever.
(IV) Noun Clause मध्ये that हे Subordinating Conjunction सर्वात जास्त वापरले जाते.
* Noun Clause वाक्यामध्ये पाच प्रकारचे कार्य करीत असतेः
(a) The Subject of a verb (क्रियापदाचा कर्ता)
e.g. (i) Where Rupa was kept is unknown.
(ii) What our parents say is right.
(iii) Why Rakesh left his village is secret.
(iv) Will he help me is not clear.
(v) What Hema will decide is uncertain.
(b) The Object of a verb. (क्रियापदाचे कर्म)
e.g. (i) I don’t know what had happened.
(ii) The teacher asked the boy how he won the race.
(iii) Tell me where you kept the stolen pen.
(iv) Mother decided that it was right.
(v) Anjali refused that she hadn’t done the wrong.
(vi) I get what I want.
(c) The Complement of a verb (क्रियापदाचे पूरक)
e.g. (i) My wish is that you may succeed.
(ii) My believe is that he is a great man.
(iii) This is what I desired.
(iv) All I remember is that they were all memorable.
(v) The tea is not that it should be.
(d) The Object of a preposition (शब्दयोगी अव्ययाचे कर्म)
e.g. (i) Pay attention to what your parents say.
(ii) The mother laughs at what her child does.
(iii) Don’t believe in what your enemy says.
(iv) All depends on how it is done.
(v) He is not interested in what his friends say.
(e) In Apposition to a noun / pronoun (नाम / सर्वनामाच्या शेजारी पूरक)
e.g.(i) All that glitters is not gold.
(ii) You must remember this that services of man is service to God.
(iii) Our hope that our country should win the war was fulfilled.
(iv) The feeling that this has to be done is much stronger.
(v) The news that my brother stood first made us happy.
[2] Adjective Clause : मिश्र वाक्यातील गौण उपवाक्य जर मुख्य उपवाक्यातील उपवाक्य (Adjective
Clause/Relative Clause) असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) This is the man who killed the man-eater last evening.
(ii) It is the place where I want to get off.
(iii) The child has a doll which had three mouths.
(iv) This is the temple that Ahilyabai built.
(v) I killed the meal which mother cooked.
टीपः (i) वरील वाक्यात who killed the man-eater last evening, where I want to get off, which had
three mouths, that Ahilyabai built, which mother cooked हे Adjective Clauses आहेत.
(ii) This is the man, It is the place, The child has a doll, This is the temple, I liked the meal हे
Main Clauses आहेत.
(iii) Adjective Clause मध्ये मुख्य उपवाक्याशी गौण उपवाक्य Relative Pronoun किंवा Relative Adverb
ने जोडलेले असते.
e.g. who, which, that, whom, when, where, why, whose, how etc.
[3] Adverb Clause : जे गौण उपवाक्य क्रियाविशेषणाचे कार्य करते, त्या उपवाक्याला क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्य
(Adverb Clause) असे म्हणतात.
e.g. I saw you when I was playing.
(Adverb Clause of Time, modifying the verb ‘saw’.)
वरील वाक्यांमध्ये when I was playing हे वाक्य क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्य (Adverb Clause) आहे.
* Kinds of Adverb Clause :
क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्यांचे एकूण आठ प्रकार आहेतः
(1) Adverb Clause of Time
(2) Adverb Clause of Place
(3) Adverb Clause of Reason / Cause
(4) Adverb Clause of Purpose
(5) Adverb Clause of Condition
(6) Adverb Clause of Result / Consequence or Effect
(7) Adverb Clause of Comparison of Degree / Manner
(8) Adverb Clause of Contrast / Concession
(1) Adverb Clause of Time : ज्या क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्यावरुन काळाला योग्य होतो, त्या क्रियाविशेषण
उपवाक्याला Adverb Clause of Time असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) When she saw me, she smiled.
(ii) As the teacher arrived into the classroom, the student rose to their feet.
(iii) As soon as they saw a tiger they began to run fast.
(iv) Don’t cry while the child sleeps.
(v) I saw you when I was playing.
टीपः (i) When she saw me, As the teacher arrived into the classroom, As soon as they saw a
tiger, while the child sleeps, when I was playing ही वाक्ये Adverb Clause of Time ची आहेत.
(ii) she smiled, the students rose to their feet, they began to run fast, Don’t cry, I saw you ही
वाक्ये Main Clauses ची आहेत.
(iii) Adverb Clause of Time मध्ये वापरली जाणारी Subordinating Conjunction: when, while,
whenever, as, since, before, till, as soon as, no sooner ……. than, until, after, as long as
etc.
(2) Adverb Clause of Place : ज्या क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्यावरुन स्थळाचा बोध होतो, त्या क्रियाविशेष
उपवाक्याला Adverb Clause of Place असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) It is my duty to take them wherever they want to go.
(ii) Seeta would live where Rama lived.
(iii) They can stay where they are.
(iv) I make friends wherever I go.
(v) You can go wherever you like.
टीपः (i) wherever they want to go, where Rama lived, where they are, wherever I go, wherever
you like, ही वाक्ये Adverb Clause of Place आहेत.
(ii) It is my duty to take them, Seeta would live, they can stay, I make friends, You can go ही
वाक्ये Main Clause ची आहेत.
(iii) Adverb Clause of Time मध्ये वापरली जाणारी Subordinating Conjunctions : where,
wherever.
(3) Adverb Clause of Reason or Cause : ज्या क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्यामध्ये क्रियेचे कारण सांगितलेले असते, त्या क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्याला Adverb Clause of Reason or Cause असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) The children cried loudly because they saw a snake in front of them.
(ii) Sachin didn’t take part in the test because he was ill.
(iii) I am glad that you stood first.
(iv) Since Ashok was ill, he missed the examination.
(v) As the road is muddy, I do not want to put on my new shoes.
टीपः (i) because they saw a snake in front of them, because he was ill, that you stood first, Since
Ashok was ill, As the road is muddy ही वाक्ये Adverb Clause of Reason ची आहेत.
(ii) The children cried loudly, Sachin didn’t take part in the test, I am glad, he missed the
examination, I do not want to put on my new shoes ही वाक्ये Main Clause ची आहेत.
(iii) Adverb Clause of Reason मध्ये वापरली जाणारी Subordinating Conjunctions : because, as,
since, that.
(4) Adverb Clause of Purpose : ज्या क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्यामध्ये क्रियेचा हेतू सांगितलेला असतो, त्या
क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्याला Adverb Clause of Purpose असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) The little match girl lighted all the remaining matches so that her grandmother would
not disappear.
(ii) We eat so that we may live.
(iii) Shankar worked very hard so that he might make both ends meet.
(iv) Rajiv studies hard so that he will stand first.
(v) The child cried loudly so that mother would feed him soon.
टीपः (i) so that her grandmother would not disappear, so that we may live, so that he might make
both ends meet, so that he will stand first, so that mother would feed him soon ही वाक्ये
Adverb Clause of Purpose ची आहेत.
(ii) The little match girl lighted all the remaining matches, we eat, Shankar worked very
hard, Rajiv studies hard, The child cried loudly ही वाक्ये Main Clauses ची आहेत.
(iii) Adverb Clause of Purpose मध्ये वापरली जाणारी Subordinating Conjunctions : so that, in
order that, lest.
(5) Adverb Clause of Condition : ज्या क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्यामध्ये क्रियेची अट सांगितलेली असते, त्या
क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्याला Adverb Clause of Condition असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) Unless you make a garden, you will lose your life.
(ii) If you do not run fast you will miss the train.
(iii) If it rains, the farmers will be happy.
(iv) Unless there is water, all living things will die.
(v) If you have faith, you can do anything.
टीपः (i) Unless you make a garden, If you do not run fast, If it rains, Unless there is water, If you
have faith ही वाक्ये Adverb Clause of Condition ची आहेत.
(ii) you will lose your life, you will miss the train, the farmers will be happy, all living things
will die, you can do anything ही वाक्ये Main Clauses ची आहेत.
(iii) Adverb Clause of Condition मध्ये वापरली जाणारी Subordinating Conjunctions : if, whether,
unless, in case.
(6) Adverb Clause of Result or Consequence or Effect : ज्या क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्याचे क्रियेचा परिणाम
सांगितलेला असतो, त्या क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्याला Adverb Clause of Result असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) He felt so miserable that he decided to follow her in death.
(ii) The sea was so rough that the ship tossed in the sea.
(iii) Sachin was t tired and thirsty that he could not wait.
(iv) Rajiv was so strong that he can carry you on his back.
(v) The old man was so weak that he could hardly walk.
टीपः (i) that he decided to follow her in death, that the ship tossed in the sea, that he could not
wait, that he can carry you on his back, that he could hardly walk ही वाक्ये Adverb Clause of
Result ची आहेत.
(ii) He felt so miserable, The sea was so rough, Sachin was so tired and thirsty, Rajiv was
so strong, The old man so weak ही वाक्ये Main Clauses ची आहेत.
(iii) Adverb Clause of Result मध्ये वापरली जाणारी Subordinating Conjunctions : that. मुख्य
वाक्यात so चा वापर केलेला असतो. अशी वाक्यरचना थोडक्यात so …… that, such ……. that अशा
पद्धतीने सूचित करतात.
(7) Adverb Clause of Comparison :
(A) Adverb Clause of Degree
(B) Adverb Clause of Manner
(A) Adverb Clause of Degree :
ज्या क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्यामध्ये तुलना सूचित केलेली असते, त्या क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्याला Adverb Clause
of Degree असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) Vishal is taller than Sachin (is)
(ii) Rajiv is not so clever as you think.
(iii) Anjali isn’t so old as I am.
(iv) He speaks better than he writes.
(v) Dhiraj is richer than Abhishek is.
टीपः (i) than Sachin is, as you think, as I am, than he writes, than Abhishek is ही वाक्ये Adverb
Clause of Degree ची आहेत.
(ii) Vishal is taller, Rajiv is not so clever, Anjali isn’t so old, He speaks better, Dhiraj is richer
ही वाक्ये Main Clauses ची आहेत.
(iii) Adverb Clause of Degree मध्ये वापरली जाणारी Subordinating Conjunctions : than, as
[than, as …… as, so ……. as]
(B) Adverb Clause of Manner : ज्या क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्यामध्ये क्रियेची रीत सांगितलेली असते, त्या
क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्याला Adverb Clause of Manner असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) He will treat you as you have treated him.
(ii) You may do as you like.
(iii) As you sow, so you reap.
(iv) As he has lived so he will die.
(v) As you work, so you will get its fruit.
टीपः (i) as your have treated him, as you like, as you sow, as he has lived, as you work ही वाक्ये
Adverb Clause of Manner ची आहेत.
(ii) He will treat you, You may do, so you reap, so he will die, so you will get its fruit ही
वाक्ये Main Clauses ची आहेत.
(iii) Adverb Clause of Manner मध्ये वापरली जाणारी Subordinating Conjunctions : as.
(8) Adverb Clause of Contrast or Supposition or Concession :
ज्या क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्यामध्ये वस्तूस्थितीशी विरोध व्यक्त केलेला असतो, त्या क्रियाविशेषण उपवाक्याला
Adverb Clause of Contrast असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) Though it was cold and dark, the poor little girl was wandering about the street.
(ii) Though the mountains are your best friends, they might prove a danger.
(iii) Though he is poor, he is honest.
टीपः (i) Though it was cold and dark, Though the mountains are your friends, Though he is poor
ही वाक्ये Adverb Clause of Contrast ची आहेत.
(ii) the poor little girl was wandering about the street, they might prove a danger, he is
honest ही वाक्ये Main Clauses ची आहेत.
(iii) Adverb Clause of Contrast मध्ये वापरली जाणारी Subordinating Conjunctions : though,
although, even, though, however.
* Some more examples solved for practice :
[I] Underlined the subordinate clause and name it :
(1) It was this sense of fear which propelled him homewards.
It was this sense of fear which propelled him homewards.
(Adjective Clause, qualifies the noun ‘fear’)
(2) The 4th Battalion of Grendiers was holding this strategic area which had to be held at all
costs.
The 4th Battalion of Grendiers was holding this strategic area which had to be held at all
costs.
(Adjective Clause, qualifies the noun ‘area’)
(3) All I remember is that they were all memorable.
All I remember is that they were all memorable.
(Noun Clause, the Complement of a verb ‘is’)
(4) The holiday was to be spent in Dindigul where Grandpa had decided to settle down.
The holiday was to be spent in Dindigul where Grandpa had decided to settle down.
(Adverb Clause of place, modifying the verb phrase ‘was to be spent’)
(5) The lenses of her spectacles were so thick that they almost concealed her eyes.
The lenses of her spectacles were so thick that they almost concealed her eyes.
(Adverb Clause of result, modifying the adjective ‘thick’)
(6) I happen to believe I’ll make a good psychiatrist.
I happen to believe I’ll make a good psychiatrist.
It is a ‘Noun Clause’, object of the verb phrase ‘happen to believe’.
(7) The key is how you feel.
The key is how you feel.
It is Noun Clause’, the complement of a verb ‘is’)
(8) If you were a rose, you would be sorry.
If you were a rose, you would be sorry.
It is an ‘Adverb Clause of Condition’ modifying the verb phrase ‘would be sorry’
(9) Yet, it was a very tense David who enrolled at Temple the following autumn.
Yet, it was a very tense David who enrolled at Temple the following autumn.
It is an ‘Adjective Clause’ qualifies the noun ‘David’
(10) I found what I loved to do early in life.
I found what I loved to do early in life.
It is a ‘Noun Clause’ object of the verb ‘found’
[II] Identify and name and clauses :
(1) I spent two weeks with her in the hospital as she remained a paralyzed state.
(a) I spent two weeks with her in the hospital : Main Clause
(b) as she remained a paralyzed state : Adverb Clause of Reason.
(2) Everybody copes when there’s no choice.
(a) Everybody copes : Main Clause.
(b) when there’s no choice : Adverb Clause of Time.
(3) She replied that she did not play.
(a) She replied : Main Clause.
(b) that she did not play : Noun Clause, object of the verb ‘replied’.
(4) The reality is that our children are straitjacketed.
(a) The reality is : Main Clause
(b) that our children are straitjacketed : Noun Clause, complement of the verb ‘is’.
(5) These new trees first brought back the insects which native birds eat.
(a) These new trees first brought back the insects : Main Clause
(b) which native birds eat : Adjective Clause, qualifies the noun ‘insects’.
* Exercise *
[I] Underlined the subordinate clause and name it :
(1) It was Dave’s sister Barbara who steeled herself to be his toughest taskmaster.
(2) He announced that he was going to be a doctor.
(3) I want to be psychiatrist because I happen to believe.
(4) If you were a rose, you would be sorry.
(5) I still loved what I did.
(6) When I was young, there was an amazing publication called ‘The Whole Earth Catalouge’.
(7) I am happy now because I have probed outside my little world into the mystery of the
Universe.
(8) I realized that the abyss cannot hear the song of the stars.
(9) Nature, who is the great object of our deeper dreams, granted my request.
(10) She was a matriculate when she married my father.
(11) As the next few years unfolded, her vision deteriorated.
(12) I flew down from the US, where I was serving my second stint. to see her.
(13) The reality is that our children are straitjacketed.
(14) Dean also provided water from a drinking fountain so that the eagle could bathe.
(15) I asked her when she gets time to play.
(16) She replied that she did not play.
(17) All this was accomplished in an area where they said it couldn’t be done!
(18) Hence I could get a total survey of what was happening in Mumbai that Tuesday.
(19) And I am to stay at the Circuit House, which is a heritage structure too.
(20) While I taste some, I pick up more to take home.
(21) I had never realized that my mother had a birthday.
(22) My own eyes filled with tears when I heard her reply.
(23) If I want to thank someone, I can say thanks.
(24) I found that it was well healed.
(25) He smiled as he patted my hand.
[II] Identify and name the clauses :
(1) The key is how you feel.
(2) Do you know the girl who used to sell baskets?
(3) Though the summer is hot, the farmers continue their work.
(4) Rajiv works hard so that he wants to stand first in the examination.
(5) When she saw me, she smiled.
ANSWERS
Clauses
[I]
(1) It was Dave’s sister Barbara who steeled herself to be his toughest taskmaster.
It is an adjective clause, qualifies the noun ‘Barbara’.
(2) He announced that he was going to be a doctor.
It is a noun clause, object of the verb ‘announced’
(3) I want to be psychiatrist because I happen to believe.
It is an adverb clause of reason, modifying the verb phrase ‘want to be’
(4) If you were a rose, you wuld be sorry.
It is an adverb clause of condition, modifying the verb phrase ‘would be’
(5) I still loved what I did.
It is a noun clause, object of the verb ‘loved’.
(6) When I was young, there was an amazing publication called ‘The Whole Earth Catalouge’
It is an adverb clause of time, modifying the verb ‘was’
(7) I am happy now because I have probed outside my little world into the mystery of the Universe.
It is an adverb clause of reason, modifying the verb ‘am’
(8) I realized that the ebyss cannot hear the song of the stars.
It is a noun clause, object of the verb ‘realized’.
(9) Nature, who is the great object of our deeper dreams, granted my request.
It is an adjective clause, qualifies the noun ‘nature’
(10) She was a matriculate when she married my father.
It is an adverb clause of time, modifying the verb ‘was’
(11) As the next few years unfolde, her vision deteriorated.
It is an adverb clause of reason, modifying the verb ‘deteriorated’
(12) I flew down from the US, where I was serving my second stint, to see her.
It is an adverb clause of place, modifying the verb ‘flew’
(13) The reality is that our children are straitjacketed.
It is a noun clause, complement of the verb ‘is’.
(14) Dean also provided water from a drinking fountain so that the eagle could bathe.
It is an adverb clause of purpose, modifying the verb “provided”.
(15) I asked her when she gets time to play.
It is an adverb clause of time, modifying the verb’ asked’.
(16) She replied that she did not play.
It is a noun clause, the object of the verb’ replied’.
(17) All this was accomplished in an area where they said it couldn’t be done!
It is an adverb clause of place, modifying the verb phrase ‘was ac-accomplished’.
(18) Hence I could get total survey of what was happening in Mumbai that Tuesday.
It is noun clause, the object of preposition ‘of’.
(19) And I am to stay at the Circuit House, ‘which is a heritage structure, too
It is an adjective clause, qualifies the noun’ Circuit House’.
(20) While I taste some, I pick up more to take home,
It is an adverb clause of time, modifying the verb phrase’ pick up’
(21) I had never realized that my mother had a birthday.
It is a noun clause, the object of the verb phrase’ had realized.’
(22) My own eyes filled with tears when I heard her reply.
It is an adverb clause of time, modifying the verb phrase’ fill with’.
(23) If I want to thank someone, I can say thanks.
It is an adverb clause of condition, modifying the verb phrase’ can say’
(24) I found that it was well healed.
It is a noun clause, object of the verb ‘found’.
(25) He smiled as he patted my hand.
It is an adverb clause of time, modifying the verb’ smiled’
(I) (1) (a) The key is: Main clause.
(b) how you feel : noun clause, the complement of the verb’s’.
(2) (a) Do you know the girl: Main clause.
(b) Who used to sell baskets adjective clause, qualifies the noun ‘girl’
(3) (a) though the summer is hot: Adverb clause contrast, modifying the verb ‘continue’
(b) The farmers continue their work: Main clause.
(4) (a) Rajiv works hard: Main clause.
(b) so that he wants to stand first in the examination : adverb clause of
Purpose, modifying the verb phrase ‘work hard’.
(5) (a) When she saw me: Adverb clause of time, modifying the verb ‘smiled’.
(b) She smiled: Main Clause,
*Simple, Complex, and Compound Sentences (केवल, मिश्र व संयुक्त वाक्ये)
वाक्यात असलेल्या उपवाक्यांच्या अस्तित्वावरुन वाक्यांचे तीन प्रकारे वर्गीकरण करण्यात येते.
(1) Simple Sentence
(2) Compound Sentence
(3) Complex Sentence
(1) Simple Sentence केवल वाक्यः
ज्या वाक्यात एकच उद्देश (subject) आणि एकच विधेय (predicate) असते, त्या वाक्याला Simple Sentence
असे म्हणतात.
e.g. The tortoise won the race.
(2) Compound Sentence संयुक्त वाक्यः
ज्या वाक्यात दोन किंवा दोनापेक्षा जास्त मुख्य उपवाक्ये असतात, त्या वाक्याला Compound Sentence असे
म्हणतात.
e.g. Shankar was a farm-worker and Gouri was a farm-worker, too.
या वाक्यात Shankar was farm-worker आणि Gouri was a farm-worker हे दोन्ही Main Clause आहेत;
म्हणून हे Compound Sentence आहे.
(3) Complex Sentence मिश्र वाक्यः
ज्या वाक्यात एकच मुख्य उपवाक्य आणि इतर गौण उपवाक्ये असतात, त्या वाक्याला Complex Sentence असे
म्हणतात.
e.g. While Mohan was playing in the garden, he saw his father.
या वाक्यात he saw his father (Main Clause) आणि While Mohan was playing in the garden हा
Subordinate Clause आहे; म्हणून वरील वाक्य Complex Sentence आहे.
टीपः (i) Simple Sentence मध्ये फक्त एकच Main Clause असतो.
(ii) Compound Sentence मध्ये कमीत कमी दोन Main Clause आणि कमीत कमी एक Subordinate
Clause असतो.
(iii) Main Clause जोडण्यासाठी Compound Sentence मध्ये and, but, therefore, either …… or,
neither ….. nor, yet, or इत्यादी प्रधानत्वसूचक उभयान्वयी अव्यये (Co-ordinating Conjunction)
वापरतात.
(iv) Subordinate Clause आणि Main Clause जोडण्यासाठी Complex Sentence मध्ये that, because,
if, before, after, when, while till, where, though, who, which इत्यादी गौणत्वसूचक उभयान्वयी
अव्यये (Subordinating Conjunction) वापरतात.
* Simple Sentence बनविण्याचे नियमः
(1) Infinitive चा वापर करुनः
(a) Complex Sentence पासून Simple Sentence बनविताना Infinitive चा वापर करतात.
e.g. Complex Sentence : The company gave an advertisement as it wanted to appoint a
typist.
Simple Sentence : To appoint a typist the company gave an advertisement.
(b) compound Sentence पासून Simple Sentence बनविताना सुद्धा Infinitive चा वापर करतात.
e.g. Compound Sentence : Moga heard the long expected question and he was happy.
Simple Sentence : mogga was happy to hear the long expected question.
(2) Present participle चा वापर करुनः
(a)Complex sentenance पासुन simple sentenace बनविताना present participle चा वापर करतात.
e.g. Complex sentenance: Though it was cold and dark, a poor little girl was wondering about the street.
Simple Sentence : In spite of being cold and dark a poor girl was wondering about the street.
(a) Compound Sentence पासून Simple Sentence बनविताना सुद्धा present participle चा वापर करतात.
e.g. Compound Sentence :He looked at me and smiled.
Simple Sentence : Looking at me he smiled.
(3)Complex sentence पासुन Simple sentence बनविताना Subordinate clause ऐवजी पर्यायी शब्दाचा
Synthesis (वाक्यसंकलन)
Synthesis means the combination of a number of simple sentences into one new sentence – simple, compound or complex.
The following are the chief ways of combining two or more simple sentences into one large simple sentence.
By using a participle
He sprang up to his feet. He ran away.
springing up to his feet, he ran away.
She was tired of trying. She decided to quit.
Tired (or, being tired) of trying, she decided to quit.
By using a noun or a phrase in apposition
This is my mother. Her name is Susie.
This is my mother Susie.
By using a preposition with a noun or gerund
Her husband died. She heard the news. She fainted.
On hearing the news of her husband’s death she fainted.
He has failed many times. He still hopes to succeed.
In spite of many failures, he still hopes to succeed.
By using the absolute construction
The watch was expensive. He could not buy it.
The watch being expensive, he could not buy it.
The cot was too small. He could not sleep on it.
The cot being too small, he could not sleep on it.
By using an infinitive
He wanted to pass the examination. He studied hard.
He studied hard to pass the examination.
I have some duties. I must perform them.
I have some duties to perform.
By using an adverb or adverbial phrase
The sun set. The travelers had not reached their destination.
The travelers had not reached their destination by sunset.
Direct Speech and Indirect Speech (प्रत्यक्ष व अप्रत्यक्ष कथन)
(III) Reporting Verb भूतकाळी असेल, तर Indirect Speech करतांना Reported Speech मधील क्रियापदाचा भूतकाळ करावाच लागतो.
E.g. Gopal said, “It is a good idea”.
àGopal said that it was a good idea.
- टीपः (i) वरील तीन नियमांचे काळजीपूर्वक निरीक्षण केल्यास Reported Speech मधील क्रियापदांच्या रुपात काय बदल होतो, हे खालील तक्त्यावरुन अभ्यासा.
Reported verb | Reported Speech
मधील क्रियापद |
Indidrect speech
केल्यानंतरचे क्रियापद |
(a) Say/says | Is | Is |
(b) Will say | Is | Is |
(c) Said | is | Was |
(ii) Reported Verb भूतकाळी असताना Indirect Speech करताना Reported Speech मधील क्रियापदाच्या रुपात होणारा बदल दर्शविणारा तक्ता.
Direct Speech
Reported Speech मधील क्रियापद |
बदल झालेले क्रियापद
Indirect Speech |
(1) Simple Present Tense e.g. write/writes | Simple Past Tense e.g. wrote |
(2) Present Continuous Tense
e.g. am/is/are writing |
Past Continuous Tense
e.g. was/were writing |
(3) Present Perfect Tense
e.g. have/has written |
Past Perfect Tense
e.g. had written |
(4) Present Perfect Continuous Tense
e.g. have/has been writing |
Past perfect Continuous Tense
e.g. had been writing |
(5) Simple Past Tense e.g. wrote | Past Perfect Tense e.g. had written |
(6) Past continuous Tense
e.g. was/were writing |
Past Perfect Continuous Tense
e.g. had been writing |
(7) Past Perfect Tense e.g. had written | Past Perfect Tense e.g. had written |
(8) Past Perfect Continuous Tense
e.g. had been writing |
Past Perfect continuous Tense
e.g. had been writing |
(9) Future Tense e.g. shall/will | Past Tense e.g. would |
(10) Don’t/Doesn’t | Didn’t |
(11) Didn’t | Hadn’t |
(12) May/might | Might |
(13) Can/could | Could |
(14) Must | Had to |
(15) used to | Used to/would |
(16) dare | Dared |
(17) ought to write | Ought to have written |
टीप (i) might, could, had to, used to, ought to यांच्या रुपात बदल होत नाही.
(ii) वाक्यामध्ये कर्त्यानंतर साहाय्यकारी क्रियापद असेल तर त्याचा भूतकाळ करतात. मुख्य क्रियापद तसेच ठेवतात.
- पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे बदलण्याचे नियमः
(I) Indirect Speech करताना Reported Speech मधील प्रथम पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे Reporting Verb च्या कर्त्याच्या पुरुष व लिंगानुसार बदलतात. मात्र वचन कायम राहते.
e.g. (a) Gopal said, “I like reading”
à Gopal said that he liked reading
(b) Seeta said, “I like reading”
à Seeta said that she liked reading
(c) Gopal and Seeta said, “We like reading”
à Gopal and Seeta said that they liked reading
(d) I said, “I like reading”
à I said that I liked reading
(f) I said, “We like reading”
à I said that we liked reading
(g) You said, “We like reading”.
àYou said that you liked reading.
(II) Indirect Speech करतांना Reported Speech मधील द्वितीय पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे Reporting Verb च्या कर्माच्या पुरुष व लिंगानुसार बदलतात. मात्र वचन कायम राहते.
e.g. (a) Gopal said to Seeta, “You are fond of swimming”.
àGopal told Seeta that she was fond of swimming.
(b) Seeta said to Gopal, “You are fond of swimming”.
à Seeta told Gopal that he was fond of swimming
(c) Gopal said to us, “You are fond of swimming”.
à Gopal told us that we are fond of swimming.
- Gopal said to me, “You are fond of swimming”.
à Gopl told me that I was fond of swimming.
- Gopal said to you, “You are fond of swimming”.
à Gopal told you that you were fond of swimming.
(III) Gopal said to them, “You are fond of swimming”.
(IV) Indirect Speech करतांना Reported Speech मधील तृतीय पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे बदलत नाहीत.
e.g (a) Gopal said, “He wants to be a doctor”
à Gopal said that he wanted to be a doctor.
(b) Gopal said to Seeta, “She wants t obe a teacher”.
à Gopal told Seeta that she wanted to be a teacher.
(c) Gopal and Seeta said, “They are busy now”
àGopal and Seeta said that they were busy then.
(d) Gopal said, “It is true”
àGopal said that it was true.
- Indirect Speech करताना वरील नियमांनुसार Reported Speech मधील पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे बदलण्यासाठी खालील तक्त्याच्या काळजीपूर्वक अभ्यास करा.
विभक्ती
पुरुष |
प्रथमा | द्वितीया | षष्टी
I II |
|||||
प्रथम पुरुष
द्वितीया पुरुष तृतीय पुरुष |
I
We You You He She It They |
Me
us you you him her it them |
My
Our You’re you’re his her it’s their |
Mine
Ours Yours Yours his hers - - - - theirs |
||||
- कालवाचक व स्थलवाचक क्रियाविशेषण अव्ययांची Indirect Speech करतांना बदलणारी रुपेः
Direct Speech मधील रुपे | Indidrect Speech करताना बदललेली रुपे |
This | That |
These | Those |
Here | There |
Now | Then |
Just | Then |
Ago | Before |
Thus | So |
Last | The previous |
Next | The following |
Today | That day |
Tonight | That night |
Tomorrow | The next day / the following day |
Yesterday | The previous day / the day before |
Last night | The previous night |
Last evening | The previous evening |
Last week | The previous week |
Next week | The following week |
- Indirect Speech करतांना वाक्यांचे प्रकार आणि Conjunctions यांचा संबंध दर्शविणारा तक्ताः
वाक्यांचे प्रकार | Conjunctions |
(1)विधानार्थी वाक्ये | That |
(2)प्रश्नार्थक वाक्ये | (i)प्रश्नार्थक सर्वनामे/प्रश्नार्थक क्रियाविशेषणे
(ii)(Verbal question) साठी if/wether |
(3)आज्ञार्थी वाक्ये | To (होकारार्थी वाक्यासाठी) not to ( नकारार्थी वाक्यासाठी) infinitive वापरुन |
(4)उदगारवाचक/इच्छादर्शक वाक्ये | That |
- Indirect Speech करताना वाक्याचे प्रकार आणि Reporting Verbs यांचा संबंध दर्शविणारा तक्ताः
वाक्याचे प्रकार | (भूतकाळ) |
(1)विधानार्थी वाक्ये | Said, told |
(2)प्रश्नार्थक वाक्ये | Asked/inquired of |
(3)आज्ञार्थी वाक्ये | Requested, ordered, advised, asked, urged etc. |
(4)उदगारवाचक वाक्ये | Exclaimed |
(5)इच्छादर्शक वाक्ये | Wished, prayed etc. |
- Direct Speech मधून Indirect Speech करण्याचे नियमः
(1) Reported Speech मधील वाक्याचा प्रकार ओळखून Reporting Verb ठरवा.
(2) Reported Speech मधील वाक्याचा प्रकार ओळखून Conjunction ठरवा.
(3) Reported Speech मधील पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामांच्या रुपात नियमानुसार योग्य तो बदल करा.
(4) Reported Speech Reporting Verb मधील कर्त्यानंतर क्रमाने पहिल्या येणा-या क्रियापदाच्या रुपात Reported Verbच्या काळानुसार योग्य तो बदल करा.
(5) Reported Speech मधील स्थलवाचक व कालवाचक क्रियाविशेषणाच्या रुपात योग्य तो बदल करा.
- वाक्याच्या प्रकारानुसार Direct Speech मधून Indirect Speech करतांना वाक्यांचा सरावः
(I) विधानार्थी वाक्यांचे Indirect Speech करण्याचे नियमः
(a) विधानार्थी वाक्याचे Indirect Speech करताना स्वल्पविराम आणि अवतरनचिन्हे काढून that Conjunction वापरतात.
(b) विधानार्थी वाक्याचे Indirect Speech करतांना said ह्या reporting Verb ला कर्म असेल, तर said किंवा said to काढून told वापरतात.
(c) विधानार्थी वाक्याचे Indirect Speech करतांना said ह्या Reporting Verb ला कर्म नसेल, तर त्यामध्ये बदल होत नाही.
(d) Reported Speech मध्ये Sir किंवा Madam असे शब्द असतील तर Indirect Speech करतांना ते काढून Reporting Verb पूर्वी politely, Your Honour/Your Majesty असे शब्दसमुह असतील, तर ते काढून respectfully चस वापर करतात.
(e) Reported Speech मधील स्थलवाचक व कालवाचक क्रियाविशेषणाच्या रुपात योग्य तो बदल करतात.
- Some more examples solved for practice
- I said, “It is true.”
àI said that it was true
- “There is not hurry”, said the man to Dhira
àThe man told Dhira that there was not hurry.
- I said, “I shall bring lots of potatoes”.
àI said that I would bring lots of potatoes.
- “I will teach you how to milk a cow, too”, she said.
àShe said that she would teach him/her how to milk a cow, too.
- “I am Yaksha”, it said.
àIt said that he was Yaksha.
- “It must be my fancy”, Sahadeva thought.
àSahadeva thought that it had to be his fancy.
- “Madam”, he said, “I am terribly sorry for being late.”
àHe apologized to her saying that he was terribly sorry for being late.
Or
He politely told her with regret that he was terribly sorry for being late.
- “There is yet another aspect of the problem”’, the doctor said.
à The doctor said that there was yet another aspect of the problem.
- “I shall have him executed,” he said.
àHe said that he would have him executed.
10. I said, “I am saving this man’s life.”
àI said that I was saving that man’s life
11. She said, “I am very proud of my nice mother.”
àShe said that she was very proud of her nice mother.
12. Mother aid to me with a smile, “Food’s ready!”
àMother told me with a smile that food was ready.
13. “We are orphans,” they answered.
àThey answered that they were orphans.
14. The beggar said to the robber, “You are in my hut and you are my guest.”
àThe beggar told the robber that he (the robber) was in his hut and he was his guest.
15. Wilma said to Ed Temple, “I want to be the fastest woman on the track on that earth.”
àWilma told Ed Temple that she wanted to be the fastest woman on the track on that earth
(II) प्रश्नार्थक वाक्येः
प्रश्नार्थक वाक्यांचे दोन प्रकार आहेत
(i) सहाय्यकारी क्रियापदाने सुरु होणारे प्रश्न
(ii) प्रश्नार्थक सर्वनामे/प्रश्नार्थक क्रियाविशेषणांनी सुरु होणारे प्रश्न
- प्रश्नार्थक वाक्यांचे Indidresct Speech करण्याचे नियमः
(a) प्रश्नार्थक वाक्यांचे Indirect Speech करतांना said किंवा said to ह्या Reporting Verb चा लोप करुन asked/inquired चा वापर करतात.
(b) प्रश्नार्थक वाक्यांचे विधानार्थी वाक्यांमध्ये रुपांतर करुन विधानार्थी वाक्याच्या नियमानुसार Indirect Speech करतात. प्रश्नचिन्हाचा लोप करुन शेवटी पूर्णविराम देतात.
(c) Verbal Question असेल, तर Indirect Speech करतांना स्वल्पविराम व अवतरणचिन्हे काढून if/whether चा वापर Conjunction म्हणून करतात.
(d) Wh-question असेल, तर Indirect Speech Wh-word Conjunction
(e) Indirect Speech do, does, did
- Some more examples solved for practice:
(A) Wh-questions:
1) “What can it be?” Dhira wondered.
àDhira asked wonderfully what it could be.
2) “What makes the sun-shine?” , the voice asked.
à The voice asked what makes the sun-shine.
टिप; makes चा भुतकाळ केला नाही; कारण त्या वाक्यात Universal Truth सांगितलेले आहे.
3) “How can any burglar break open this safe.”Grandpa asked
àGrandpa asked how any burglar could break open that safe.
4) “Who are you?” he called and looked around.
à He asked who he was and then looked around.
5) The vice said, “What is man’s surest weapon against danger?”
à The voice asked what man’s surest weapon against danger is.
6) “What will my wife and children do without me?” Hirachand pleaded to Akbar.
à Hirachand pleadingly asked Akbar what his wife and children would do without him.
7) “Why are we here?” asked a boy to his mother.
à A boy asked his mother why they were there.
8) “What is the other here for?” asked the boy to his mother.
àThe boy asked his mother what the others were for.
9) “How are you, Sambhuda? I asked.
à I asked Sambhuda how he was.
10) She said to them, “Who are your parents?”
à She asked them who their parents were.
11) The robber said to him, “How could I be worse than these birds?”
à The robber asked himself how he could be worse that these birds.
12) Gandhiji asked Indira, “Why didn’t you tell me?”
àGandhiji asked Indira why she hadn’t told him.
(B) Verbale Questions
(1) Mary said,” I it not sin, doctor?”
àMary asked doctor if it wasn’t a sin.
(2) The tortoise said, “Am I unwelcome now?”
àThe tortoise asked if he was unwelcome then.
(3) They said to Indira, “Do you think we can’t kill you?”
àThey asked Indira if she thought they couldn’t kill her.
(4) “Did you meet him on the road?”, asked Sadhu Vaswani to people.
à Sadhu Vaswani asked people if they had met him on the road.
(5) “Uncle, can I come with you?”, I asked.
à I asked my uncle if I could go with him.
(6) Mother said,”Are you coming with me, Meena?”
à Mother asked Meena if she was going with her.
(7) Rakesh asked his friend Rajesh, “Have you completed his homework?”
à Rakesh asked his friend Rajesh if he had completed his homework.
(8) Raju asked, “May I come in the class, teacher?”
à Raju politely asked his teacher if he might go in the class.
(III) आज्ञार्थी वाक्ये ;
क्रियापदाच्या पहिल्या रुपाने आज्ञार्थी वाक्यांची सुरुवात होते
e. g. Sit down.
Stop writing
Get out.
आज्ञार्थी वाक्य नकारार्थी असेल, तर त्याची सुरुवात don’t ने होते.
e. g. Don’t cry loudly.
- आज्ञार्थी वाक्यांचे Indirect Speech करण्याचे नियम;
(a) आज्ञार्थी वाक्यामध्ये आज्ञा, विनंती, उपदेश, हुकुम, आर्जव, कणव इत्यादी भावना व्यक्त केलेल्या असतात. वाक्यातील भावना ओळखून त्यानुसार योग्य ते Reporting Verb वापरुन said सारख्या Reporting verb चा लोप करतात.
(b) आज्ञार्थी वाक्याचा कर्ता आध्याह्रत असतो; म्हणून त्याची सुरुवात क्रियापदाच्या पहिल्या रुपाने झालेली असते. त्यापुर्वी to वापरुन स्वल्पविराम व अवतरणचिन्हांचा लोप करतात. to वापरुन क्रियापदाचे Infinitive तयार होते. तेच तेथे Conjunction चे कार्य करते.
(c) आज्ञार्थी वाक्य नकरार्थी असेल, तर don’t काढून not to चा वापर करतात. त्यामुळे Infinitive ततार होते. त्याचा तेथे Conjuction म्हणून वापर करतात. स्वल्पविराम व अवतरण चिन्हे काढून टाकतात.
(d) काळ, पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामे, स्थलवाचक / कालवाचक क्रियाविशेषण अव्यये बदलण्याचे नियम अगोदर सांगितल्याप्रमाणेच आहेत.
e.g. (i) the doctor said to Mohan, “Give up smoking.”
à The doctor advised Mohan to give up smoking.
येथे उपदेश केलेला आहे, म्हणुन Said to काढून advised चा वापर केला. स्वल्पविराम व अवतरणचिन्हे काढून give चे Infinitive: to give तयार केले.
e.g. (ii) Mother said to Gopal, “Don’t worry about her.”
à Mother told Gopal not to worry about her.
येथे सामान्य कथन आहे; म्हणून Said to काढून told चा वापर केला. स्वल्पविराम व अवतरणचिन्हे व don’t काढून worry चे नकारार्थी Infinitive रुप not to worry तयार केले.
- Some more examples sloved for practice:
(1) “Speak” he roared.
à He cried angrily to speak.
(2) “Boy, polish my shoes nicely”, he said looking at his wrist-watch.
à Looking at his wrist-watch he told the boy to polish his shoes nicely.
(3) Mother said to Anuradha, “Give them a couple of days”.
à Mother asked Anuradha to give them a couple of days.
(4) “Keep quiet”, she said. “It is no use”.
à She asked him to keep quiet as it was no use.
(5) “Polish my shoes, till they shine”, he cried glancing quickly at the policeman.
à Glancing quickly at the policeman he asked in a loud voice to polish his shoes till they shone.
(6) “Stop Sahadeva”, said the voice.”Do not drink, for this is an enchanted pool.
à The voice ordered Sahdeva to stop and not to drink for that was an enchanted pool.
(7) “Take whatever you want only, don’t hurt any of us”, she said.
à She asked them to take whatever they wanted only, not to hurt any of them.
(8) “Please don’t mind what my attendant has said”, the doctor said to the visitor.
à The doctor requested the visitor not to mind what her attendant had said.
(9) “Let’s call Birbal”, he said.
à He suggested that they should call Birbal.
(10) Mother said to her daughter, “Go and kiss the world”.
à Mother asked her daughter to go and kiss the world.
(11) “Tell me quickly,” the robber said to the blind man.
àThe robber ordered the blind man to tell him quickly.
(12) “Please, forgive my son, Sir”, said the old woman.
àThe old woman politely requested him to forgive her sister.
(13) Do not forget to take a torch, Mohan,” said sister.
àHis Sister advised Mohan not to forget to take a torch.
(14) Akash said to Prabha, “Let me help you with your homework.”
àAkash asked Prabha to let him help her with her homework
(15) “Give me whatever money you have,” the robber said to the blind man.
àThe robber ordered the blind man to give him whatever money he had
(IV) उदगारवाचक वाक्येः
उदगारवाचक वाक्यामध्ये हर्ष, खेद, आश्चर्य, शोक, तिरस्कार इत्यादी भावना व्यक्त केलेल्या असतात. उदगारवाचक वाक्यांची सुरुवात what, how, alaso, hurrash इत्यादी शब्दांनी होते.उदगारवाचक वाक्याच्या शेवटी उदगारचिन्ह देतात
- उदगारवाचक वाक्यांचे Indidrect Speech करण्याचे नियमः
(a) उदगारवाचक वाक्याचे Indirect Speech करतांना said हे Reporting Verb काढून exclaimed चा वापर करतात.
(b) उदगारवाचक वाक्यांचे Indirect Speech करतांना स्वल्पविराम व अवतरणचिन्हे काढून that हे Conjunction वापरतात.
(c) उदगारवाचक वाक्यांचे Indirect Speech करतांना प्रथम त्या वाक्याचे रुपांतर विधानार्थी वाक्यामध्ये करुन विधानार्थी वाक्यांच्या नियमानुसार थाय Indidrect Speech मध्ये रुपांतर करतात.
(d) उदगारवाचक वाक्यामध्ये व्यक्त केलेली भावना प्रबल असेल, तर Exclaimed नंतर with joy/sorrow/fear/anger अशा प्रकारची शब्द योजना संदर्भानुसार वापरतात. उदगारदर्शक शब्दाचा लोप करतात.
(e) इच्छादर्शक वाक्य असेल, तर Reporting Verb च्या जागी said किंवा said to काढून wished, prayed, longed for अशा क्रियापदांचा वापर करतात.
e.g. (i) Gopal said, “How kind he is!”
àGopal exclaimed that he was very kind.
(ii) He said, “How unfortunate I am!”
àHe exclaimed that he was very unfortunate.
(iii) Mother said, “What good news it is!”
àMother exclaimed with joy that it was very good news.
(iii) The old man said, “May God bless you!’
àThe old woman prayed that God might bless him.
- Some more examples solved for practice:
(1) “Funny!” Dhira said to himself.
àDhira exclaimed himself wonderfully that it was very funny.
(2) He reflected, “How lucky I am!”
àHe reflected that he was very lucky.
(3) “What a stupid boy he is!”, muttered Pandora.
àPandora exclaimed in a soft voice that he was a very stupid boy.
(4) “Oh, I am stung!” he exclaimed.
àHe exclaimed with sorrow that he was stung.
(5) People said, “What a popular doctor she is!”
àPeople exclaimed that she was a very popular doctor.
(6) She said, “What an excellent piece it is!”
àShe exclaimed that it was a very excellent piece.
(7) She said, “How great you are , Mum”
àAdmiring her Mum she exclaimed that she was very great.
(8) He said, “What an exciting tour it is!”
àHe exclaimed that it was a very exciting tour.
(9) He said, “Oh! What a horrifying movie”
àHe exclaimed with very great fear that it was a very horrifying movie.
(10) The poor beggar cried out, “Alas! How miserable I am!”
àThe poor beggar exclaimed with great sorrow that he was very miserable.
- Indirect Speech पासून Direct Speech बनविणे
(1) Mother told Anuradha that she would miss the train.
à Mother said to Anuradha, “You will miss the train.”
(2) The teacher said that the earth moves round the sun.
àThe teacher said that the earth moves round the sun.
टीपः Reported Speech मध्ये त्रिकालबाधित सत्य असल्यास त्याचा काळ बदलत नाही
(3) Anu asked Mala where she lived.
àAnu said to Mala, “Where do you live?
(4) Teacher asked the students not to cry.
àTeacher said to the students, “Don’t cry.”
(5) They exclaimed that it was a very good news
àThey said, “What good news it is.”
- Reported Speech of short passage:
The violet opened her blue lips and said, “What an unfortunate flower am I among these flowers and how humble is the position I occupy in their presence!”
- The violet opened her blue lips and exclaimed that she was a very unfortunate flower among those the flowers and the position she occupied in their presence was extremely humble.
*Exercise*
(A) Turn the following sentences into indirect speech:
(I) विधानार्थी वाक्ये:
1. Granny said, “They can’t harm him now.”
2. I say to myself, “This is mine.”
3. She said, “I have broken the twenty thousand feet record and now I want to reach the thirty thousand mark.”
4. Nandini said, “There is electricity and there is telephone.”
5. Carter says, “I believe Sam came here for a reason, to teach us something.”
6. Mother said to Anu, “You will miss the bus.”
7. Anuradha said to her mother, “I am not going there again.”
8. Mala said to her, “We are going to play a match.”
9. “I am a Red Indian”, I say.
10. “You will have to pay hari to do the job”, Rakesh said to Mohan.
(II) प्रश्नार्थक वाक्ये
(a) Verbal Question
- “Father”, he said, “tell me honestly, do you think I can ever be a doctor?”
- “Ravi, are you ready?” he asked.
- Anu said, “Do you want to swim, Mala?”
- The robber said to the king, “Do you think I can’t kill you?”
- Gandhiji asked Indidra, “Do you hide anything from me?”
(b) Wh-Qestions:
- Mala said to Anu, “Why did you push Kala in?”
- I said to Varun, “What does it mean?”
- Rashami said, “Sagar, why do you want five hundred rupees all of a sudden?”
- Payal said to Kalyani, “Why is Anjali working so hard?”
- “When will you come back from your tour?” Dheeraj said to Rahul.
- Pratiksha said to the stranger, “Who are you and what do you want?”
- Divya said, “Sir, how did you manage all that work?”
- Abhilash said, “Saurav, which bus will take me to the Central Bazar?”
- Mother said, “What’s the matter with you, Anu?”
10. “What’ll you do there?” Mala said curtly to Anu
(III) आज्ञार्थी वाक्येः
(1) The doctor said to Mohan, “Give up smoming.”
(2) Raghu said to his wife, “Give me a hot cup of tea.”
(3) The principal said to Rahu,” Obey your teachers.”
(4) The boys said,” Let’s go now.”
(5) “Help me to get this girl out, please, Mala,” said Anuradha.
(6) Mother said, “Now, run along.”
(7) “Thank you, Madam,” I said
(8) Mother said, “Monica can’t cry.”
(9) Mother said to Anu, “Do your work well and be friendly.”
(10) “Run, get the doctor, Neela,” cried Mala.
(IV) उदगारवाचक वाक्येः
(1) Suresh said, “How great you are!”
(2) Kala said, “How miserable I am!”
(3) Mother said, “What a good fact it is!”
(4) The old woman said, “May God blesses you!”
(5) Teacher said to the students, “Happy new year to all of you.”
(6) The woman said, “How brave Charu is!”
(7) The children said to the woman, “How noble are you!”
(8) The woman said to herself, “How poor the children are!”
(9) The robber said, “How sensible the birds are!”
(10) She said, “How rough her tongue is!”
(B) Turn the following sentences into direct speech:
(1) Barbara told David with proud that he had done it.
(2) David asked his father at the age of ten whether he could play baseball.
(3) The rose advised the violet to cast aside her thoughts and be contented.
(4) She exclaimed that it was a very strange thing.
(5) Grandmother wished that God might bless him/her
(6) I asked her when she got time to play.
(7) She also added that the board exams and entrance exams were very important, and that he/ she only got one chance.
(8) I wonder whether they have time to play with friends, to meet interesting people, to explore the world, and follow their curiosity.
(9) Gandhiji said that the greatest lessons in life are learnt from children and not from learned men.
(C)Turn the following sentences/short passages into indirect speech:
(1) The rose laughed and commented, “How strange is your talk! You area fortunate, and yet you cannot understand your fortune.”
(2) “That’s surprising,” said Jim, “I’ve been trying to spot the man-eater, but I have never succeeded. Perhaps he’s playing hide and seek with me.”
ANSWERS
Direct Speech and Indirect Speech.
(A) [I]
- Granny said that they couldn’t harm him then.
- I say myself that that is mine.
- She said that she had broken the twenty thousand feet record and then she wanted to reach the thirty thousand mark.
- Nandini said that there was electricity and there was telephone.
- Carter says that he believes Sam had gone there for a reason, to teach them something.
- Mother told Anu that she would miss the bus.
- Anuradha told her mother that she was not going there again.
- Mala told her that they were going to play the match.
- I say that I am a Red Indian.
10. Rakesh told Mohan that he would have to pay Hari to do the job.
[II] (a)
- He asked his father to tell him honesty if he thought he (former) could ever be a doctor.
- He asked Ravi if he was ready.
- Anu asked Mala if she wanted to swim.
- The robber asked the king if he thought he (the robber) couldn’t kill him.
- Gandhiji asked Indira if she did something from him.
(b)
- Mala asked Anu why she had pushed Kala in.
- I asked Varun what it meant.
- Rashmi asked Sagar why he wanted five hundred rupees all of a sudden.
- Payal asked Kalyani why Anjali was working so hard.
- Dheeraj asked Rahul when when he would go back from his tour.
- Pratiksha asked the stranger who he was and what he wanted.
- Divya politely asked him how he had managed all that work.
- Abhilash asked Saurav which bus would take him to the Central Bazar.
- Mother asked Anu what the matter with her was.
10. Mala curtly asked Anu what she would do there.
[III]
(1) The doctor advised Mohan to give up smoking.
(2) Raghu asked his wife to give him a hot cup of tea.
(3) The principal advised Rahul do obey his elders.
(4) The boy suggested that they should to then.
(5) Anuradha requested Mala to help her to get that girl out.
(6) Mother asked to run along then.
(7) I politely thanked Madam.
(8) Mother asked Monica not to cry.
(9) Mother asked Anu to do her work well and be friendly.
(10) Mala asked Neela loudly to run and get the doctor.
[IV]
1. Suresh exclaimed that he/she was very great.
2. Kala exclaimed that she was very miserable.
3. Mother exclaimed that it was a very good fact.
4. The old woman wished that God might bless him/her.
5. Teacher wished a happy new year to all of them.
6. The woman exclaimed that Charu was very brave.
7. The children exclaimed the woman that she was very noble.
8. The woman exclaimed herself that the children were very poor.
9. The robber exclaimed that the birds were very sensible.
10. She exclaimed that her tongue was very rough.
(B)
- Barbara said to David, “You have done it!”
- “Dad”, David had asked at the age of ten, “can I play baseball?”
- The rose said to the violet, “Cast aside your thoughts and be contented.”
- She said, “What a strange thing it is!”
- Grandmother said, “May God bless you!”
- I asked, “When do you get time to play?”
- She also added, “The board exams and entrance exams are very important and that you only get one chance.
- I wonder, “Do they have time to play with friends, to meet interesting people, to explore to world, and follow their curiosity.”
- Gandhiji said, “The greatest lessons in life are learnt from children and not from learned men.”
(C)
- The rose laughed and exclaimed with comment that her (the violet’s) talk was very strange. He continued that she was fortunate and yet she could not understand her fortune.
- Jim said that that was surprising. He added that he had been trying to spot the man-eater but he had never succeeded. He continued that perhaps he (the man-eater) was playing hide and seek with him.
To be able to / To be unable to
Earthquakes can occur almost anywhere. (Use ‘able to’)
àEarthquakes are able to occur almost anywhere
- Learn this:
(i) Can किंवा could काढून to be able to चा वापर करता.
(a) Can = to be able to = am able to /is able to /are able to (b) Could = to be able to = was able to / were able to (ii) नकारार्थी वाक्यात can’t किंवा couldn’t काढून to be unable to चा वापर करतात. (a) Can’t = to be unable to = an unable to /is unable to / are unable to (b) Couldn’t = to be unable to = was unable to/were unable to (iii) Can हे वर्तमानकाळी रुप आहे; म्हणून can एवजी to be able to चा वापर करतांना to be काढून am/is/are यांपैकी कर्त्यानुसार योग्य ते रुप वापरतात. (iv) Could हे भूतकाळी रुप आहे; म्हणून could एवजी to be able to चा वापर करतांना to be काढून was/ were यांपैकी कर्त्यानुसार योग्य ते रुप वापरतात. |
- Some more examples solved for practice:
(I) Rewrite the following sentences using be able / to be unable to:
(1) Man can express a very wide range of ideas and emotions through speech.
àMan is able to express a very wide range of ideas and emotions through speech.
(2) Three-nesting birds can live only where there are trees.
àTree-nesting birds are able to live only where there are trees.
(3) The average consumer can’t differentiate between guarantees of quality.
àThe average consumer is unable to differentiate between guarantees of quality.
(4) India’s 900 million people could survive for several months on the annual toll taken by bandicoot rats.
àIndia’s 900 million people were able to survive for several months on the annual toll taken by bandicoot rats.
(5) Why can’t we produce good toys in India?
àWhy are we unable to produce good toys in India?
(II) Rewrite the following sentences using ‘can’ or could:
(1) Yudhishthira was unable to live without his brother.
àYudhishthira could not live without his brother.
(2) Are you able to play cricket?
àCan you play cricket?
(3) You are able to help me.
àYou can help me.
(4) Nothing was able to deflect him from his duty.
àNothing could deflect him from his duty.
(5) A letter is hardly able to take the place of talk.
àA letter can hardly take the place of talk.
(6) He was able to get into; an argument.
àHe could get into an argument.
*Exercise*
[I] rewrite the following sentences using ‘be able to’ or ‘unable to’:
- The enemy could not spot him.
- Through advertising we can get consistency of quality.
- They can speak kin English with foreigners.
- The producer can save the consumer a good deal of time and money.
- I cannot think of anything.
- Christensen could tell he was drawing closer to the sound.
- Most animals and birds can utter cries which indicate emotion.
- The Frank family could rarely afford a holiday.
- Could that old man work for hours together?
10. Shankar could save a rupee every day.
[II] Rewrite the following sentences using ‘can’ or ‘could’:
(1) You alone may be able to save me from this predicament.
(2) I am unable to say that parsi rustomji took all this quite well.
(3) He was unable to understand why spring made everyone happy.
(4) When he was young, he was able to run fast.
(5) Shivaji was able to face his enemies.
ANSWERS
[I]
- The enemy was unable to spot him.
- Through advertising we are able to get consistency of quality.
- They are able to speak in English with foreigners.
- The producer is able to save the consumer a good deal of time and money.
- I am unable to think of anything.
- Christensen was able to tell he was drawing closer to the sound.
- Most animals and birds are able to utter cries which indicate emotion.
- The frank family was rarely able to afford a holiday.
- Was that old man able to work for hours together?
10. Shankar was able to save a rupee everybody.
[II]
- You alone can save me from this predicament.
- I can’t say that Parsi Rustomji took all this quite well.
- He could not understand why spring made everyone happy.
- When he was young, he could run fast.
- Shivaji could face his enemies.
Question-tags (पृच्छप्रश्न)
दिलेल्या विधानाला त्या विधानाच्या मदतीने त्याच्या खरेखोटेपणाची पडताळणी पाहण्यासाठी जो संक्षिप्त प्रश्न जोडतात, त्यालाच पृच्छ्प्रश्न असे (Question-tag) म्हणतात
e.g. (a) It is true
àIt is true, isn’t it?
(b) It is not right.
àIt is not right, is it?
- · Learn this:
Question tag जोडतांना
(i) प्रथम दिलेले वाक्य जसेच्या तसे लिहितात. (ii) त्यानंतर स्वल्पविराम देतात. (iii) वाक्यामध्ये दिलेले साहाय्यकारी क्रियापद स्वल्पविरामानंतर लिहितात. वाक्यात साहाय्यकारी क्रियापद दिलेले नसल्यास नियमानुसार साध्या वर्तमानकाळात do/does आणि साध्या भूतकाळात did चा वापर करतात. (iv) वाक्य होकारार्थी असल्यास साहाय्यकारी क्रियापदामध्ये not मिळवितात आणि वाक्य नकारार्थी असल्यास not मिळविण्याची गरज नाही. (v) त्यानंतर वाक्याचा कर्ता पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामाच्या रुपात लिहितात. (vi) शेवटी प्रश्नचिन्ह देतात. |
- · Some more examples solved for practice:
[I] rewrite the following statements by adding question-tags:
(1) It is an excellent piece.
àIt is an excellent piece, isn’t it?
(2) Today is not a special day on the calendar.
àToday is not a special day on the calendar, is it?
(3) The mother had no answer.
àThe mother had no answer, had she?
(4) I am a robber.
àI am a robber, aren’t I?
(5)Let him take away.
àLet him take away, will he?
(6)You are already late.
àYou are already late, aren’t you?
(7)My mother would lift me up, wouldn’t she?
àMy mother would lift me up, wouldn’t she?
(8)You will come again?
àYou will come again, won’t you?
(9)We haven’t met before.
àWe haven’t met before, have we?
(10)You live next door.
àYou live next door, don’t you?
(II) Rewrite the following statements by removing question-tags:
(1) It cleans the floor, doesn’t it?
àIt cleans the floor.
(2) They will not travel by bus, will they?
àThey will not travel by bus
- · Remember this:
(a) Question-tag विधानाला जोडून येतो.
(b) विधान होकारार्थी असल्यास Question-tag नकारार्थी येतो.
E.g. it’s wonderful.
àIt’s wonderful, isn’t it
(c) विधान नकारार्थी असल्यास Question-tag होकारार्थी येतो.
E.g. it isn’t wrong.
àIt isn’t worng, it?
(d) I amसाठी aren’t आणि I am not साठी am I? चा वापर Question - tagमध्ये करतात.
E.g. I am right. E.g. I am not happy.
à O a, right, aren’t I? à I am not happy, am I?
(e) Let’s = Let us या रचनेसाठी Shall we? चा वापर Qustiion – tag मध्ये करतात. याला होकारार्थी/नकारार्थी नियम लागू नाहीत.
E.g. Let us call Birbal.
à Let us call Birbal, shall we?
(f) आज्ञार्थी वाक्याला will you? हा Qustion – tag जोडतात. कारण आज्ञार्थी वाक्याचा कर्ता you अद्याह्रत असतो आणि आज्ञार्थी वाक्याची क्रिया आज्ञा केल्यानंतर घडते; म्हणून भविष्यकाळी साहाय्यकारी क्रियापद will चा वापर करतात. याला होकारार्थी / नकारार्थी नियम लागू नाहीत.
E.g. obey the elders.
à Obey the elders, will you?
(g) Everyone, Everybody कर्त्यासाठी Qustion – tag मध्ये they हा कर्ता वापारतात.
E.g. everyone clapped.
à Everyone clapped, didn’t they?
(h) Qustion – tag नकारार्थी असतांना साहाय्यकारी क्रियापदामध्ये not मिळवतात.
E.g. is + not = isn’t were + not = weren’t
Are + not = aren’t have + not = haven’t
Was + not = wasn’t has + not = hasn’t
Shall + not = shan’t could + not = couldn’t
Must + not = mustn’t may + not = mayn’t
Might + not = mightn’t
- · Learn this:
*The sentence having question – tag is divided into parts;
(a) A statement (b) a short question. *A question – tag is added to a statement to turn it into a question. |
Exercise
[I] rewrite the following statements by adding question – tags:
1) It isn’t difficult.
2) Ram’s father is really an honest man.
3) They will not travel by bus.
4) I get some time to sit and relax.
5) I am quite tired.
6) It is not fashionable to stay at home these days.
7) You are Mohan’s brother.
8) You are not leaving.
9) I am very proud of my nice mother.
10) It is a mother’s day.
11) You are working too hard!
12) I love you both.
13) They remove all my tiredness.
14) She was happy to come.
15) I wondered.
16) The first time is most difficult.
17) The first is to be kind.
18) Life itself is a loan given to us.
19) Their joy knew no bounds.
20) Every walk is shady.
[II] Rewrite the following sentences by removing question – tags:
1) It became history, didn’t it?
2) It is never loud or passive, is it?
3) Gopal won the race, didn’t he?
4) Monica won’t go with them, will she?
It does all kinds of tasks at home, doesn’t it?
ANSWERS
Question-tags
(I) (1) is it? (2) isn’t he? (3) will they? (4) don’t I? (5) aren’t I ? (6) is it? (7) aren’t you? (8) are you? (9) arent’ I? (10) is’t it? (11) aren’t you (12) don’t I? (13) don’t they? (14) wasn’t she?
(15) did’t I ? (16) isn’t it? (17) isn’t it ? (18) isn’t it?
(19) did it? (20) isn’t it?
(II) (1) It became history. (2) It is never loud or passive. (3) Gopal won the race. (4) Monica won’t go with them. (5) It does all kinds of tasks at home.
Use of 'too'
Suresh is too fat to run. (Remove ‘too’)
à Suresh is so fat that he can’t run.
(a) ‘Too . . . . . to काढून ‘so . . . . . that . . . . . not’ वापरतात.
(b) Too काढून so चा वापर करतात.
(c) To काढून that त्यानंतर सुरुवातीस वापरलेला कर्ता पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामाच्या रुपात, त्यानंतर वर्तमानकाळ असल्यास can’t आणि भूतकाळ असल्यास couldn’t चा वापर करतात.
- · Some more examples solved for practice:
[I] rewrite the following sentences removing ‘too’:
1) Mohan is too ill to wake up.
à Mohan is so ill that he can’t wake up.
टिपः (a) ‘too’ has a negative sense. (To ला नकारात्मक अर्थ आहे)
(a) ‘Too’ वापरलेले वाक्य केवलवाक्य (simple Sentence) आहे.
(b) So . . . . . that वापरलेले वाक्य मिश्रवाक्य आहे. त्यामध्ये दोन उपवाक्य आहेत.
(a) मुख्य उपवाक्यः Mohan is so ill.
(ii) गौण उपवाक्यः that he can’t wake up.
(c) Too . . . . To काढून so . . . . . that वापरलेले वाक्य नकारार्थी येते. म्हणुन कंसातील सुचना (Make negative) अशीही असू शकते.
(d) Too ….. To वापरलेले वाक्य केवलवाक्य आणि so. . . . That वापरलेले वाक्य मिश्रवाक्य असल्यामुळे कंसातील सूचना Reomeve ‘too’एअजी Make complex sentence अशीही असू शकते.
2) Pankaj is too weak to walk. ( Remove ‘too/ Make negative / Make complex sentence)
à Pankaj is so weak that he cannot walk.
येथे तिन्ही सूचनांचा गर्भितार्थ एकच आहे
3) It is too late to alter now.
à It is so late that we can’t alter now.
टिपः येथे सुरुवातीच कर्ता It असल्यामुळे that नंतर we हा कर्ता वापरला, पाठ्यपुस्तकातील वाक्य असल्यस त्या वाक्याची पार्श्वभूमी ओळखून that नंतरचा कर्ता वापरतात,
4) It is too late for me to alter now.
àIt is so late that I can’t alter now.
टीपः
- i. वाक्य क्रमांक (3) व (4) मध्ये थोडासा फरक आहे. वाक्य क्र. (4) मध्ये for me चा वापर केलेला आहे, so ……that चा वापर करतांना for me चा लोप करुन that नंतर me ची प्रथम विभक्ती I चा वापर केला,
- ii. For me, for us, for you, for him, for her, for them यांचा वापर that नंतर कोणता कर्ता वापरावा हे सूचविण्यासाठी असतो; म्हणून त्यांचा लोप करुन त्याची प्रथमा विभक्ती that नंतर वापरतात.
5) It is too late for Jim to do anything this evening.
àIt is so late that Jim can’t do anything this evening.
टीपः येथे for+द्वितीया एवजी for Jim चा वापर केलेला आहे, नामवाचक शब्दाची प्रथमा व द्वितीयेची रुपे समान असतात; म्हणून for Jim चा लोप करुन that नंतर Jim हेच नाम वापरले,
6) They were too large for her to wear.
àThey were so large that she couldn’t wear.
टीपः (a) for herचा लोप करुन that नंतर she चा वापर केला,
(a) Were भूतकाळी to be चे रुप आहे म्ह्णून couldn’t चा वापर केला.
7) It is too cold that we can’t go out.
àIt is so cold that we can’t go out.
8) It is too hot to go out.
àIt is so hot that we can’t go out.
9) This place is too dangerous to live in.
àThis place is so dangerous that we can’t live in.
10) The stone is too heavy to lift.
àThe stone is so heavy that we can’t lift it.
[II] Rewrite the following sentences using ‘too’
1) The burden is so heavy that he can’t carry.
àThe burden is too heavy for him to carry.
2) They were so late that they couldn’t avert another disaster.
àThey were too late to avert another disaster.
3) He was so old that he couldn’t play with such toys.
àHe was too old to play with such toys.
4) Grandmother is so old that she can’t walk.
à Grandmother is too old to walk.
[III] Join the following sentences using ‘too’
1) It is very cold. I cannot go out.
àIt is too cold for me to go out.
2) Sachin is very good. He can’t curse anybody.
àSachin is too good to curse anybody.
3) The milk is very hot. The child can’t drink it.
àThe milk is too hot for the child to drink.
4) It is very hard. He can’t explain it.
àIt is too hard for him to explain.
5) The food was very hot. We could not eat it.
àThe food was too hot for us to eat.
Exercise
[I] rewrite the following sentences removing ‘too’
- Neha is too ill to appear for the examination.
- Rahul is too shy to speak in the class.
- He is too ill to resume his duty yet.
- The new teacher is too kind to punish the children
- The poem is too difficult for you to understand
- It is too late for me to do anything.
- But you were too busy to do so.
- You felt too tired to talk to me.
- The weather is too terrible to go out.
10. It is too hard for him to decide.
[II] Rewrite the following sentences using ‘too’
- His business was growing so fast that he had hardly time for a few hours’ sheep.
- This problem is so difficult that I can’t solve it.
- It was so cold that we couldn’t go out.
- The path was so slippery that we couldn’t live in.
[III] Join the following sentences using ‘too’
1. This bag is very heavy. I cannot carry it.
2. They were very poor. They couldn’t do that much.
3. The forest is very thick. We can’t go through it.
4. The storm is very terrible. We can’t travel ahead.
5. The rain is very heavy. We cannot go out.
6. The water is extremely cold. I can’t drink it.
7. They were very tired. They couldn’t do anything.
8. Suresh is very fat. He can’t walk properly.
9. She is very glad. She can’t say anything
10. The prince was very happy. He couldn’t speak.
ANSWERS
Remove ‘Too’
(I) (1) Neha is so ill that she can’t appear for the examination.
(2)Rahul is so shy that he cannot speak in the class.
(3) He is so ill that he can’t resume his duty yet.
(4) The new teacher is so kind that he can’t punish the children
(5) The poem is so difficult that you can’t understand it.
(6) It is so late that I can’t do anything.
(7) But you were so busy that you could not do so.
(8) You felt so tired that you couldn’t talk to me.
(9) The weather is so, terrible that we can’t go out.
(10) It is so hard that he can’t decide.
(II)
- His business was growing too fast for him to have time for a few hours’ sleep.
- This problem is too difficult for me to solve it.
- It was too cold for us to go out.
- The path was too slippery for us to walk along it.
- The place was too dangerus for us to live in.
(III)
- This bag is too heavy for me to carry.
- They were too poor to do that much.
- The forest is too thick for us to go through it.
- The storm is too terrible for us to travel ahead.
- The rain is too heavy for us to go out.
- The water is too cold for me to drink.
- They were too tried to do anything.
- Suresh is too fat to walk properly.
- She is too glad to say anything.
10. The prince was too happy to speak.
11. They were too poor to do that much.
Use of 'Going to'
(1) I shall write a letter. (Use ‘going to’)
à I am going to write a letter.
- वर्तमानकाळामध्ये अतिशय जवळचा भविष्यकाळ दाखविण्यासाठी going to चा वापर करतात.
- येथे am going to = shall असा बोध होतो. यावरुन shall चा लोप करुन I am going to write a letter. ही रचना मिळते.
(2) He will write a letter.
à He is going to write a letter.
* येथे going to = will असा बोध होतो.
(3) They will swim in the river.
àThey are going to swim in the river.
- Learn this:
(a) going to पूर्वी वर्तमान काळी to be चे रुप वापरतात.
(b) going to नंतर क्रियापदाचे पहिले रुप वापपरतात. (c) am /is/are going to = shall / will (d) मनातील हेतू, उद्देश किंवा योजना सूचित करण्यासाठी going to चा वापर करतात. (e) वर्तमानकाळातील जवळचा भविष्यकाळ (the nearest future tense in the present tense) going toमुळे सूचित होतो. अगदी थोड्याच वेळेत आपण एखादी क्रिया करणारा असतो, ते सूचविण्यासाठी going to वापरतात. |
- Some more examples solved for practice :
(I) Rewrite the following sentences using ‘going to’ :
- Gopal will clean the house.
à Gopal is going to clean the house.
- Mother will feed the child.
à Mother is going to feed the child.
- I shall cook the dinner.
à I am going to cook the dinner.
- Seeta will cut the vegetables.
à Seeta is going to cut the vegetables.
- I shall play cricket.
à I am going to play cricket.
- She will read a poem
à She is going to read a poem.
- Lata Mangeshkar will sing a song.
à Lata Mangeshkar is going to sing a song.
- Grandmother will tell us a story.
à Grandmother is going to tell us a story.
- The children are going to play in the garden.
à The children are going to play in the garden.
10. She will open the door.
à She is going to open the door.
[II] Rewrite the following sentences removing ‘going to’ :
- Pankaj is going to draw a picture.
à Pankaj will draw a picture.
- The farmers are going to sow the seeds in their fields.
à The farmers will sow the seeds in their fields.
- The teacher is going to teach a lesson.
à The teacher will teach a lesson.
- We are going to buy new toys.
à We shall buy new toys.
- Nanasaheb is going to read a newspaper.
à Nanasaheb will read a newspaper
(I) go आणि come यांच्याबरोबर going to वापरत नाहीत. (II) not going to पेक्षा shan’t किंवा won’t अधिक परिणामकारक असते. |
*Exercise*
[I] Rewrite the following sentences using ‘going to’:
- I shall take just one peep.
- Rahul will catch a ball.
- Gopal will play cricket.
- Shachin will throw a ball.
- Leelaa will throw a ball.
- She will get married next week.
- He will read a lesson.
- The children will visit the zoo.
- Dhondiba will grow the plants.
10. We will learn a lesson.
11. Mother will cook the dinner.
12. Seta will make a toy of paper.
13. Hari will make a box of wood.
14. Ganpat will catch a butterfly.
15. Kanta will feed grass to her cow.
[II] Rewrite the following sentences removing ‘going to’:
- Chhotu is going to eat a mango.
- The students are going to do their homework.
- Radha is going to sell tomatoes.
- Mother is going to buy a doll.
- They are going to fly kites.
- He is going to open the door.
- The farmer is going to look at the sky.
- I am going to teach them a lesson.
- Grandmother is goimg to hit the ball.
10. Sachin is going to hit the ball.
ANSWERS
Going to
- I am going to take just one peep.
- Rahul is going to catch a ball.
- Gopal is going to play cricket.
- Sachin is going to throw a ball.
- Leela is going to listen the sweet songs sung by Lata.
- She is going to get married next week .
- He is going to read a lesson.
- The children are going to visit the zoo.
- Dhondiba is going to grow the plants.
10. We are going to learn a lesson.
11. Mother is going to cook the dinner.
12. Seeta is going to mak a toy of paper.
13. Hari is going to make a box of wood.
14. Ganpat is going to catch a butterfly.
15. Kanta is going to feed grass to her cow.
(II)
- Chhotu will et a mango
- The students will do their homework.
- Rada will sell tomatoes.
- Mother will buy a doll.
- They will fly kites.
- They will fly kites.
- The farmer will look at the sky.
- I shall teach them a lesson.
- Grandmother will rest.
10. Wachin will hit the ball.
Use of 'prefer to'
I like milk better than tea. (Use ‘prefer . . . . to’)
à I prefer milk to tea.
- Learn this:
a) Like …… better than काढुन prefer to चा वापर करतात.
b) Like काढुन prefer आणि better काढुन tan to वापरतात. c) Prefer to = like ………. Better than अर्थ च्यापेक्षा अधिक पसंत असणे. d) Like ……. Better than = like…… more than |
- Some more examples solved for practice :
(I) Rewrite the following sentences using ‘prefer to’ :
- I like tennis better than football.
à I prefer tennis to football.
- We like movies better than plays.
à We prefer movies to plays.
- They like chappaties better than the rice.
à They prefer chappaties to the rice.
- I like sandals better than shoes.
à I prefer sandals to shoes.
- We like History better than Geography.
à We prefer History to Geography.
(II) Rewrite the following sentences using ‘like …. Better than’ :
- They prefer music to painting.
à They like music better than painting.
- I prefer bananas to mangoes.
à I like bananas better than mangoes.
- We prefer milk to coffee.
à We like milk better than coffee.
- They prefer apples to mangoes.
à They like apples better than mangoes.
- Seeta prefers reading to writing.
à Seeta likes reading better than writing.
*Exercise*
(I) Use ‘prefer …..to’ in place of ‘like …… better than’ :
(Like …… better than च्या जागी prefer…… to चा वापर करा)
- I like coconut water better than lemon juice.
- My mother likes coffee better than tea.
- Avinash likes cricket better than the hockey.
- Children like talking better than listening.
- Many people like cold weather better than hot.
- Gopal likes cycling better than walking.
- Leela likes swimming better than running.
- Pankaj like dogs better than cats.
- Farmers like bullocks better than horses.
10. Mother likes a daughter better than a son.
(II) Join the following sentences by using ‘prefer …. To’ :
Example: our teacher likes teaching. He likes advising more than
It. (use ‘prefer …… to)
- Our teacher prefers advising to teaching.
- Pankaj likes reading. He likes writing more than it.
- I like coffee. I like milk more
- Grandmother likes flowers. She likes children more.
- He likes running. He likes climbing the mountains more.
- Grandfather likes gardening. He likes planting more.
(III) Use ‘prefer…. to’ in place of ‘like….. more than’ :
- I like jumping more than running.
- Monica likes Mathematics more than Science.
- He likes villages more than cities.
- We like mother tongue more than foreign languages.
- Children like butterflies more than flowers.
ANSWERS
Prefer to
(I)
- I prefer coconut water to lemon juice.
- My mother prefers coffee to tea.
- Avinash prefers cricket to hockey.
- Childeren prefer telling to listening
- Many people prefer hot wather to cold.
- Gopal prefers cycling to walking.
- Leela prefers swimming to running.
- Pankaj likes dogs to cats.
- Famers like bullocks to horses.
10. Mother likes a daughter better thn a son.
[II]
- Pankaj prefers writing to reading.
- I prefer milk to coffee.
- Grandmother prefers children to flowers.
- He prefers climbing the mountains to running.
- Grandfather prefers planting to gardening.
[III]
- I prefer jumping to running.
- Monica prefers Mathematics to Science.
- He prefers villages to cities.
- We prefer mothertongue to foreign languages.
- Children prefer butterflies to flowers.
Use of 'Unless' and 'If'
i) If you do not take care of your health, you will fall ill. (Use ‘unless’)
à Unless you take care of your health, you will fall ill.
- Lean this:
(a) If …. not काढून unless वापरतात.
(b) Unless = if …. Not = otherwise = or else (c) Not काढतांना do चा आपोआप लोप होतो, कारण येथे वाक्य नकारार्थी करणे एवढेच काम त्याचे काम आहे. (d) Unless has negative sense. (Unless ला नकारात्मक अर्थ आहे.) |
(ii) Run fast, otherwise, you will miss the train.
à Unless you run fast, you will miss the train.
टिपः
(a) Run fast हे आज्ञार्थी वाक्य आहे. त्याचा you हा कर्ता अध्याह्रत आहे. Unless चा वापर करतांना आज्ञार्थी वाक्याचे you run fast असे विधानार्थी वाक्य बनविले.
(b) वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस unless चा वापर केला.
(c) Unless = otherwise म्हणून unless वापरुन otherwise चा लोप केला.
- Some more examples solved for practice:
[I] rewrite the following sentences using ‘unless’:
1) If Raju does not work hard, he will not pass the examination.
à Unless Raju works hard, he will not pass the examination.
टिपः
(a) If . . . . Does not work = unless . . . . . works.
(b) If..... Not काढून unless चा वापर करतांना does चा आपोआप लोप होतोः कारण येथे वाक्य नकारार्थी करणे एवढेच त्याचे काम आहे. Does चा लोप झाल्यामुळे क्रियापदाच्या पहिल्या रुपाला s प्रत्यय लावून works असा बदल करावा लागतो.
2) I will not go the cinema tonight, if my friends do not go.
à Unless my friends go, I will not go to the cinema tonight.
टिपः
(a) if . . . do not go = unless o
(b) Unless चा वापर वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस केला.
(if …. do not = unless)
3) We will not go on our planned picnic if the weather is not fine.
à Unless the weather is fine, we will not go on our planned picnic.
4) If you do not work hard, you will fail.
à Unless you do not work hard, you will fail.
5) First finish the job, or else, you will not be allowed to go.
à Unless you finish the job, you will not be allowed to go.
6) Please bring your books tomorrow, otherwise, I will not allow you to sit in the class.
à Unless you bring your books tomorrow, I will not allow you to sit in the class.
टिपः
(a) Please bring your books tomorrow हे आज्ञार्थी वाक्य आहे. त्याचे विधनार्थी वाक्यात रुपांतर केले.
मूळ आज्ञार्थी वाक्यः plese bring your books tomorrow.
विधानार्थी वाक्यः you bring your books tomorrow.
Please हा शब्द काढून टाकला. आज्ञार्थी वाक्याचा you हा कर्ता अध्याह्रत असतो, तो विधानार्थी वाक्य करताना वापरला,
(b) वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस unless वापरुन otherwise चा लोप केला.
7) You can’t speak English if you do not try hard to learn it.
à Unless you try hard to learn English, you can’t speak it.
8) The servant will not come if you do not ring the bell.
à The servant will not come unless you ring the bell.
[II] Use of ‘If’:
Unless India stands up to the world, no one will respect us. (Use ‘if’)
If India does not stand up to the world, no one will respect us.
टिपःunless ….. Stand = if….. Does not stand
- Some example solved for practice:
Rewrite the following sentences using ‘if’:
(1) Unless you study hard, you will not get good marks.
à If you do not study hard, you will not get good marks.
(2) Unless you try hard, you will not get success.
à If you don’t try hard, you will not get success.
(3) Unless you ask us, we can’t understand your difficulties.
à If you do not ask us, we can’t understand you difficulties.
(4) Unless you have faith, you can’t do anything.
à If you have no faith, you can’t do anything.
(5) Unless it rains, he will come.
à If it doesn’t rain, he will come.
*Exercise*
[I] rewrite the following sentences using ‘unless’:
1) If we don’t up early, we will be late for the gym.
2) I will not go for picnic, if my parents do not permit.
3) We will play the match tomorrow, if it does not rain.
4) You’d better get on the train, if you don’t want to be left behind.
5) If you are not an existing customer, pres two.
6) If he did not tell the truth, he would be punished.
7) If you do not five up bad habits, you will spoil your health.
8) If living things do not get water, they will die.
[II] Rewrite the following sentences using ‘if’:
1) Unless he works hard, he won’t succeed.
2) Unless we are free, no will respect us.
3) Unless you fail to do so, you will not lose your life.
4) You are allowed to enter the college, unless you bring your ‘I – card’.
5) I’ll never speak to him, unless he apologizes to me.
6) Unless you take regular exercise, you will not build up your body.
7) Unless you bring your books tomorrow, I will not allow you to sit in the class.
8) Unless you pay your bills, they will cut off the meter.
[III] Rewrite the following sentences replacing ‘if’ with ‘unless’ and vice-versa: [‘if’ च्या जागी ‘unless’ च्या जागी ‘unless ’च्या जागी ‘if’ वापरा]
1) I won’t come, if you don’t invite me.
2) Nobody gets anything unless they ask for it.
3) If you don’t come in time, you will be marked absent.
4) I shall not forgive him if he doesn’t apologize to me.
5) Unless you take exercise regularly, you may not keep fit and healthy.
6) If we don’t seize it, it’s curtains for us earthlings.
7) You’ll never know unless you try.
8) If his voice didn’t have a rough edge, we would breathe and move around a bit freely.
9) If you are a bit more particular, you can order a pair.
10) If you don’t wake up early, you’ll miss the bus.
ANSWERS
Unless
[I]
- Unless we get up early, we will be late for the gym.
- Unless my parents permit, I will not for a picnic.
- Unless it rains, we will play the match tomorrow.
- Unless you want to be left behind, you’d better get on the train.
- Unless you are an exiting customer, press two.
- Unless he told the truth, he would be punished.
- Unless you give up bad habits, you will spoil your health.
- Unless living get water, they will die.
[II]
- If he does not work hard, he won’t succeed.
- If we are not free, no one will respect us.
- If you do not fail to do so, you will not lose your life.
- If you do not bring your ‘I-card’, you are not allowed to enter the college.
- If he does not apologize, I’ll never speak to him.
- If you do not take regular exercise, you will not build up your body.
- If you don’t bring your book tomorrow, I will not allow you to sit in the class.
- If you do not pay your billd, they will cut off the meter.
[III]
- Unless you invite me, I don’t come.
- If they do not ask for it, nobody gets anything.
- Unless you come in time, you will be marked absent.
- Unless he apologizes to me, I shall not forgive him.
- If you don’t take exercise regularly, you may not keep fit and healthy.
- Unless we seize it, it’s courtains for us earthlings.
- If you don’t try, you’ll never know.
- Unless his voice had a rough edge, we would breathe and move around a bit freely.
- Unless you aren’t a bit more particular, you can order a pair.
- Unless you wake up early, you’ll miss the bus.
No sooner.......than / As soon as
(I) As soon as the examination was over, the children went home.
(Use ‘No sooner…….than’)
à No sooner was the examination over than the children went home.
(a) As soon च्या जागी as No sooner वापरतात.
(b) As soon as ने सुरु झालेल्या उपवाक्याचे Verbal Question मध्ये रुपांतर करुन ते वाक्य No sooner नंतर लिहितात.
E.g. As soon asनंतरचे वाक्य: the examination was over
No sooner नंतरचे वाक्य: was the examination over.
सदर बदल Verbal Question चा नियम वापरुन केलेला आहे, फक्त शेवटी प्रश्नचिन्ह देत नाहीत,
(c) स्वल्पविराम काढून than चा वापर करतात.
(II) As soon as it beings to rain, it becomes pleasant.
àNo sooner does it begin to rain than it becomes pleasant.
टीपः (a) e.g. as soon as नंतरचे वाक्यः it begins to rain
No sooner नंतरचे वाक्यः does it begin to rain
(b) काळाचे एकूण बारा उपप्रकार आहेत. त्यांपैकी फक्त साधा वर्तमान काळ व साधा भूतकाळ या दोनच रचनांमध्ये साहाय्यकारी क्रियापद नसते. साध्या वर्तमान काळातdo व does आणि साध्या भूतकाळात did या साहाय्यकारी क्रियापदाचा वापर करुन Verbal Question बनविण्याचे नियम आपण शिकलो. त्यांचाच वापर येथे करावयाचा आहे,
(c) Does वापरतात मुख्य क्रियापदास लागलेला s किंवा es प्रत्यय काढून टाकतात.
E.g. begins=does…….begin
(d) वापरतात मुख्य क्रियापदाचे वर्तमानकाळी रुप लिहितात.
E.g. began=did……..begin
(I) As soon as they saw the tiger, they ran away.
à No sooner did they see the tiger than they ran away.
टीपः (a) E.g. As soon as नंतरचे वाक्यः they saw the tiger.
No sooner नंतरचे वाक्यः did they see the tiger
(B) As soon as ने दोन उपवाक्य जोडतात.
(C) As soon as ने सुरु झालेले गौण उपवाक्य (Subordinate clause) असते आणि उरलेले मुख्य उपवाक्य (Main clause) असते.
(d)No sooner ने दोन उपवाक्य जोडतात.
(e) दोन उपवाक्यांच्या मधोमध than चा वापर करतात.
- Some more examples solved for practice:
(I) Rewrite the following sentences using ‘No sooner…….than’:
- As soon as the child saw his mother, he rushed to her.
à No sooner did the child see his mother than he rushed to her.
- As soon as the match goes out, you will leave.
à No sooner does the match goes out, you will leave.
- As soon as Dhira was done with the left shoe, he said, “The other shoe, Sir!”
à No sooner was Dhira done with the left shoe than he said, “The other shoe, Sir!”
- As soon as she lightly touched the spot, the pain was gone.
à No sooner did she lightly touch the spot than the pain was gone.
- As soon as we stop pressing rubber, it spring back to its first shape
à No sooner do we stop pressing rubber than it spring back to its first shape
टीपः (a) as soon as नंतरचे वाक्यः we stop pressing rubber.
No sooner नंतरचे वाक्यः do we stop pressing rubber.
(II) Rewrite the following sentences using ‘As soon as’
- No sooner did they land on the icy land than they hoisted Indian National Tri-color.
àAs soon as they landed on the icy land, they hoisted Indian National tri–color.
- No sooner do I pay a visit to a friend’s house than another stick is on its way into the world of the lost.
àAs soon as I pay a visit to a friend’s house, another stick is on its way into the world of the lost.
- No sooner did she believe his story to be true than she became greatly agitated.
à As soon did she believe his story to be true, she became greatly agitated.
- No sooner does my father come than I shall wake you up.
à As soon as my father comes, I shall wake you up.
- No sooner did the son hear them than he got off the donkey’s back.
à As soon as the son heard them, he got off the donkey’s back.
Exercise
(I) Rewrite the following sentences using ‘No sooner…..than’:
- As soon as the shower came, the children began to dance in the rain.
- As soon as the train arrived, the passengers began to crowd at the doors.
- As soon as we got on the platform, the train arrived.
- As soon as I saw the man, I remembered his name.
- As soon as we crossed the river, we heard the gun-shot
- As soon as the sun rose, they started their journey.
- As soon as she came out, the house collapsed.
- As soon as I heard the result, I sent a telegram to my brother.
- As soon as we reached the top of the hill, we waved our hanker-chiefs to others.
10. The children began to jump as soon as they saw monkey.
(As soon as they saw monkey, the children began to jump.)
11. As soon as the bell rings, school will be over.
12. As soon as the clock strikes six, I shall go.
13. As soon as the clock strikes six, I shall go.
14. As soon as it gets dark, the stars shine.
15. As soon as the rain comes father will sow rice.
16. As she was about to speak, the guard blew his whistle.
17. As soon as father’s work was over, we went for a walk.
18. As soon as the first term was over, they went on a trip
19. As soon as Border’s batting was over, everyone clapped happily.
20. As soon as their lessons were over, they went to the playground.
(II) Rewrite the following sentences using ‘As soon as”:
- No sooner was the rescue effort abandoned than they planned to seal the mine off.
- No sooner did he turn to follow his friends than he saw only blackness.
- No sooner does the tower tumble than he learns to approach the task in a different way.
- No sooner do I reach the office than I will make the announcement.
- As I got down, I saw a bus leaving for Mumbai.
ANSWERS
No sooner………than
[I]
- No sooner did the shower come than the children began to dance in the rain.
- No sooner did the train arrive than the passengers began to crowd at the doors.
- No sooner did we get on the platform than the train arrived.
- No sooner did I see the man than I remembered his name.
- No sooner did we cross the river than we heard the gun-shot.
- No sooner did the sun rise than they started their journey.
- No sooner did she come out than the house collapsed.
- No sooner did I hear the result than I senst a telegram to my brother.
- No sooner did we reach the top of the hill than we waved our handkerchiefs to others.
10. No sooner did they see monkey than the children began to jump
11. No sooner did we go some distance than we saw a juggler with his inevitable monkey.
12. No sooner does the bell ring than the school will be over.
13. No sooner does the clock strike six than I shall go.
14. No sooner does it get dark than the stars shine.
15. No sooner does the train come than father will sow rice.
16. No sooner was she about speak than the guard blew his whilstle.
17. No sooner was father’s work over than we went for a walk.
18. No sooner was the first term over than they went on a trip.
19. No sooner was Border’s batting over than everyone clapped happily.
20. No sooner were their lessons over than they went to Pandu.
[II]
- As soon as the rescue effort was abandoned, they planned to seal the mine off.
- As soon as he turned to follow his friends, he saw only blackness.
- As soon as the tower tumbles, he learns to approach the task in a different way.
- As soon as I reach the office, I will make the announcement.
- As soon as I got down, I saw a bus leaving for Mumbai.
Hardly.......when / Scarcely......when
I) As soon as we crossed the bridge, we heard a gun-shot
(Use hardly…….when’)
àHardly had we crossed the bridge when we heard a gun-shot
-Or-
We had hardly crossed the bridge when we heard a gun-shot
टीपः (a) As soon as hardly काढून त्या जागी hardly चा वापर करतात,
(b) Hardly चा वापर करताना लिहिण्याच्या दोन पद्धती आहेतः
(i) Hardly + had+ कर्ता
(ii) कर्ता +had+ hardly+
(c) Hardly ने सुरु झालेले किंवा hardly वापरलेले उपवाक्य मुख्य उपवाक्य (Main Clause) असते. आणि when ने सुरु झालेले उपवाक्य गौण उपवाक्य (Subordinate Clause) असते. या दोन उपवाक्यांच्या मधोमध when वापरुन ही दोन उपवाक्ये जोडली जातात.
(d) Hardly……when = Scarcely……..when
(e) Hardly …….. When रचनेत क्रमशः पूर्ण भूतकाळ व साधा भूतकाळ वापरतात.
(II) No sooner did we cross the bridge than we heard a gun-shot.
àHardly had we crossed the bridge when we heard a gun-shot.
-Or-
We had hardly crossed the bridge when we heard a gun-shot
टीप: (a) No sooner काढून त्याजागी hardly चा वापर करतात.
(b) Than काढून when वापरतात.
(III) As soon as we got on to the platform, the train arrived.
àHardly had we got on to the platform when the train arrived
-Or-
We had hardly got on to the platform when the train arrived.
टीपः hardly……when च्या रचनेत क्रमशः पूर्ण भूतकाळ व साधा भूतकाळ वापरतात. म्हणून we got on to the platform या वाक्याचे We had hardly got on to the platform असे पूर्ण भूतकाळी वाक्यात रुपांतर केले.
(IV) No sooner did we get on to the platform than the train arrived.
- Scarcely had we got on to the platform when the train arrived.
-Or-
We had scarcely got on to the platform when the train arrived.
- Some more examples solved for practice:
(I) Rewrite the following sentences with ‘hardly……..when’/ scarcely …..when’ (hardly…….when वापरुन खालील वाक्ये पुन्हा लिहा)
- As soon as I reached the platform, the train left.
à Hardly had I reached the platform when the train left.
- As soon as I saw the man, I remembered his name.
à Hardly had I seen the man when I remembered his name.
- No sooner did the shower come than the children began to dance.
à Hardly had the shower come when the children began to dance.
- No sooner did the train arrive than the passengers began to crowd at the doors.
à Hardly had the train arrived when the passengers began to crowd at the doors.
- As soon as the child saw his mother, he rushed to her.
à Hardly had the child seen his mother when he rushed to her.
- As soon as saw the tiger, they ran away.
à Hardly had they seen the tiger when they ran away.
- As soon as we crossed the river, we heard a gun-shot
à Hardly had we crossed the river then we heard a gun-shot
-Or-
Scarcely had we crossed the river when we heard a gun-shot.
टीपः hardly……when = scarcely……..when यांचे नियम सारखेच आहेत.
- As soon as the sun rose, they started their journey.
à Scarcely had the sun risen when they started their journey.
- No sooner did they land than they hoisted Indian National Tri-color
à Scarcely had they landed when they hoisted Indian National Tri-color
10. No sooner did we go some distance than we saw a juggler.
à Scarcely had we gone some distance when we saw a guggler.
(II)Join the following pairs of sentences using ’hardly……when’ or ‘scarcely…….when’:
(खालील वाक्यांच्या जोड्या ‘hardly……when’ किंवा ‘scarcely….when’ वापरुन जोडा)
- We had crossed the bridge. We heard a gun-shot
à Hardly had we crossed the bridge when we heard a gun-shot.
- The sun had risen. Birds began chirping.
à Hardly had the sun risen when birds began chirping.
- We had reached the top of the hill. It started raining.
à Hardly had we reached the top of the hill when it started raining.
- Father had returned from the office. He was called again.
à Hardly had father returned from the office when he was called again.
- We had entered the house. The phone started ringing.
à Hardly had we entered the house when the phone started ringing.
- She had touched the spot lightly. The pain was over.
à Hardly had she touched the spot lightly when the pain was over
- He drank the water. He was instantly struck do
à Scarcely had he drunk the water when he was instantly struck down.
- He bit the rope. It snapped.
à Scarcely had he bitten the rope when it snapped.
- The doctor heard. She rushed out of the room.
à Scarcely had the doctor heard it when she rushed out of the room.
10. He walked in. He saw her opening the box.
à Scarcely had he walked in when he saw her opening the box.
- Remember This:
As soon as, hardly………when/scarcely ………..when, no sooner……..than समानार्थी आहेत. यांचा वापर करतांना immediately, soon, just then, at once चा लोप करतात.
Exercise
(I) Rewrite the following sentences using ‘hardly……..when’ or ‘scarcely……when’:
- As soon as she came out, the house collapsed.
- As soon as I heard the result, I sent a telegram to my brother.
- As soon as we reached the top of the hill, we waved out hanker-chiefs to others.
- As soon as they finished their games, the children rushed to the Community Hall of the colony.
- No sooner did Rituparna hear about the Swayamawra than he came to Vidarbha with his charioteer.
- As soon as King Bhoj of Malwa heard about the cow-boy judge, he was wonderstruck.
- As soon as the bell rang, the school would be over.
- No sooner did it dark than the start shone.
- No sooner did they hear the good news of their bright success than they began to jump happily.
10. No sooner did she arrive than Helen rushed to her.
(II) Join the following pairs of sentences using ‘hardly……..when’/ ‘scarcely…….when’:
- The sun set. The birds soon flew back to their nests.
- I reached the class. I gave the letter to the teacher.
- I opened the case. They laughed.
- I got down. I saw a bus leaving for Mumbai.
- The Rajamata came out. The Gosavi fell at her feet just then.
- Jijabai look at him. She recognized her son at once.
- He heard the news. He fainted just then.
- She had arrived. Helen rushed to her just then.
- Swapnil entered the school. It started raining.
10. The teacher entered the class. The students became silent.
ANSWERS
Hardly……when/Scarcely……..when.
[I]
- Hardly had she come out when the house collapsed.
- Hardly had I heard the result when I sent a telegram to my brother.
- Scarcely had we reached the top of the hill when we waved our handkerchiefs to others.
- Scarcely had they finished their games when the children rushed to the Community Hall of the colony.
- Rituparana had hardly heard about the Swayamawara when he came to Vidarbha with his charioteer.
- King Bhoj of Malwa had scarcely heard about the cow-boy-judge when he was wonderstruck.
- Hardly had the bell rung when the school would be over.
- Scarcely had it got dark when the stars shone.
- They had hardly heard the good news of their bright success when they began to jump happily.
10. Hardly had she arrived when Helen rushed to her.
[II]
- Hardly had the sun set when the birds flew back to their nests.
- Scarcely had I reached the class when I gave the letter to the teacher.
- Hardly had I opend the case when they laughed.
- Scarcely had I got down when I saw a bus leaving for Mumbai.
- Hardly had the Rajmata come out when the Gosavi fell at her feet.
- Scarcely had jijabai looked at him when she recognized her son.
- He had hardly heard the news when he fainted.
- She had scarcely arrived when Helen rushed to her.
- Hardly had Swapnil entered the school when it started raining.
10. Hardly had the teacher entered the class when the students became silent
*Not only............ but also
(I) the players were tired. They were thirsty, too.
àThe players were not only tired but also thirsty
टीपः (a) दोन्ही वाक्यातील अधोरेखित भाग समान आहे, त्या समान भागाबद्दल पहिल्या वाक्यातील समान भाग घेतला, पहिल्या वाक्याचा कर्ता the players आहे, दुस-या वाक्याचा कर्ता सुद्धा तोच आहे, परंतु त्याची पुनरावृत्ती टाळण्यासाठी नामाबद्दल players एवजी they हे सर्वनाम घेतलेले आहे, घेतलेला समान भागः the players were.
(b) Tired आणि thirsty ही दोन विशेषणे जोडावयाची आहेत. पहिल्या वाक्यातील tired पूर्वी not only आणि दुस-या वाक्यातील thirsty पूर्वी but also चा वापर केला. not only…..but also वापरुन विशेषणांची जोडणीः not only tired but also thirsty.
(c) दुस-या वक्यात वापरलेले too,also असे शब्द काढून टाकतात.
(II) He writes dramas. He acts in them, too.
àHe not only writes dramas but also acts in them.
टीपः (a) येथे फक्त कर्ते समान आहेत; म्हणून घेतलेला समान भागः He
(b) Writes dramas आणि act in them ही विधेये (predicates) not only…… but also ने जोडताना दोन भिन्न क्रियांची जोडणी आपल्याला करावयाची आहे. अशावेळी पहिल्या क्रियेपूर्वी not only आणि दुस-या क्रियेपूर्वी but aslo चा वापर करतात. तो केलेला वापर असाः not only writes dramas but also acts in them.
(c) Too चा लोप केला.
(III) The boys took part in the competitions. The girls took part in the competitions, too
àNot only the boys but also the girls took part in the competitions.
टीपः (a) येथे दोन्ही वाक्यातील विधेये (predicates) समान आहेत; म्हणून घेतलेला समान भाग: took part in the competitions.
(b) The boysआणि the girls हे भिन्न कर्ते (subjects) आपल्याला not only……but also ने जोडावयाची आहेत. पहिल्या कर्त्यापूर्वी not only आणि दुस-या कर्त्यापूर्वी but asloचा वापर करतात.
(c) Too चा लोप केला.
(III) Pajkaj speaks Hindi. He speaks English, too. (Use ‘As well as’)
àPankaj speaks Hindi as well as Englilsh.
टीपः (a) दोन्ही वाक्यातील अधोरेखित भाग समान आहेत. घेतलेला समान भागः Pankaj speaks
(b) Hindiआणि English हे भिन्न कर्म (objects) as well as ने जोडले.
(c) Too चा लोप केला.
(V) He is rude. He is cruel, too (Use ‘both’)
àHe is both rude and cruel.
- Some more examples solved for practice:
Join the following pairs of sentences with ‘not only……but also’/ ‘as well as’/ ‘both’:
(खालील वाक्यांच्या जोड्या not only…… but also/as well as/both ने जोडा.)
- Gopal plays cricket. He plays tennis, too.
à Gopal plays not only cricket but also tennis.
- He reads novels. He reads philosophy, too
à He reads novels as well as philosophy.
- Kerala produces rubber. Tamil Nadu produces rubber, too.
à Not only Kerala but also Tamil Nadu produces rubber.
- He could talk well. He could speak many languages, too.
à He could not only talk well but also speak many languages.
- It would be wise. It would be safe, too
à It would not only be wise but also safe.
- They were alive. They looked young and strong, too
à They were not only alive but also looked young and strong.
- The boys sang songs. The girls sang songs, too.
à Not only the boys but also the girls sang songs.
- Helen Keller was blind. She was deaf and mute, too.
à Helen Keller was not only blind but also deaf and mute.
- Beauty was good tempered. She was hard working, too.
à Beauty was not only good tempered but also hardworking.
10. Shivaji was brave. He was kind-hearted, too.
à Shivaji was both brave and kind-hearted.
टीपः Not only…….but also=as well as/both
Exercise
(I) Join the following pairs of sentences using ‘not only ……..but also’:
- Mantharka was kind. He was gentle, too.
- Bala was sensible. He was kind-hearted, too.
- Seeta composes poems. She sings them, too.
- Pankaj likes mangoes. He likes apples, too.
- She reads magazines. She reads newspapers, too.
- Leela has a doll. She has a balloon, too.
- Yasapani was known for his great wealth. He was known for his military power, too.
- Shankar and Parvati are my neighbors. They are my good friends, too.
- He tended his plants. He labored over his task, too
10. Seeta does her homework. She does her housework, too.
(II) Rewrite the following sentences using ‘not only…….but also’:
(खालील वाक्ये ‘not only…….but also’ चा वापर करुन लिहा)
Examples: (i) She is both clever and active.
àShe is not only clever but also active
(ii) She is clever as well as active.
àShe is not only clever but also active
(c) Both, as well as आणि not only…..but also समानार्थी आहेत.
(b) As well as चा लोप करुन not only ……but also चा वापर केला.
टीपः (a) both लोप करुन not only…….but also चा वापर केला
- She was both ugly and cruel.
- The students read lessons as well as poems.
- Both film start and sport persons work hard to achieve something.
- Nehru was the freedom fighter as well as a great builder of modern India.
- Both men and women danced
- Arthur as well as you did not know how wicked Barnwell was.
- The men as well as the women in India work very hard.
- The boys as well as the girls like to play cricket.
- People were tired of war as well as of victory
10. It was her duty to receive patients as well as send them.
ANSWERS
Not only…………but also.
[I]
- Mantharaka was not only kind but also gentle.
- Bala was not only sensible but also kind-hearted.
- Seeta not only composes poems but also sings them.
- Pankaj likes not only mangoes but also apples.
- She reads not only magazines but also newspapers.
- Leela has not only a doll but also a balloon.
- Yasapani was known not only for his great wealth but also for his military power.
- Shankar and Parvati are not only my neighbours but also my good friends.
- He not only tended his plants but also labored over his task.
10. Seta does not only her homework but also her housework.
[II]
- She was not only ugly but also curel.
- The students read not only lessons but also poems.
- It was her duty not only to receive patients but also send them.
- People were tired of not only war but also victory.
- Not only the boys but also the girls like to play cricket.
- Not only the men but also the women in India work veru hard.
- Not only Arthur but also you did not know how wicked Burnwell was.
- Neharu was not only the freedom fighter but also a great builder of modern India.
- Not only men but also women danced.
10. Not only film stars but also sports persons work hard to achieve something
'Either........or' and 'Neither.....nor'
I] Either ….. Or
1) Seeta will meet Yasmeen. Leela will meet Yasmeen. (Use ‘either … or’)
à Either Seeta or Leela will meet Yasmeen.
टिपः (a) दोन्ही वाक्यात कर्ते भिन्न आहेत. ते either …. Or ने जोडावयाचे आहेत. पहिल्या कर्त्यापूर्वी either आणि दुस-या कर्त्यापूर्वी or चा वापर करतात,
(b) दोन्ही वाक्यातील विधेये (Predicates) समान आहेत; म्हणून एकाच वाक्यातील predicate घेतले.
(c) Either … or (आयदर ….ऑर) दोन वस्तूं पैकी ही किंवा ती.
2) Shankar went to Chiplun many times to fetch the doctor. He went to Chiplun many times to bring medicines.
à Shankar went to Ciplun many times either to fetch the doctor or to bring medicines.
टिपः (a) दोन्ही वाक्यातील अधोरेखित समन भागाबद्दल ल्पहिल्या वाक्यातील समान भाग घेतला
(b) To fetch the doctor आणि to bring medicines या असमान भागापूर्वी अनुक्रमे either आणि or चा वापर केला.
- Remember this:
. to हा शब्द दोन्ही वाक्यात असला तरी तो समान भागात आपण घेतलेला नाही; कारण toचा वापर येथे infinitive बनविण्यासाठी केलेला आहे.
3) I can’t speak English. I can’ speak Hindi.
àI can’t speak either English or Hindi. (I can speak Marathi)
टिपः (a) नकारार्थी वाक्यात चा वापर करताना तिसरा पर्याय अपेक्षित असतो, तो माहितीसाठी कंसात दिलेला आहे,
- Some more examples solved for practice:
Join the following pairs of sentences with ‘either ….. Or’:
(खालील वाक्यांच्या जोड्या ‘either …. Or’ने जोडा.)
(1) Gopal likes to become a doctor. He likes to become an engineer.
à Gopal likes to become either a doctor or an engineer.
(2) Neharu liked to chat with the children. He liked to play with them.
à Neharu liked either to chat or to play with the children.
(3) Dhondiba loves plants. He loves trees.
à Dhondiba loves either plants or trees.
[II] Neither …………nor
(1) The old woman was not a thief. She was not a liar.
(Use ‘neither……nor’)
à The old woman was neither a thief nor a liar.
. टीपः (a) दोन्ही वाक्यातील not च्या जागी neither आणि nor चा वापर केला.
(b) दोन्ही वाक्यातील समान भाग अधोरेखीत केलेला आहे. त्याबद्दल पहिल्या वाक्यातील समान भाग घेतला
(c) Neither…….nor (नायदर………नॉर) दोन वस्तुंपैकी ही पण नाही आणि ती पण नाही.
- Remember this:
Neither……nor ला नकारात्मक अर्थ असल्यामुळे मूळ वाक्यात दिलेला नकारात्मक शब्द not दोन्ही वाक्यातून काढून टाकला
(2) She did not scream. She did not fight with them.
àShe neither screamed nor fought with them.
टीपः (a) did not काढून दोन्ही वाक्यात अनुक्रमे neither आणि nor चा वापर केला. Not बरोबर आपोआप did चा लोप झाला. कारण येथे त्याचे कार्य वाक्य नकारार्थी करणे एवढेच आहे
(b) Did चा लोप करुन मुख्य क्रियापदांचा भूतकाळ केला.
(a) दोन्ही वाक्यातील समान कर्त्याबद्दल एकच कर्ता घेतला.
(3) His arrow could not his spear could reach the animal. His spear could not reach the animal.
à Neither his arrow nor his spear could reach the animal.
टिपः
(a) कर्ते भिन्न आहेत; म्हणून पहिल्या कर्त्यापुर्वी neither आणि दुस-या कर्त्यापूर्वी nor चा वापर केला.
(b) Not चा लोप केला.
(c) समान भागाबद्दल एकच भाग केला.
(4) There was no light in her life. There was no music in her life.
à There was neither light nor music in her life.
टिप;
(a) दोन्ही वाक्यातील नकारात्मक शब्द काढून त्त्या जागी अनुक्रमे neither आणि nor चा वापर केला.
(b) दोन्ही वाक्यातील समान भागाबद्दल एकच भाग घेतला.
- Some more examples solved for practice:
Join the following pairs of sentences with ‘neither….. Nor’:
(1) Akka did not know about them. Mr. Koushik also did not know.
Neither Akka nor Mr. Koushik knew about them.
टिपः
(a) Also चा लोप केला.
(b) Did not know चे होकारार्थी रुप = knew
(c) कर्ते असामान आहेत म्हणून पहिल्या कर्त्यापूर्वी Neither आणि दुस-या कर्त्यापूर्वी nor चा वापर केला.
(2) He had not any friend. He had not any servant to help him.
à He had neither any friend nor any servant to help him.
(3) They could neither check nor find the result.
à They could neither check nor find the result.
(4) Arthur didn’t know how wicked Burnwell was. You also didn’t know it.
à Neither Arthur nor you knew how wicked Burnwell was.
(5) From that day Kalka received no presents. He received no hush money.
à From that day Kalka received neither presents nor hush money.
*Exercise*
[I] Complete the following sentences using ‘either…….or’ or ‘neither………nor’:
(खालील वाक्ये ‘either………or’ किंवा ‘neither……..nor’ वापरुन पूर्ण करा.)
- 1. It is…….your book……..my book. It is Seeta’s book.
- 2. ……….Dhondiba……….Hari grows vegetables. I don’t grow.
- Suresh………ate………slept a lot on Sunday.
- Lata goes to school……by bus …….by cycle. She always walks to school.
- Leela will ……… read………write. She will play.
[II] Join the following sentences using ‘neither…….nor’:
- In Paradise there was not cold. There was no hunger.
- She didn’t think of her won beauty. She didn’t think of the cold.
- We cannot graze our cattle. We cannot watch our crops at night.
- You didn’t know this part of the story. NO one else knew it.
- He had no father. He had no mother.
- There was no sign of anybody. There was no sign of anything
- The child did not see his mother. He did not see his father.
- The farmer has no house to live. He has no bread to eat.
- True love is not physical. It is not romantic, too.
10. Abdul Hamid was not daunted. He was not deterred.
[III] Join the following pairs of sentences with ‘either……..or’:
- Suresh ate a lot on Sunday. He slept a lot on Sunday.
- Dhondiba grows vegetables. Hari grows vegetables, too.
- Gandhiji washed his clothes. He cleaned his Asharam, too.
- My grandmother tells me stories. She teaches my lessons, too.
- Nachiket loves swimming. He loves walking, too.
[IV] Rewrite the following sentences with ‘either……..or’:
- The poor people always think of their hunger or shelter.
- You have deceived one of your parents
- Birds or animals can become your best friends.
- You should follow the advice of your teacher or your parents.
- You should follow the prayer or meditation for the peace of mind.
[V] Rewrite the following sentences using ‘neither……nor’:
1. Meera can’t speak English well, Neena can’t either.
2. Mohan is not late today, his sister isn’t either.
3. You don’t know how to repair the radio, I don’t either.
4. They didn’t catch fish, we didn’t either.
5. Suhas doesn’t like chocolate, Sudhir doesn’t either.
ANSWERS
Either………or/Neither………nor
[I]
- Neither………nor
- Either ………..or
- Either…………or
- Neither………nor
- Neither………nor
[II]
- In Paradise there was neither cold nor hunger.
- She though neither of her won beauty nor of the cold.
- We can neither graze our cattle nor watch our crops at night.
- Neither you nor anybody knew this part of the story.
- He had neither father nor mother.
- There was neither sign of anybody nor sign of anything.
- The child saw neither his mother nor his father.
- The farmer has neither house to live nor bread to eat.
- True love is neither physical nor romantic.
10. Abdul Hamid was neither daunted nor deterred.
[III]
- Suresh either ate or slept a lot on Sunday.
- Either Dhondiba or Hari grows vegetables.
- Gandhiji either washed his clothes or cleaned his Ashram.
- My grandmother either tell me sotries or teaches my lessons.
- Nachiket loves either swimming or walking.
[IV]
- The poor people always think of either their hunger or their shelter.
- You have deceived either your mother your father.
- Either birds or animals can become your best friends.
- You should follow the advice of either your teacher or your parents.
- You should follow either the prayer or meditation for the peace of mind.
[V]
- Neither Meera nor Neena can speak English well.
- Neither Mohan nor his sister is late today.
- Neither you nor I know how to repair the radio.
- Neither they now we caught fish.
- Neither Suhas nor Sudhir lilkes chocolate.
Affirmative and Negative Sentence (होकारार्थी व नकारार्थी वाक्ये)
[I] Affirmative Sentence
ज्या वाक्यात क्रियेचा होकार दर्शविलेला असतो, त्या वाक्याला होकारार्थी वाक्य (Affirmative Sentence) असे म्हणतात
E.g. the merchant is a rich man.
Always do everything openly.
Seeta is fat.
Gopal is tall.
Suresh is brave and bold.
- · होकारार्थी वाक्ये बनविण्याचे नियमः
- The sea was not rough.
à The sea was calm
टीपः (a) नकारार्थी वाक्यापासून होकारार्थी वाक्य बनविता नकारदर्शक शब्द काढून टाकतात, येथे not हा नकारात्मक शब्द आहे, त्याचा लोप केला,
(b) येथे not नंतर rough हे विशेषण आहे. होकारार्थी करतांना rough चा विरुद्धार्थी शब्द calm वापरला (Not rough= calm)
(c) होकारार्थी करतांना वाक्याच्या अर्थामध्ये बदल होऊ दिला नाही.
(d) नकारात्मक शब्दांची यादीः no, not, none, nothing, never, nor, neither……nor, nobody, no one, neither, no sooner……..then.
2. I have never succeeded.
à I have always failed.
. टीपः (a) नकारात्मक शब्द never काढून त्याचा विरुद्धार्थी शब्द always वापरला.
(b) Succeeded ह्या Past participle चे विरुद्ध क्रियावाचक रुप failed वापरले
3. He won’t be able to do it.
àHe will be unable to do it.
. टीपः (a) not काढून able च्या विरुद्ध अर्थाचा शब्द unabale चा वापर केला.
(b) Notable=unable
4. We saw nothing but trees.
àWe saw only trees.
टीपः (a) होकारार्थी करतांना nothing but काढून only वापरतात.
(b) Nothing but=only
5. I am not as rich as you are.
à You are richer than I am.
Positive Degree नकारार्थी असेल, तर Comparative Degree मधील रुपांतर होकारार्थी असते
6. Suneeta did not pay attention to him.
àSuneeta hardly paid attention to him.
. टीपः (a) Hardly चा उपयोग वाक्य होकारार्थी करण्यासाठी करतात. काही शब्दांची विरुद्धार्थी रुपे सहजपणे मिळत नाहीत. अशा वेळी hardly ची मदत घेतात; कारण hardly ला नकारात्मक अर्थ आहे.
(b) Hardly म्हणजे क्वचितच, जवळजवळ नाहीच.
(c) No किंवा not चा विरुद्धार्थी शब्द म्हणून any चा वापर करतात.
7. No one may drink of its water.
à Hardly any one may drink of its water.
8. Gopal is so weak that he can’t run
à Gopal is too weak to run.
टीपः (a) so काढून too चा वापर केला.
(b) That…….not पर्यंतचा भाग काढून to वापरतात.
9. No sooner does it begin to rain, the peacock begins to dance.
àAs soon as it begins to rain, the peacock begins to dance.
टीपः होकारार्थी वाक्य तयार करतांना No sooner………than च्या रचनेचे As soon as च्या रचनेत रुपांतर केले. No sooner………. Than=As soon as.
10. Not only the boys but also the girls took part in the rasces.
àThe girls as well as the boys took part in the races.
टीपः (a) Not only………but also च्या रचनेचे As well as च्या रचनेत रुपांतर केले
(a) Not only……….but also=As well as.
11. Don’t move
àStay still.
टीपः (a) आज्ञार्थी वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस don’t वापरतात. होकारार्थी करतांना त्याचा लोप करतात.
(b) Don’t नंतरच्या क्रियापदाचे विरुद्ध रुप घेतात.
- · Some more examples solved for practice:
Make affirmative. (होकारार्थी करा)
- It is not true.
à It is false.
- He isn’t alive.
à He is d dead.
- That isn’t bad.
à That is good.
- Never do anything secret.
à Always do anything secret.
- Josh was not with them.
à They were without Josh.
- The entrance can’t be far away.
à The entrance must be quite close by.
- I am not your enemy.
à I am your friend.
- I had kept back nothing.
à I had told him everything.
- Suresh wasn’t thin.
à Suresh was fat.
10. No one can fool me.
à Hardly anyone can fool me.
[II] Negative Sentence
ज्या वाक्यात क्रियेचा नकार दर्शविलेला असतो, त्या वाक्याला नकारार्थी वाक्य असे म्हणतात
E.g. the merchant is not a poor man
Never do anything secret.
Seeta isn’t thin.
Gopal isn’t short.
Suresh isn’t coward.
- · नकारार्थी वाक्ये बनविण्याचे नियमः
- Shivaji was kind.
à Shivaji wasn’t cruel.
टीपः (a) होकारार्थी वाक्यापासून नकारार्थी वाक्य बनवितांना साहाय्यकारी क्रियापद असेल, तर त्यानंतर नकारदर्शक शब्द वापरतात
(b) येथे kind हे विशेषण आहे. त्याच्या विरुद्ध अर्थाचे विशेषण cruel चा वापर not नंतर केला (Kind=not cruel.)
(c) वाक्य नकारार्थी करतांना वाक्याच्या अर्थामध्ये बदल होऊ दिला नाही.
- It is hard to imagine Indian cricket team without Sachin.
à It is hard to imagine Indian cricket team without Sachin.
टीपः hard चे नकारार्थी रुप = not easy.
- All living things die without water.
àNo living things survive without water.
टीपः (a) all……. Die = No…….survives नकारार्थी पासून होकारार्थी आणि होकारार्थी पासून नकारार्थी वाक्ये बनविण्याचे नियम एकमेकांना पूरक आहेत.
- Gopal is at tall as Krishna
à Krishna is not taller than Gopal
टीपः (a) Positive Degree होकारार्थी असेल, तर Comparative Degree नकारार्थी होते
(b) As tall as चे नकारार्थी रुप = not taller than
- · Some more examples solved for practice:
Make negative (नकारार्थी करा)
- That’s different.
à That’s not the same.
- It was unjust.
à It was not just.
- Only a handful of people were left.
à None but a handful of people were left.
- He’s alive.
à He isn’t dead.
- There were few houses around.
à There were not many houses around.
- When he saw the goat, he jumped with joy.
à No sooner did he see the goat than he jumped with joy.
- It is too hot to go out.
à It is so hot that we can’t goes out.
- Hardly anyone can save him.
à No one can save him.
- Ramanath is as good as Somnath
à Somanath isn’t better than Ramnath.
Exercise
[I] make affirmative sentences (होकारार्थी वाक्ये बनवा)
- Please don’t kill me.
- You shouldn’t forget it.
- The wood wasn’t cheap.
- Dhondiba wasn’t young.
- It wasn’t difficult to understand.
- The box of caps wasn’t heavy
- I don’t like bananas
- I am not as strong as he is.
- It is of no use.
10. No one can catch me.
11. She wasn’t unhappy to come.
12. Her tongue isn’t smooth.
13. It isn’t easy for them to survive in colder regions.
14. It was not the wrong thing to do.
15. Fear is not a good thing
[II] Make negative sentences (नकारार्थी वाक्ये बनवा)
- I failed in my job.
- Your hands are dirty
- She remained silent
- It is very easy to prevent milk from spilling
- I am lucky.
- He was unworthy.
- It is good suggestion
- His plan succeeded.
- Your guess is right.
10. We have everything openly
11. Chinmay was bold
12. Matheran is a cold place.
13. The blind musician was courageous.
14. Charu was brave.
15. You are unfortunate.
ANSWERS
Affirmative and Negative sentences
[I] (1) Please save me. (2) You must remember it. (3) The wood was dear (4) Dhondiba was old. (5) It was easy to understand (6) The box of caps was light. (7) I dislike bananas (8) He is stronger than I am (9) It is useless (10) Hardly anyone can catch me. (11) She was happy to come. (12) Her tongue is rough (13) It is difficult for them to survive in colder regions. (14) It was the right thing to do. (15) Fear is a bad thing.
[II] (1) I did not succeed in my job. (2) Your hands are not clean. (3) She said nothing. (4) It is not hard at all to prevent milk from spilling. (5) I am not unlucky (6) He was not worthy (7) It’s not a bad suggestion. (8) His plan did not fail. (9) Your guess is not wrong. (10) We have nothing to hide (11) Chinmay was not timid. (12) Matheran isn’t a hot place. (13) The blind musician wasn’t coward (14) Charu wasn’t coward. (15) You aren’t fortunate.
Exclamatory and Asserative Sentence (उद्गाrवाचक व विधानार्थी वाक्ये)
[I] ज्या वाक्यामध्ये हर्ष, खेद, आश्चर्य, तिरस्कार, भिती, दुःख इत्यादी भावना व्यक्त केलेल्या असतात, त्या वाक्याला उदगारवाचक वाक्य (Exclamatory Sentence) असे म्हणतात
E.g. how kind!
How kind you are!
What a surprise!
What a great surprise!
टीपः (a) उदगारवाचक वाक्याची सुरुवात How किंवा what ने झालेली असते
(b) उदगारवाचक वाक्याच्या शेवटी उदगारवाचक (!) देतात.
- उदगारवाचक वाक्ये बनविण्याचे नियमः
- You are very kind.
à How kind you are!
टीपः (a) विधानार्थी वाक्यामध्ये जेव्हा Very पूर्वी a उपपद नसते, तेव्हा उदगारवाचक वाक्य करतांना very चा लोप करुन वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस How चा वापर करतात
(b) उदगारवाचक वाक्याची सुरुवात How ने करुन उरलेले very नंतरचे शब्द how नंतर क्रमाने लिहितात. शेवटी उदगारचिन्ह देतात.
(c) विधानार्थी वाक्याची रचनाः कर्ता + क्रियापद + very + विशेषण/ क्रियाविशेषण.
उदगारवाचक वाक्याची रचनाः How+विशेषण/क्रियाविशेषण+कर्ता+क्रियापद
2. He sings very sweetly.
à How sweetly he sings!
टिपः
(a) ह्या वाक्याचे उदगारवाचक वाक्यात रुपांतर करण्याचे वरिल प्रमाणे आहेत.
(b) विधानार्थी वाक्याची रचनाः कर्ता + क्रियापद + Very+ क्रियाविशेषण.
(c) उदगारवाचक वाक्याची रना : how + विशेषण / क्रियाविशेषण + कर्ता + क्रियापद
- Rememeber this;
Very नंतर फक्त विशेषण किंवा क्रियाविशेष असेल, तर उदगारवाचक वाक्ये बनविण्याचे नियम सारखेच असतात
3. You are a very kind man.
à How sweetly he sings!
टिपः
(a) विधानार्थी वाक्यामध्ये very या शब्दापुर्वी जेव्हा a उपपद असते, तेव्हा उदगारवाचक वाक्य तयार करतांना very चा लोप करुन वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस what चा वापर करतात.
(b) उदगारवाचक वाक्याची सुरुवात what ने करुन a पासूनचे उरलेले शब्द what नंतर क्रमाने लिहितात. शेवटी उदगारचिन्ह देतात.
(c) विधानार्थी वाक्याची रचनाः कर्ता + क्रियापद + a उपपद + very + विशेषण + नाम उदगारवाचक वाक्याचे रचनाः what + a/an + विशेषण + नाम + कर्ता + क्रियापद
4. I wish that I were a bird.
à(i) O that I were a bird!
(ii) Would that I were a bird!
(iii) If only I were a bird!
टिपः
(a) विधानार्थी वाक्याची सुरुवात I wish ने झालेली असेल, तर उदगारवाचक वाक्य तयार करतांना I wish चा लोप करुन वाक्याच्य सुरुवातीला O किंवा would किंवा if only चा वापर करतात. दुसरा बदल होत नाही. शेवटी उदगारचिन्ह देतात.
(b) If only नंतर चा वापर करित नाहीत. त्यानंतर लगेच कर्ता वापरतात.
- Some more examples solved for practice:
Make exclamatory sentences:
(1) I am very unfortunate.
à How unfortunate I am!
(2) He is a very noble youth.
à What a noble youth he is!
(3) The land is very fascinating.
à How fascinating the land is!
(4) My grandmother was clever woman.
à What a clever womean my grand mother was!
(5) She was a very popular doctor.
à What a popular doctor she was!
(6) I was very sad and dejected.
à How sad and dejected I was!
(7) I am very luckey.
à How luckey I am!
(8) He is a very brilliant boy.
à What a brilliant boy he is.
(9) This is a very good development
à What a good development this is!
(10) It has been a very long and colourful journey.
à What a long and colourful journey ih has been!
[II] Asserative Sentence (असर्टिव्ह सेन्टेन्स) विधानार्थी वाक्यः
ज्या वाक्यात सामान्य विधान केलेले असते, त्या वाक्याला Asserative Sentence असे म्हणतात.
E.g. it is a very beautiful flower.
I am very luckey.
I wish that I were a bird.
टीपः (a) विधानार्थी वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस कर्ता वापरतात
(b) विधानार्थी वाक्याच्या शेवटी पूर्णविराम देतात.
- विधानार्थी वाक्ये बनविण्याचे नियमः
- How brave you are!
à You are very brave.
टीपः (a) उदगारवाचक वाक्याची सुरुवात how ने झालेली असेल, तर विधानार्थी वाक्य तयार करतांना howचा लोप करुन क्रियापदानंतर very चा वापर करतात,
(b) विधानार्थी वाक्याची सुरुवात कर्त्याने करुन त्यापासून उरलेले शब्द क्रमाने वापरतात.
2. How brave!
àYou are very rave.किंवा He is very brave किंवा she is very brave. अशाप्रकारे अनेक वाक्ये तयार करता येतील
3. How slowly it walks!
àIt walks very slowly!
टीपः brave हे विशेषण आहे, तर slowly हे क्रियाविशेषण आहे; परंतु त्यामुळे नियमात काही बदल होत नाही,
4. What a stupid boy he is!
àHe is a very stupid boy.
टीपः (a) उदगारवाचक वाक्याची सुरुवात what ने झालेली असेल, तर विधानार्थी वाक्य करतांना what चा लोप करुन क्रियापदानंतर a very चा वापर करतात
(b) विधानार्थी वाक्याची सुरुवात कर्त्याने करुन त्यापासून उरलेले शब्द क्रमाने वापरतात.
5. What a stupid boy!
àHe is a very stupid boy. किंवा you are a very stupid boy.
टीपः येथे वाक्याच्या शेवटी कर्ता व क्रियापद दिलेले नाहीत. संदर्भानुसार त्यांचा वापर करावा
6. (i) O that I were a rose flower!
àI wish that I were a rose flower.
(ii) Would that I were a rose flower!
àI wish that I were a rose flower.
(iii) If only I were a rose flower!
àI wish that I were a rose flower.
टीपः (a) उदगारवाचक वाक्याची सुरुवात o/would किंवा If only ने झालेली असेल, तर विधानार्थी वाक्य तयार करतांना त्याचा लोप करुन विधानार्थी वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस I wish चा वापर करतात.
(b) If only नंतर that वापरत नाहीत. त्यानंतर लगेच कर्ता वापरतात. मात्र If only चा लोप करुन I wish चा वापर करतांना त्यानंतर that वापरतात.
- Some more example solved for practice:
Make assertive sentences:
- What a funny looking man he was!
à He was a very funny looking man.
- How fortunate you are!
à You are very fortunate.
- How pleasant the journey to Yamuotri is!
à The journey to Yamunotri is very pleasant.
- How cold the region becomes in winter!
à The region becomes very cold in winter.
- How dry his mouth was!
à His mouth was very dry.
- How sorrowful you are!
à You are very sorrowful
- How thirsty he was!
à He was very thirsty.
- What a surprise!
à It is a very great surprise.
- How sorry he felt for Hirachand!
à He felt very sorry for Hirachand
10. If only the great ugly box were out of the way!
à I wish that the great ugly box were out of the way.
Exercise
[I] make exclamatory sentences: (उदगारवाचक वाक्ये बनवा)
1. You are very kind and generous.
2. It is a funny animal.
3. It is very wonderful.
4. I am well pleased with your answers.
5. He had worked so hard to creat the garden.
6. The sun was very hot.
7. We were all very excited.
8. I am terribly sorry for being so late.
9. He is a very good student.
10. It is a very pleasant moment.
11. It is a very interesting story.
12. I am very happy to see you.
13. You are very lucky to with the prize.
14. It is a very lovely scene.
15. It is very frightening.
16. It is a great discovery.
[II] Make assertive sentences: (विधानार्थी वाक्ये बनवा)
- What a beautiful scene it is!
- How beautiful the flower is!
- What a strange dram it is!
- What an ungreatful creature I am!
- How sweet!
- How miserable I am!
- How difficult it is!
- What a wonderful sight it is!
- O that the great ugly box were out of the way!
10. What a beautiful piece of foreast it is!
11. How poor the children are!
12. What an exciting tour it is!
13. How sensible the birds are!
14. How annoyed he was at all this!
15. What a beautiful fire burned within!
ANSWERS
Exclamatory Sentences
[I]
- How kind and generous you are!
- What a funny animal it is!
- How wonderful it is!
- How pleased I am with your answer!
- How hard he had worked to creat the garden!
- How hot the sun was!
- How excited we were all!
- How sorry I am for being so late!
- What a good student he is!
10. What a pleasant moment it is!
11. What an interesting story it is!
12. How happy I am to see you!
13. How luckey you’re to win the prize!
14. What a lovely scene it is!
15. How frightening it is!
16. What a discovery it is!
[II]
- It is a very beautiful scene.
- The flower is very beautiful.
- It is a very strange dream.
- I am a very ungreaful creature.
- It is very sweet.
- I am very miserable.
- It is very difficult.
- It is a very wonderful sight.
- I wish that the great ugly box was out of the way.
10. It is a very beautiful piece of forest.
11. The children are very poor.
12. It is a very exciting tour.
13. The birds are very sensible.
14. He was so much annoyed at all this.
15. It’s a very beautiful fire burned within.
Voice (प्रयोग)
कर्त्याची किंवा कर्माची क्रियापदाशी जी जुळणी असते, तिलाच प्रयोग (Voice) असे म्हणतात. कर्ता, कर्म व क्रियापद यांचा परस्पर संबंध म्हणजेच प्रयोग होय.
E.g. I write a letter
A letter is written by me.
- प्रयोगाचे दोन प्रकार आहेतः
- 1. Active Voice (ऍक्टिव्ह व्हाईस) कर्तरी प्रयोगः
. ज्या वाक्यामध्ये क्रियापद कर्त्याच्या तंत्राप्रमाणेच चालते, त्या वाक्याच्या प्रयोगाला कर्तरी प्रयोग असे (active Voice) म्हणतात.
E.g. I write a letter
Lata sang a song.
Gopal will r read a book.
- Passive Voice (पॅसिव्ह व्हाईस) कर्मणी प्रयोगः
. ज्या वाक्यामध्ये क्रियापद कर्माच्या तंत्राप्रमाणे चालते, त्या वाक्याच्या प्रयोगाला कर्मणी (Passive Voice) प्रयोग असे म्हणतात.
E.g. A letter is written by me.
A song was sung by Lata.
A book will be read by Gopal.
- Active Voice मधून Passive Voice करण्याचे नियम:
[1] साध्या काळामध्ये active Voice मधून Passive Voice करण्याची रचना
कर्मास कर्ता+to be+past participle+by+कर्त्यास कर्म
(i) Simple Present Tense:
Active Voice: I write a letter.
Passive Voice: A letter is written by me.
(ii) Simple Past Tense:
Active Voice: I wrote a letter
Passive Voice: A letter is written by me.
(iii) Simple Future Tense:
Active Voice: I shall write a letter.
Passive Voice: A letter will be written by me.
[2] अपूर्ण काळामध्ये Active Voice मधून Passive Voice करण्याची रचना
कर्मास कर्ता+to be+ being+past participle+by+कर्त्यास कर्म
(a) Present Continous Tense:
Active Voice: I am writing a letter.
Passive Voice: A letter is being written by mem.
(ii) Past Continuous Tense:
Active Voice: I was writing a letter
Passive Voice: A letter was being written by me.
(iii) Future Continuous Tense: Voice बदलत नाही.
[3] पूर्ण काळामध्येActive Voice मधून Passive Voice करण्याची रचनाः
कर्मास कर्ता + to have + been + past participle + by + कर्त्यास कर्म
(i) Present Perfect Tense:
Active Voice: I have written a letter.
Passive Voice: A letter has been written by me.
(ii) Past Perfect Tense:
Active Voice: I had written a letter.
Passive Voice: A letter had been written by me.
(iii) Future Perfect Tense:
Active Voice: I shall have written a letter.
Passive Voice: A letter will have been written by me.
- पूर्ण अपूर्ण काळामध्ये Voice बदलत नाही. (Perfect Continuous Tense Can not be changed into Passive Voice)
- काळाच्या एकूण बारा उपप्रकारांपैकी फक्त आठ उपप्रकारांचा Voice बदलतो. त्याचे निरीक्षण खालील तक्त्यात काळजीपूर्वक करा.
Voice
Tense |
Active Voice | Passive Voice |
Simple Present
Simple Past Simple Future |
I eat a mango
I ate a mango I shall eat a mango. |
A mango is eaten by me.
A mango was eaten by me. A mango will be eaten by me |
Present
Continuous Past Continuous |
I am eating a mango
I was eating a mango. |
A mango is being eaten by me
A mango was being eaten by me |
Present Perfect
Past Perfect Future Perfect |
I have eaten a mango
I had eaten a mango I shall have eaten a mango |
A mango has been eaten by me
A mango had been eaten by me. A mango will have been eaten by me. |
- सरावासाठी वाक्येः
Change the Voice:
- The people celebrate his great deeds.
à His graet deeds were celebrated by the people.
- The people praised their prince.
à Their prince was praised by the people.
- They won a great victory.
à A great victory was won by them.
- She was planting her seeds.
à Her seeds were being planted by her.
- She offered the prince a bag of seed;
à A bag of seed was offered to the prince by her.
- He stole a gold necklace.
à A gold necklace was stolen by him.
- Yama embraced Yudhishthira.
à Yudhishthira was embraced by Yama.
- They made a big hole in the wall.
à A big hole in the wall was made by them.
- I shall bring lots of potatoes.
à Lots of potatoes will be brought by me.
10. I heard the cry again.
à The cry was heard again by me.
- काळाच्या एकूण बारा उपप्रकारांपैकी फक्त आठ उपप्रकारांचा voice बदलतो. त्यांच्या voiceबदलण्याच्या रचना खालील तक्त्यावरुन अभ्यासाः
काळाचे प्रकार | प्रत्येक उपप्रकारांचीPassive Voice करण्याची रचना |
Simple Tense:
(i) Simple Present (ii) Simple past (iii) Simple Future |
कर्मास कर्ता+To be+Past Participle+by+ कर्त्यास कर्म
कर्मास कर्ता+am/is/are+Past Participle+by+ कर्त्यास कर्म कर्मास कर्ता+was/were+Past Participle+by+ कर्त्यास कर्म कर्मास कर्ता+shall be/will be+Past Participle+by+ कर्त्यास कर्म |
Continuous Tense:
(i) Present Continuous (ii) Past Continuous |
कर्मास कर्ता +To be+being+Past Participle+by+ कर्त्यास कर्म
कर्मासकर्ता+am/is/are+being+Past Participle+by+ कर्त्यास कर्म कर्मासकर्ता+was/were+being+past participle+by+ कर्त्यास कर्म |
Perfect Tense:
(i) Present Perfect (ii) Past Perfect (iii) Future Perfect |
कर्मासकर्ता+Tohave/has+been+Past Participle+by+ कर्त्यास कर्म
कर्मासकर्ता+have/has+been+past participle+by+ कर्त्यास कर्म कर्मास कर्ता+had+been+Past Participle+by+ कर्त्यास कर्म कर्मास कर्ता क+shall have/will have+been+past Participle+by+कर्त्यास कर्म |
- अपूर्ण भविष्यकाळाचा Voice बदलत नाही.
- पूर्ण अपूर्ण काळांचा Voice बदलत नाही.
[Future Continuous Tense and Perfect Continuous Tense cannot be changed into the passive Voice]
(4) प्रश्नार्थक वाक्यांचे Active Voice मधून Passive Voice करण्याचे नियमः
1. Do I write a letter? हा Verbal Question आहे, त्याचे प्रथम विधानार्थी वाक्यात रुपांतर करु
विधानार्थी वाक्यः I write a letter.
त्याचे Passive Voice मध्ये रुपांतर करु,
Passive Voice: A letter is written by me.
आता ह्या वाक्याचे पुन्हा Verbal Question चा नियम वापरुन प्रश्नार्थक वाक्य बनवू
प्रश्नार्थक वाक्याचा Passive Voice: Is a letter written by me?
2. Did I write a letter?
विधानार्थी वाक्यः I wrote a letter.
त्याचा Passive Voice: A letter was written by me.
Passive Voice चे प्रश्नार्थक रुप: Was a letter written by me?
- Shall I write a letter?
विधानार्थी वाक्य: I shall write a letter;
त्याचा Passive Voice: A letter will be written by me.
प्रश्नार्थक वाक्याचा Passive Voice: Will a letter be written by me?
- Am I writing a letter?
विधानार्थी वाक्यः I am writing a letter.
त्याचा Passive Voice: A letter is being written by me.
प्रश्नार्थक वाक्याचा Passive Voice: Is a letter being written by me?
- Was I writing a letter?
विधानार्थी वाक्य: I was writing a letter.
त्याचा Passive Voice: A letter was being written by me.
प्रश्नार्थक वाक्याचा Passive Voice: Was a letter being written by me?
- Have I written a letter?
विधानार्थी वाक्य: I have written a letter.
त्याचा Passive Voice: A letter has been written by me.
प्रश्नार्थक वाक्याचा Passive Voice: Has a letter been written by me?
- Had I written a letter?
विधानार्थी वाक्य: I had written a letter.
त्याचा Passive Voice: A letter had been written by me.
प्रश्नार्थक वाक्याचा Passive Voice: Had a letter been written by me?
- Shall I have written a letter?
विधानार्थी वाक्यः I shall have written a letter.
त्याचा Passive Voice: A letter will have been written by me.
प्रश्नार्थक वाक्याचा Passive Voice: Will a letter have been written by me?
- काळाच्या आठ उपप्रकारांच्या Verbal Question च्या स्वरुपात असलेल्या प्रश्नार्थक वाक्यांचे Passive Voice करण्याचे नियम आपण शिकलो. आता Wh-Question च्या स्वरुपात असलेल्या प्रश्नार्थक वाक्याचे नियम शिकू.
- Who write a letter?
येथे who च्या जागी तात्पुरता कर्ता I वापरु
I write a letter.
Passive Voice: A letter is written by me.
प्रश्नार्थक वाक्यः is a letter written by me?
आता me च्या जागी who ची द्वितीया विभक्ती whom वापरु, कारण आपण who च्या जागी I वापरला होता, Me ही ची I द्वितीया आहे, Who वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस आहे, म्हणून by whom चा वापर वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस करु.
Active Voice: Who write a letter?
Passive Voice: By whom is a letter written?
- Who wrote a letter?
à By whom was a letter written?
- Who will write a letter?
à By whom will a letter be written?
5. आज्ञार्थी वाक्यांचे Active Voice मधून Passive Voice करण्याचे नियमः
[I] रचनाः Let+कर्म+to be+Past Participle
1. Read this lesson
àLet this lesson be read.
2. Shut the window.
àLet the window be shut
3. Turn the ship homewards.
àLet the ship be turned homewards
4. Do it.
àLet it be done.
5. Bring me a glaas of water.
àLet a glass of water be brought to me.
[II] आज्ञार्थी वाक्यांचा Passive Voice करण्याची दुसरी रचना:
Object + should + be + past participle
वरील वाक्यांचा Passive Voice या रचनेनुसार बदलू
- Read this lesson
à This lesson should be read.
- Shut the window
à The window should be shut.
- Turn the ship homewards.
à The ship should be turned homewards.
- Do it.
à It should be done.
- Bring me a glass of water.
à A glass of water should be brought to me.
[III] आज्ञार्थी वाक्यांचा Passive Voice करण्याची तिसरी रचनाः
You are…….to+दिलेले वाक्य
(रिकाम्या जागी व्यक्त केलेल्या भावनेचे past participle वापरतात)
- Stop it.
à You are ordered to stop it.
- Help! Help!
à You are requested to help.
- Pull the rope.
à You are asked to pull the rope.
- Stop the car.
à You are ordered to stop the car.
- Speak!
à You are ordered to speak.
टीपः (a) आज्ञार्थी वाक्यांचा Passive Voice करतांना पहिल्या दोन रचना लागू पडत नसतील तर तिसरी रचना उपयुक्त पडेल
(a) काही आज्ञार्थी वाक्यांमध्ये फक्त क्रियापद असते. अशा वाक्यांचा Passive Voice करण्यासाठी तिसरी रचना उपयुक्त पडते.
- Some more examples solved for practice:
1.Pull the rope.
à Let the rope be pulled
2.Lift the lid.
à Let the lid be lifted.
3.Call the police.
à The police should be called.
4.Polish my shoes.
à You are asked to polish my shoes.
5.Stop, Sahadeva..
à Sahadeva should be stopped.
- Some examples solved for practive:
[I] Change the following sentences into ‘Passive Voice’:
1. I love it.
àIt is loved by me.
- My doctor advised me to go Pune.
àI was advised by my doctor to go Pune.
- The violet opened her blue lips.
àHe blue lips were opened by the violet.
- His chapter was written by Abhishek.
àHis chapter was written by Abhishek.
- Learn this:
(i) या वाक्यात Abhishek हा कर्ता आहे. अशा कर्त्यांना agent म्हणतात. कर्ता agent असलेल्या वाक्यात आपण active verb वापरतो. E.g. wrote, changed.
(ii)The Active Voice is used when a doer (an agent) is important.
(iii) The passive Voice is used when an action is important.
4. She was selling baskets.
àBaskets were being sold by her.
5. My mother gave me a big hug.
à(a) A big hug was given to me by my mother. (Or)
(b) I was given a big hug by my mother.
टीपः या वाक्यात me आणि a big hug हे दोन कर्म आहेत, A big hug हे direct object असून me हे indirect object आहे, अशा प्रकारच्या विधानात Passive Voice च्या दोन रचना आपण लिहू शकतो
6. Open the door.
à(a) Let the door be opened
(b) The door should be opened.
(c) You are asked to open the door.
8. Who won the toss?
àBy whom was the toss won?
[II] Change the following sentences into ‘Active voice’:
- My father was given a jeep by the government.
à The government gave a jeep to my father.
- Mumbai had been divided into two parts by the rain.
à The rain had divided Mumbai into two parts.
- A good job was done by them.
à They did a good job.
- Happiness can’t be bought with cash.
à Cash can’t buy happiness.
- Last week, the wedding of my daughter was celebrated by us.
à Last week, we celebrated the wedding of my daughter.
[III] Change the following sentences into passive construction without mentioning the doer of the action:
- She uses every success tobuild morale.
à Every success is used to build moral.
- He overcomes every obstacle with courage.
à Every obstacle is overcome with courage.
- People spray water on fire.
à Water is sprayed on fire.
- The fire brigade uses water to put fire off.
à Water is used dto put fire off.
- They listened the sweet music of the blind musician.
à The sweet music of the blind musician was listenend.
Exercise
[I] Change the following sentences into ‘Passive Voice’:
1. Yudhishthira heard the Yaksha’s warning voice.
2. Hurry up.
3. He heard a soft humming.
4. He saw a little bird.
5. Pandodra and Epimetheus together lifted the lid.
6. I took the torch.
7. He ordered a fresh meal.
8. Our roadways have overtaken railways.
9. Round up stray cattle.
10. Kapil changed the batting ethose in the country.
[II] Change the following sentences into ‘Active Voice’:
- These words were spoken by a woman.
- The door is opened by me.
- We are governed by laws.
- The freedome of others is respected by us.
- Every success is used to build moral.
[III] Change the following sentences into Passive Contruction without mentioning
The doer of the action:
- In the villages people use leaves and branches of the palm tree to build roofs.
- People in India use trees in many different ways.
- Women use dried coconut shells to make spoons.
- Children make toys with outer husk and shell
- They listened the sweet music of the blind musician.
[IV] Change the following sentences as directed:
- Lanin started the great revolution.
(Begin the sentence with ‘the great revolution……..)
- They love all kind of games and soprts.
(Begin the sentence with ‘All kind of……..’)
- Most of the oxygen is being used by bacteria.
(Begin the sentence with ‘Bacteria……..’)
- A great victory was won by them.
(Begin the sentence with ‘They………’)
- They were scolded by the people.
(Begin the sentence with ‘the people……..’)
ANSWERS
Voice
[I]
- Yaksha’s warning voice was heard by Yudhishthira.
- You are asked to hurry up.
- A soft humming was heard by him.
- A little bird was seen by him.
- The lid was lifted by Pandora and Epimetheus together.
- The torch was taken by me.
- A fresh meal was ordered by him.
- Railways have been overtaken by our roadways.
- You are asked to round up stray cattle.
10. The batting ethose in the country was changed by Kapil.
[II]
- A woman spoke these words.
- I open the door.
- Laws govern us.
- We respect the freedom of others.
- We use every success to build moral.
[III]
- In the villages, leaves and branches of the palm tree are used to build roofs.
- Trees are used in many different ways in India.
- Dried coconut shells are used to make spoons.
- Toys are made with outer husk and shell.
- The sweet music of the blind musician was listened.
[IV]
- The great revolution was started by Lanin.
- All kinds of games and sports are loved by them.
- Bacterias are using most of the oxygen.
- They won a great victory.
- The people scolded them.
Degrees of Comparison (तरतमभाव)
जेव्हा दोन किंवा दोनापेक्षा जास्त वस्तुंची त्यांच्या वैशिष्ट्यांबाबत एकमेकांमध्ये तुलना करावयाची असते, तेव्हा आपण ‘तर-तम भाव’ वापरतो. त्यालाच Degree of Comparison असे म्हणतात, थोडक्यात विशेषणे किंवा क्रियाविशेषण यांच्या तौलनिक अभ्यासाला Degree of Comparison असे म्हणतात
E.g. Gopal is as good as Krishna
Manipal is better than Gopal.
Vishal is the best boy of all.
टीपः (a) good, better, best ही good या विशेषणाची तीन रुपे आहेत. अशा प्रकारे तीन रुपांच्या वापर करण्याच्या पद्धतीस आपण Degree असे म्हणतो.
(b) Degree of Comparison ला थोडक्यात Degree असे म्हणतात.
ला थोडक्यात असे म्हणतात
तुलना करतांना आपण विशेषण किंवा क्रियाविशेषण यांच्या तीन रुपांचा वापर करतो,
- Degree of Comparison चे प्रकारः
- Positive Degree (पॉझिटिव्ह डिग्री):- सामान्य भावदर्शक विशेषण/ क्रियाविशेषण: विधानामध्ये विशेषणाचा/क्रियाविशेषणाचा वापर करुन सामान्य स्थिती सांगितलेली असेल, तर ते वाक्य Positive Degree मध्ये आहे असे म्हणतात.
E.g. Seeta is as tall as Yasmeen.
No other boy is as good as Gopal.
Very few boys are as clever as Vishal.
टीपः (a) Positive Degree मध्ये विशेषनाची किंवा क्रियाविशेषणाची सामान्य स्थिती सांगितलेली असते. विशेषणाच्या किंवा क्रियाविशेषणाच्या पहिल्या रुपाच्या दोन्ही बाजूस होकारार्थी as………as वाक्यात आणि नकारार्थी वाक्यात so……….as वापरतात
E.g.Ramnath is as rich as Somnath. (होकारार्थी)
Vishwanath is not as rich as Somnath. (नकारार्थी)
(b) Positive Degree दर्शक वाक्य होकारार्थी असेल, तर as………as मध्ये विशेषण किंवा क्रियाविशेषण वापरलेले असते.
(c) Positive degree दर्शक वाक्य नकारार्थी असेल, तर so……..as मध्ये विशेषण किंवा क्रियाविशेषण वापरलेले असते.
2. Comparative Degree (कम्पॅरेटिव्ह डिग्री) तर भावदर्शक विशेषण/क्रियाविशेषणः विशेषण/क्रियाविशेषण यांचे वर्णन ‘च्यापेक्षा जास्त’ अशी स्थिती दाखविण्यासाठी केलेले असते, तेव्हा ते वाक्य Comparative Degree मध्ये आहे असे म्हणतात.
E.g. Yasmeen isn’t taller than Seeta.
Gopal is better than any other boy.
Vishal is clever than most other boys.
टीपः (a) Comparative Degree मध्ये विशेषणाचे/क्रियाविशेषनाचे दुसरे रुप वापरलेले असते,
(b) विशेषणाच्या किंवा क्रियाविशेषणाच्या दुस-या रुपानंतर than हे शब्दयोगी अव्यय वापरतात.
3. Superalative Degree (सुपरलेटिव्ह डिग्री) – तमभाववाचक विशेषण/क्रियाविशेषणः विशेषण किंवा क्रियाविशेषण यांचे वर्णन ‘सर्वात श्रेष्ठ’ अशी स्थिती दाखविण्यासाठी केलेले असते, तेव्हा ते वाक्य Superlative Degree मध्ये आहे असे म्हणतात.
E.g. Kolkata is the largest city of all.
Mumbai is one of the largest cities.
टीपः (a) Superlative Degree मध्ये विशेषणाचे/क्रियाविशेषणाचे तिसरे रुप वापरलेले असते
(b) तिस-या रुपापूर्वी the हे उपपद वापरतात.
- Degree बदलण्याचे नियमः
(I) Positive Degree: Kavita is as beautiful as Savita.
Comparative Degree: Savita isn’t more beautiful than Kavita.
Superlative Degree: होत नाही.
टीपः (a) Positive Degreeमध्ये एका वस्तुची एका वस्तुशी तुलना केली असेल, तर तिचे रुपांतरSuperlative Degree मध्ये होत नाही.
(b) हे विशेषणाचे पहिले रुप आहे. त्याचे दुसरे रुप er प्रत्यय जोडून होत नाही, अशा विशेषणाचे दुसरे रुप करतांना त्यापूर्वी modre चा वापर करतात
(II) Comparative Degree: Shankar is wiser than Mohan.
Positive Degree: Mohan isn’t as wise as Shankar.
टीपः (a) Comparative Degree मध्ये एका वस्तुची एका वस्तुशी तुलना केली असेल, तर तिचे रुपांतर Superlative मध्ये होत नाही.
(b) Comparative Degree होकारार्थी असेल, तर Positive Degree नकारार्थी असते आणि Comparative Degree नकारार्थी असेल, तर Positive Degeree होकारार्थी असते.
(II) Positive Degree: No other boy is as good as Gopal.
Comparative Degree: Gopal is better than any other boy.
Superlative Degree: Gopal is tha best boy of all.
टीपः(a) Positive Degree मध्ये अनेकांची तुलना एकाशी केलेली असेल, तर तिचे रुपांतरComparative व Superlative Degree मध्ये करता येते.
(b) Positive Degree मध्ये वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस No other असेल, तर Comparative Degeree मध्ये No other चा लोप करुन than नंतर any other चा वापर करतात.
(c) Positive Degree मध्ये वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस No other असेल, तर Superlative Degree मध्ये No other चा लोप करुन शेवटी of all चा वापर करतात.
(d) Positive Degree पासून Comparative Degree बनवितांना कर्ता व कर्म यांच्या जागेची अदलाबदल होते.
(e) Positive Degree पासून Superlative Degree बनवितांना कर्ता व कर्म यांच्या जागेची अदलाबदल होते.
(IV) Positive Degree: Very few farmers are as rich as Ramnath.
Comparative Degree: Ramnath is richer than many other farmers.
Superltive Degree: Ramnath is one of the richest farmers.
टीपः(a) Positive Degree मध्ये वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस Very few चा वापर केलेला असेल, तर Comparative Degree मध्ये Very few चा लोप करुन than नंतर many other/most other चा वापर करतात.
(b) Positive Degree मध्ये वाक्याच्या सुरुवातीस Very few चा वापर केलेला असेल, तर Superlative Degree मध्ये Very few चा लोप करुन क्रियापदानंतर one ofचा वापर करतात.
- Some more examples solved for practice:
Change the degrees of comparison:
- I am older than Seeta.
à Seeta isn’t so old as I am.
- Mother is not as tall as he is.
à He is taller than mother
- Each house is as big as a village.
à A village isn’t bigger than each house.
- Ganga is greater than Kaveri.
à Kaveri isn’t so great as Ganga.
- A mother is more than the earth.
à The earth isn’t so much as a mother.
- Plastic is cheaper than rubber.
à Rubber isn’t so cheap as plastic.
- Planting is better than fighting.
à Fighting isn’t so good as planting.
- They are lighter than milk.
à Milk isn’t so light as they.
- My fate is worse than yours.
à Your fate isn’t so bad as mine.
10. Ganga is as fat as Yamuna.
à Yamuna isn’t fatter than Ganga.
11. Courage is man’s surest weapon in danger.
à (a) Positive Degree: No other weapon of man is as sure as courage in danger.
(b) In danger courage is man’s surer weapon than any other.
12. This is one of the best preserved forts.
à (a)Positive Degree: Very few forts are as well preserved as other forts.
(b) Comparative Degree: This is better preserved than most other forts.
13. A cage is the worst place of all.
à (a) Positive Degree: No other place is as bad as cage.
(b) Comparative Degree: A cage is worse than any other place.
14. It is the best food of all.
à (a) Positive Degree: No other food is as good as it is.
(b) Comparative Degree: It is better than any other food.
15. Mumbai is one of the largest cities in India.
à (a) Positive Degree: Very few cities in India are as large as Mumbai
(b) Comparative Degree: Mumbai is larger than most other cities in India.
16. Nakula wasn’t to strong as Bhima.
à Bhima was stronger than Nakula.
17. The Ganga is the holiest river in India.
à(a) Positive Degree: No other river in India is as holy as the Ganga.
(b) Comparative Degree: The Ganga is holier than any other river in India.
18. Margot was more promising than Anne.
à Anne was not so promising as Margot.
19. It is one of the most fertile rigions in the world.
à(a) Positive Degree: Very few rigions in the world are as fertile as it.
(b) Comparative Degree: It is more fertile than most other regions in the world.
20. The best time for a visit is May-June.
à(a) Postive Degree: No other time for a visit is as good as May-June.
(b) Comparative Degree: For a visit May-June is better than any other time.
21. Lead is the heaviest of all metals.
à(a) Positive Degree: No other metal is as heavy as lead.
(b) Comparative Degree: Lead is heavier than any other metal.
22. banglore is cooler than Pune.
àPune isn’t so cool as Banglore
23. He is as wise a Solomon.
àSolomon isn’t wiser than he is.
24. Shakuntal is the best drama is Sanskrit.
à (a) Positive Degree: No other drama in Sanskrit is as good as Shakuntal.
(b) Comparative Degree: Shakuntal is better than any other drama in Sanskrit.
25. Very few girls are so insustrious as Lata.
à(a) Comparative Degree: Lata is more industrious than most other girls.
(b) Superlative Degree: Lata is one of the most industrious girls.
26. Mount Everest is the highest peak of the Himalayas.
à(a) Positive Degree: No other peak of the Himalaya is as high as Mount Everest
(b) Comparative Degree: Mount Everest is higher than any other peak of the Himalayas.
27. She is wiser than her mother.
àHer mother isn’t so wise as she is.
28. I am not as rich as you are.
àYou are richer than I am.
29. Gourishankar isn’t so high as Mount Everest.
àMount Everest is higher than Gourishankar.
30. Tanaji was as brave as Shivaji
àShivaji wasn’t braver than Tanaji.
- विशेषणांची/क्रियाविशेषणांची तीन रुपे बनविण्याचे नियमः
- साधारणपणे मूळ विशेषणाला/क्रियाविशेषणाला अनुक्रमे er आणि est प्रत्यय जोडले असता Comparative Degree आणि Superlative Degree चे रुप तयार होते.
E.g. strong stronger strongest
- विशेषणाच्या/क्रियाविशेषणाच्या मूळ रुपाच्या शेवटी दोन व्यंजनांच्यामध्ये एक स्वर असेल, तर erकिंवा est प्रत्यय जोडतांना शेवटच्या व्यंजनांचे द्वित्व होते.
E.g. big bigger biggest
- विशेषणाच्या/क्रियाविशेषणाच्या मूळ रुपाच्या शेवटी e हा स्वर असेल, तर अनुक्रमे r आणि sr प्रत्यय जोडून आणि चे रुप तयार होते.
E.g. wise wiser wisest
- विशेषणाच्या/क्रियाविशेषणाच्या मूळ रुपाच्या शेवटी y असेल, तर Comparative degree व Superlative degree ची रुपे करतांना y चा i करुन प्रत्यय जोडतात.
E.g. happy happier happiest
- काही विशेषणांची/क्रियाविशेषणांची दुसरी व तिसरी रुपे अनुक्रमे er व est प्रत्यय जोडून तयार होत नाहीत. अशावेळी दुस-या रुपापूर्वी more व तिस-या रुपापूर्वी most चा वापर करतात.
E.g. beautiful more beautiful most beautiful
- काही विशेषणांची/क्रियाविशेषणांची दुसरी व तिसरी रुपे वरील कोणत्याच नियमानुसार होत नाहीत.
e.g. good/well better best.
Positive Degree | Superlative Degree | Comparative Degree |
Bold Brave Cheap Clean Clever Cold Cool Dear Fast Fat Fine Great Heavy High Holy Hot Kind Large Lazy Light Long Low Mighty Near Old Poor Pretty Proud Pure Quick Red Rich Short Slow Small Strong Sure Sweet Tall White Wise Yong
Beautiful Common Curious Crucial Difficult Effective Emotional Essential Exciting Extraordinary Famaous Fertile Handsome Important Industrious Intelligent Mysterious Promising Regular Talented
Far Good/well Late Little Much/many |
Bigger
Bolder Braver Cheaper Cleaner Cleverer Colder Cooler Dearer Faster Fatter Finer Greater hevier higher holier hotter kinder larger lazier lighter longer lower mightier nearer older poorer prettier prouder purer quicker redder richer shorter slower smaller stronger surer sweeter taller whiter wiser younger more attractive more beautiful more common more curious more crucial more difficult more effective more emotional more essential more exciting more extraordinary more famour more fertile more handsome more important more industrious more intelligent more mysterious more promising more regular more talented worse farther / further better later / latter less more |
Biggest
Boldest Brevest Cheapest Cleanest Cleverest Coldest Coolest Dearest Fastest Fattest Finest Greattest Heaviest Highest Holiest Holiest Hottest Kindest Largest Laziest Lightest Longest Lowest Mightiest Nearest Oldest Poorest Prettiest Proudest Purest Quickest ]reddest Richest Slowest Smallest Surest Sweetest Tallest Whitest Wisest Youngest Most attractive Most beautiful Most common Most curious Most crucial Most difficult Moist effective Most emotional Most essential Most exciting Most extrairdubary Most famous Most fertile Most handsome Most important Most industrious Most intelligent Most mysterious Most promising Most regular Most talented Worst Farthest / furthest Best Lastest / last Least Most |
Exercise
- I. Rewrite the following sentences by changing the degrees of comparison:
[A] 1. Seeta is the best girl in the class.
2. Sudhir is the tallest boy of all.
3. He was the greatest logician of all.
4. He is the strongest animal of all.
5. Matheran is the nearest hill station from Mumbai.
6. It was the best birthday present
7. Lai Haroba is the oldest dance-drama of Manipur.
8. Nobel Prize is the highest award in the world.
9. It is the largest and most dynamic industry in the world.
10. Bharat Natyam is the oldest and most popular dance of India.
11. it’s the hottest drug in teentown
12. India is the biggest international service provider
[B] 1. Minakshi is the most beautiful girl in the calss.
2. Manoj is the most handsom boy of all.
3. Surat is the most livable place in Gujarat.
4. The peacock is the most beautiful bird of all.
5. Health is the most important thing in our life.
[C] 1. The hare is one of the proudest animals in the forest.
2. Helen Keller was one of the greatest women in the world.
3. It is one of the most mysterious of nature’s wonders.
4. Kanchanaganga is one of the most beautiful peaks in the Himalayan range.
5. Bhimsen is one of the finest singers of bhajans.
- Change the following sentences into comparative degrees:
1. Epimetheus was as curious as Pandora.
2. Shanta is as kind as Kanta.
3. Monica is not so tall as Anita.
4. The sword is not so great as the pen.
5. Pankaj is as bold as Dhiraj.
- III. Change the following sentences into positive degrees:
1. The Ganga is greater than the Godavari.
2. Mangoes are cheaper than apples.
3. The burden is lighter than that stone
4. An Artillery Unit is bigger than the Light Brigade.
5. To him honour is more important life.
- IV. Do as Direct.
1. Sneha’s mother is beautiful and so is Sneha.
(Rewrite the sentence using ‘as……….as)
2. A cage is ……….place of all.
(Use the proper from of ‘bad’)
3. Planting is …….fightning.
(Use the superlative form of ‘good’)
4. It was………resource. (Use the superlative form of ‘powerful’)
5. Mango is one of ……….fruits in the world.
(Use the proper form of ‘popular’)
ANSWERS
Degrees of Comparison.
[I] (1) (a) Positive: No other girl in the class is as good as Sheela.
(b) Comparative: Sheela is better than any other girl in the class.
(2) (a) Positive: No other boy is as tall as Sudhir.
(b) Comparative: Sudhir is taller than any other boy.
(3) (a) Positive: No other logician was as great as he.
(b) Comparative: He was greater than any other logician.
(4) (a) Positive: No other animal is as strong as he.
(b) Comparative: He is stronger than any other animal.
(5) (a) Positive: No other hill station from Mumbai is as nearer as Matheran.
(b) Comparative: Matheran is nearer than any other hill station from Mumbai.
(6) (a) Positive: No other birthday present was good as it.
(b) Comparative: It was better than any other birthday present.
(7) (a) Positive: No other dance-drama of Manipur is as old as Lai Haroba.
(b) Comparative: Lai Haroba is older than any other dance-drama of Manipur.
(8) (a) Positive: No other award in the world is as high as Nobel Prize.
(b) Comparative: Nobel Prize is higher than any other award in the world.
(9) (a)Positive: No other industry in the world is as large and dynamic as it.
(b) Comparative: It is larger and more dynamic than any other industry in the world.
(10) (a) Positive: No other dance of India is as old and popular as Bharat-Natyam.
(b) Compatarive: Bharat-Natyam is older and more popular than any other dance of
India.
(11) (a) Positive: No other drug in teentown is as hot as it.
(b) Comarative: It is hotter than any other drug in teentown.
(12) (a) Positive: No other international service provider is as big as India.
(b) Comparative: Inida is bigger than any other international service provider.
[B]
1. (a) Positive: No other girl in the class is as beautiful as Minakshi.
(b) Comparative: Minakshi is more beautiful than any other girl in the class.
2. (a) Positive: No other boy is as handsome as Manoj.
(b) Comparative: Manoj is more handsome than any other boy.
3. (a) Positive: No other place in Gujarat is as livable a Surat.
(b) Comparative: Surat is more livable than any other place in Gujarat.
4. (a) Positive: No other birds is as beautiful as the peacock.
(b) Comparative: The peacock is more beautiful than any other bird.
5. (a) Positive: No other thing in our life is as important as health.
(b) Comparative: Health is more important than any other thing in our life.
[C ]
- (a) Positive: Very few animals in the forest are as proud as the hare.
(b) Comparative: The hare is prouder than most other animal in the forest
2. (a) Positive Very few women in the world were as great as Helen Keller.
(b) Comparative: Helen Keller was greater than most other woman in the world.
3. (a) Positive: Very few nature’s wonders are as mysterius as it.
(b) Comparative: It is more mysterious than any other nature’s wonders.
4. (a) Positive: Very few peaks in Himalayan range are as beautiful as Kanachanganga.
(b) Comparative: Kanchanaganga is more beautiful than many other peaks in the
Himalayan range.
5. (a) Positive: Very few singers of bhajans are as fine as Bhimsen.
(b) Comparative: Bhimsen is finer than most other singers of bhajnas
[II]
- Pandora wasn’t more curious than Epimetheus.
- Kanta is not kinder than Shanta.
- Anita is taller than Monica.
- The pen is greater than the sword.
- Dhiraj is not bolder than Pankaj.
[III]
- The Godavari is not so great as the Ganga.
- The apples aren’t so cheap as Mangoes.
- That stone isn’t so light as the burden.
- The light Brigade isn’t so big as an Artillery Unit.
- To him life isn’t so important as honour.
[IV]
- Sneha is as beautiful as her mother.
- A cage is the worst place of all.
- Planting is better than fighting.
- It was the most powerful resource.
- Mango is one of the most popular fruit in the world.
Figures of Speech (अलंकार)
भाषेला सौंदर्य प्राप्त करुन देणा-या मोहक अर्थपूर्ण व चमकृतीपूर्ण रचनेला भाषेचे अलंकार (Figure of Speech) असे म्हणतात. दागिने परिधान केल्याने सौंदर्यात भर पडते, अलंकार वापरल्याने भाषेचे सौंदर्य वाढते. थोडक्यात अलंकार म्हणजे भाषेचा दागिनाच नव्हे काय?
- Information of some Figure of Speech:
- Simile: A direct comparison between two different objects is called ‘Simile’ (दोन वस्तुंमधील साम्य जेथे वर्णन केलेले असते, तेथे उपमा अलंकार साधतो.)
e.g. (i) Life is just like a dream to us.
(ii) Her face is like a red rose.
(iii) Tanaji fought like a lion.
(iv) I was wandering like a cloud over the deep valley.
(v) The city comes on growing lilke wilderness.
(vi) The meandering road lays lilke a shaped carpet made from the hedes of spotted deer.
(vii) Her face is like a dream to us.
(Viii) Tagore’s poems are like the message of God.
(ix) The old man looks like a sage.
(x) An old woman rises towards her day after day, like a terrible fish.
(xi) The God-like speed which throbbed in this white wing.
. टीपः (i) उपमा (simile) अलंकारामध्ये उपमेय व उपमान समान असल्याने वर्णन असते.
(ii) ज्याची तुलना केली जाते, त्याला उपमेय असे म्हणतात.
(iii) ज्याच्याशी तुलना केली जाते, त्याला उपमान असे म्हणतात.
(IV) Simileअलंकार होण्यासाठी वाक्यात/चरणात lilke, as, so यांपैकी एक शब्द असावा लागतो.
E.g. Tanaji fought like a lion
उपमेय साम्यवाचक शब्द उपमान
- Metaphor: An indirect or implicit comparison between two different objects is called ‘Metaphor’ (दोन वस्तु एकरुप किंवा अभिन्न असल्याचे वर्णन जेथे असते, तेथे रुपक अलंकार साधतो.)
e.g. (i) Mirror is the eye of little god.
(ii) My brother is a goddess.
(iii) Tea is the nector to the earth.
(IV) Life is a dream.
(v) Such is our mother earth my brother,s land.
टीपः Simile मध्ये उपमेय व उपमान यांची फक्त तुलना असते, तर Metaphor मध्ये त्यांची अभिन्नता वर्णन केलेली असते
E.g. Simile (उपमा) Metaphor (रुपक)
Life is just like a dream Life is a dream.
(जीवन स्वप्नासारखे असते) (जीवन म्हणजेच स्वप्न)
- Personificton (चेतनगुणोक्ती) - निसर्गातील निर्जीव वस्तु सजीव आहेत अशी कल्पना करुन ती मानवजातीप्रमाणे वागतात, असे वर्णन असल्यास त्या वाक्यात/चरनात Personificaton अलंकार साधलेला असतो.
e.g. (i) The city goes on growing.
(ii) The bird carries a message.
(iii) The cuckoo flies with the forecast of rain.
(iv) “Come little leaves,” said the wind one day.
(v) The tree king shouted.
(vi) O tree, my dear tree, helps me.
(vii) Light retreats
(viii) The city clilmbs the bare mountain.
(ix) Coldly gaped the moon.
(x) Stars danced in the sky.
(xi) The wind howls.
(xii) The apple tree said.
(xiii) Winter had called them.
(xiv) The snow laid a coverlet over their heads.
- Antitheses (विरोधालंकार) - दोन विरोधी कल्पना किंवा शब्दांचे एकाच वाक्यात/चरणात सादरीकरण केले असता Antithesis अलंकार साधतो.
e.g. (i) Instead of fog
The jungle is now developed smoke.
(ii) She comes and goes
(iii) To err is human, to forgive divine.
(i) Controlled and cleanly night and day.
(ii)When the funds are low and the debts are high.
(iii) He who humbles himself will be exalted.
(iv) Ghost or angle
Fire and snow
Soft and thick
(v) The open window shuts with a bang.\
(vi) They called me Indian abroad
But in my own land
I don’t know who I am
(vii) Let him be rich and waeary.
- Inversion (व्युत्क्रम अलंकार) – काव्यात्मक परिणाम साधण्यासाठी जेव्हा शब्दांचा क्रम बदलून भाषेचे शब्द व अर्थ सौंदर्य वाढवण्यात येते, तेव्हा त्या वाक्यात/चरणात Inversion अलंकार साधलेला असतो.
e.g. (i) only then will grow
The green from the black!
(ii) In vain is all word play.
(i) Soft and thick the snow lay.
(ii) Steadily pours the rain
- Synecdoche (निर्देशक अलंकार) - ज्या अलंकारामध्ये एखाद्या घटकाचा वापर संपूर्ण समूहाचे प्रतिनिधित्व करण्यासाठी किंवा संपूर्ण समूहाचा वापर घटकाचा निर्देश करण्यासाठी केला जातो, त्या अलंकाराला Synecdoche अलंकार असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) all the world’s bellies are fed by her.
[The word ‘bellies’ (a part of the body) stands for whole people]
(ii) Hands then reach out to the world.
[The word ‘hand’ (a part of the body) represents the whole person]
(iii) India won the test series against England.
(‘India’ means the whole Indian Cricket Team)
(iv) The whole village goes to the city to work.
- Alliteration (अनुप्रास) – वाक्यात/चरणात शब्दांच्या आरंभी एकाच अक्षराची पुनरावृत्ती झाल्यामुळे Alliteration अलंकार साधला जातो.
e.g. (i) Head, heart and hand through the years to be.
(ii) He hit his head against the wall.
(iii) My mother makes me study hard.
(iv) Our teacher told a tale of a tiger.
(v) Great wide, beautiful, wonderful world.
(vi) The tempests tore the branches and uprooted the plants and broke the stems of the tall flowers.
(vii) Son, son, it gives me a great joy.
- Apostrophe (परोक्षसंबोधन) – मृत व्यक्ती, अनुपस्थित वस्तु, मनुष्यगुणांचा आरोप असणा-या वस्तु किंवा कल्पना यांना उद्देशून केलेली विधाने/ कथन Apostrophe अलंकारामध्ये असतात.
e.g. (i) Good bye, my dear old home.
(ii) Bapu, India is in need of you today.
(iii) O motherland, we pledge to thee.
(iv) Cricket, good-bye, we’ve been friends so long!
(v) Dear little lambs in your fleecy fold.
(vi) Little brook, sign us your farewell song!
- Epigram (उक्ती अलंकार) – थोडक्यात परंतु मुद्देसुद शब्दात आश्चर्य व्यक्त करुन लक्ष वेधणा-या वाक्यात/चरणात व्यक्त झालेल्या अलंकाराला Epigram असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) Faith can move mountains.
(ii) Mother’s love can stop the God of Death.
(iii) The child is father of the man.
10. Metonymy (अजहल्लक्षणा अलंकार) – एखादी वस्तु, व्यक्ती किंवा प्राणी मूळ शब्दाएवजी दुस-या गर्भित अर्थ असलेल्या शब्दाने ओळखले जाणे यालाच Metonymy असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) the chair for the chairman
(ii) The crown for the king.
(iii) A sail for a ship
(IV) The bench for the judge.
11. Climax (सार अलंकार) – एखाद्या वाक्यातील/चरणातील कल्पना चढत्या क्रमाने मांडून उत्कर्ष साधलेला असतो, तेव्हा Climax अलंकार होतो.
e.g. (i) the streets clear, the houses fill, the noise gathers.
(ii) Composed its ruffled vans, calmed its quick heart, and caressed it into peace with light kind palms.
(iii) But Tidy hinched, and tidy flinched, and Tidy broke his nose.
(IV) To see this lovely house and car and all.
12. Anticlimax (प्रतिसार अलंकार) – एखाद्या वाक्यातील/चरणातील कल्पना उतरत्या क्रमाने मांडून अपकर्ष साधलेला असतो, तेव्हा Anticlimax अलंकार होतो.
e.g. (i) so he swore by the sun, the moon and the star.
(ii) And let me go back to sun and air even sweat and flies and all.
(iii) The forest comprises hills valleys, waterfalls and brooks………
13. Repetition (पुनरावृत्ती) – शब्दांची किंवा चरणांची पुनरावृत्ती झाल्यास Repetition अलंकार साधतो.
e.g. (i) Land of our birth, our faith, our pride.
(ii) ……….many times, many many times!
(iii) But not this, not this.
(IV) Keep fit, little man, keep fit.
14. Onomatopoeia (ओनॉमॅटोपीआ) ध्वनी अनुकरणात्मक शब्दालंकारः विविध प्रकारचे नाद व आवाजांचा बोध करुन देणा-या अनुकरणात्मक शब्दांच्या केलेल्या वापरास Onomatopoeia असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) Down they came fluttering, one and all.
(ii) The rustling of leaves
(iii) The yellow teeth twittering.
15. Paradox (पॅरडॉक्स) विरोधाभासः विरोधाचा आभास निर्माण करण्यासाठी Paradox चा वापर केला जातो. (In Paradox contrasting words are usesd to suggest a well-founded idea.)
e.g. (i) I can see you though I’m blind
(ii) Coldly gaped the moon
(iii) Your eyes were frosted star-light
Your heart, fire and snow
16. Hyperble (हायपरबॉली) अतिशयोक्तीः कोणतीही कल्पना आहे, त्यापेक्षा अधिक फुगवून सांगणे यालाच hyperble असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) He said he could do as much work in a day.
As his wife could do in three.
(ii) Not all the lamps of May-day
Skip so bold and high
(iii) Your feet………seemed to dance on air.
17. Interrogaton (इन्टरॉगेशन) परिपृच्छ प्रश्नालंकारः ज्या प्रश्नामध्ये त्याचे उत्तर सामावलेले असते, अशा परिणामकारक वाक्यरचनेत Interrogation हा अलंकार साधलेला असतो. Rhetorical questions या अलंकाराची उदाहरणे आहेत.
e.g. What kind of place you’ve brought me, son?
18. Allegory (ऍलिगरी) दृष्टांतः जेव्हा एखादे नैतिक तत्व गोष्टीच्या रुपात सांगितले जाते, तेव्हा Allegory हा अलंकार होतो.
e.g. (i) Siddhartha and the swan.
(ii) King Shibi and the hawk.
19. Irony (आईअरनि) - व्याजस्तुतीः उपहास व्यक्त करण्यासाठी दोन विरुद्ध कल्पनांचा एका वाक्यात किंवा चरणात/कडव्यात केलेल्या वापराला Irony असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) they call me Indian abroad.
But in my own land
I don’t know who I am.
(ii) To the English I am a wog
I still don’t know who I am.
20. Tautology (टॉटॉलॉजी) व्यर्थ पुनरुक्ती अलंकार- शब्दांची किंवा चरणांची व्यर्थ पुनरावृत्ती झाल्यास Tautology अलंकार साधला जातो.
e.g. I too want to hear fairy tales and stories from him.
21. Analogy: हा उपमा अलंकाराचा एक प्रकार आहे. दोन वस्तुंमधील साधर्म्याबाबत तर्क किंवा अनुमान केलेले असतांना Analogy अलंकार साधतो.
e.g. Tea is just like the nector to us.
To the woman life is just like a great struggle
22. Oxymoron (ऑक्सिमोरॉन) व्याघात अलंकारः हा Paradox चाच एक प्रकार आहे. अशक्य कोटीतल्या विरोधाभासाचे वर्णन करतांना Oxymoron अलंकार साधतो.
e.g. The deaf can hear, the blind can recover sight.
23. Pun (पन) श्लेष अलंकारः एकाच शब्दाने जेव्हा दोन भिन्न अर्थ व्यक्त केले जातात, तेव्हा अलंकार साधतो.
24. Transferred Ephithet (ट्रन्स्फर्ड एपिथेट) परावर्तीत गुणविशेष अलंकारः विशिष्ट शब्दाचा गुणविशेष दुस-या शब्दाकडे बहाल करतां Transferred Ephithet ना अलंकार साधतो.
25. Euqhemism (यूफिमिझम) मृदु पर्यायोक्त अलंकारः कडू अर्थ गोड शब्दांनी किंवा अप्रिय गोष्ट सौम्य शब्दात व्यक्त करतांना Euqhemism चा वापर करतात. यामध्ये प्रतिकांमधून वास्तव सूचित करतात.
e.g. (i) ……… before them asre closed for ever. (Died)
(ii) Mr. Tommy has a full figure. (Fat)
(iii) The great man of my town passed away yesterday. (Died)
26. Exclamation (एक्सक्लॅमेशन) उदगारसूचक अलंकारः ज्या अलंकारामध्ये उत्स्फूर्त भावनांचा आविर्भाव व्यक्त होतो, त्या अलंकाराला Exclamation असे म्हणतात.
e.g. (i) Too old to work now, ah! Young enough to live, hee!
(ii) Ah! You will miss us, right well we know.
(iii) Height, Tidy! Ho, tidy! Height, Tidy!
- Some more example for practice:
Name the figures of speech and explain them:
- The mighty Pyramids of stone
That wedge-like cleave the desert airs.
à (a) Name of the figure of speech: Simile
(b) Explanation: Here in these lines ‘the mighty Pyrimids are compared to wedges.
(c)The word ‘like’ here signifies the comparison
2. Out of the eyes of hundred flowers.
à(a) Name of the figure of speech: Hyperbole
(b) Explanation: as clear overstatement.
3. Down they came fluttering one and all.
à(a) Name of the figure of speech: Onomatopoeia.
(b) Explanataion: Sound is expressed in the onomatopoeic word ‘fluttering’
4. To God, I wept and said.
à(a) Name of the figure of speech: Inversion
(b) Explanation: The right order is: I wept and said to God
5. Out teacher told a tale of a tiger.
à (a) Name of the figure of speech: Alliteration.
(b) Explanation: The sound of‘t’ is repeated here.
6. I want to know the dangers and the wonders of the deep.
à (a) Name of the figure of speech: Antithesis.
(b) Explanation: Here two apposite ideas ‘the dangers’ and ‘the wonders’ are expressed.
7. At the end of the day he exudes a quiet smile of satisfaction.
à (a) Name of the figure of speech: Euphemism
(b) Explanation: Here the writer wants to suggest ‘old age’ of the man or the grandfather. ‘At the end of the day.’ Means the ‘old age’
8. But we have feet to scale and climb
à(a) Name of the figure of speech: Tautology.
(b) Explanation: Here two words of the same meaning are used. They are ‘scale’ and ‘climb’
9. Just smile, little man, just smile!
à(a) Name of the figure of speech: Repetition
(b) Explanation: The phrase ‘just smile’ is repeated here.
10. Let the same light kiss them. (Eyes)
à(a) Name of the figure of speech: Personification
(b) Explanation: Here light is personified. It is given a human quality of kissing.
11. He hit his head against the beam.
à(a) Name of the figure of speech: Alliteration
(b) Explanation: A consonantal sound is repeated in close succession.
12. And he made the blood to fly.
à(a) Name of the figure of speech: Hyperbole
(b) Explanation: a clear overstatement.
13. Out of the eyes of hundred flowers.
à (a) Name of the figure of speech: Hyperbole
(b) Explanation: a clear overstatement.
14. That the blood ran down to his toes.
à(a) Name of the figure of speech: Hyperbole
(b) Explanation: a clear overstatement.
15. And the whoosh whoosh of washing machine.
à(a) Name of the figure of speech: Onomatopoeia.
(b) Explanation: Onomatopoeic words are used.
Exercise
[II] Name the figures of speech used or expressed in the following lines/sentences/stanzas:
- The dark serpent of fate.
- At times in the open, holding his whip.
- Simply a line stretched towards me resembling a line of moving ants.
- Has coiled itself around the sacred basil.
- Ferocious animals crowd inside.
- The tender green heart you gently no urished.
- I go on performing circus-like.
- Men cannot invite snowballs to visit them.
- Growing lilke wildnerness.
10. People standing where once stood the trees.
11. Let the sweat soak, into the black soil!
12. Please help keep it safe, God!
13. Teach us the strength that cannot seek
By deed or thought, to hurt the weak.
14. O help they children when the call.
15. You friendly Earth!
16. Life is queer what its twists and turns.
17. Sweet, my dear, what ails you!
No but I am well
The night was cold and frosty
There’s no more to tell.
18. I want to light the dark route.
19. O moon, give me moonlight, basketful of moonlight.
20. My slate remains blank in spite of writing.
21. Ay, the night was frosty
Coldly gaped the moon,
Yet the birds seemed twittering
Through green boughts of June.
[II] Name the figures of speecha and explain them:
1. I want to hear fairy tales and stories from him.
2. Like the plumes of a peacock, purple and green.
3. The cloudy summits of our time.
4. Keep fit, little man, keep fit!
5. To comfort his sad heart.
6. The bird carries a message.
7. Having my law the seventh time disobeyd.
8. That she was the rude one, the great, the thief.
9. Whether you’re given out or in.
10. Ah, when at last we lie with tranced breath.
ANSWERS
Figures of speech
[I] (1) Metaphor (2) Alliteration (3) Simile (4) Metaphor (5) Metaphor (6) Synecdoche (7) Simile (8) Personification (9) Simile (10) Antithesis (11) Metaphor (12) Apostrophe (13) Inverion (14) Apostrophe (15) Personification (16) Alliteration (17) Antithesis (18) Antithesis (19) Apostrophe (20) Paradox (21) Antithesis.
[II]
- (a) Tautology (b) Here two words having same meaning are used. They are ‘tales’ and ‘stories’
- (a) Alliteration (b) Here the sound of ‘p’ is repeated.
- (a) Metaphor (b) Here the ‘difficult achievements’ are compared to ‘cloudy summits’.
- Repetitio (b) the phrase ‘keep fit’ is repeated.
- (a) Transferred Epithet (b) The adjective ‘sad’ is transferred from ‘boy’ to ‘heart’
- (a) Personification (b) Here ‘the bird’ is personified by giving a human quality of travelling.
- (a) Inversion (b) The right order of words is: ‘having disobey’d my law the seventh time’
- (a) Climax (b) Ideas are arranged in order of status.
- (a) Antithesis (b) Two opposite ideas are expressed.
10. (a) Euphemism (b) Here the sad fact of ‘death’ is expressed in milder words.
Words of Confused (संभ्रमात टाकणारे शब्द)
Words often confused
[a = adjective, adv = adverb, aux = auxiliary, con = conjunction, cont = contraction, n = noun, pre = preposition, pron = pronoun, v = verb]
- Abode, abroad
(a) Abode (n) (अबोड) घर, निवासस्थान
(b) Abroad (adv) (अब्रॉड) परदेशात, दूर्वर
- Accept, except
(a) Accept (v) (ऍक्सेप्ट) स्विकारणे
(b) Except (pre) (एक्सेप्ट) शिवाय
- Accident, incident
(a) Accident (n) (ऍक्सिडेंट) अपघात
(b) Incident (n) (इन्सिडेंट) प्रसंग
- Across, cross
(a) Across (pre) (ऍक्रॉस) च्या पलिकडे
(b) Cross (v) (क्रॉस ) ओलांडणे
- Adapt, adept, adopt
(a) Adapt (v) (ऍडॅप्ट) अनुकूल बनविणे, जुळवून घेणे.
(b) Adept (a) (ऍडॅप्ट) प्रविण, कुशल, तरबेज
(c) Adopt (v) (ऍडॉप्ट) दत्तक घेणे, स्विकारणे.
- Advice, advise
(a) Advice (v) (ऍडव्हाइस) उपदेश, सल्ला
(b) advise (v) (ऍडव्हाइझ) उपदेश करणे.
- Affect, effect
(a) Affect (v) (अफेक्ट) परिणाम करणे
(b) Effect (n) (इफेक्ट) परिणाम
- Again, against
(a) Again (adv) (अगेन) पुन्हा
(b) Against (pre) ( अगेन्स्ट) च्या विरुध्द
- Age, edge
(a) Age (n) (एज) वय
(b) Edge (n) (एज) टोक, कडा, काठ
10. Aim, am
(a) Aim (v) (एम) नेम धरणे, ध्येय असणे, ची महत्वकांशा बाळगणे.
(b) Am (aux)(ऍम) आहे
11. Air, ere, err, heir
(a) Air (n) (एअर) हवा
(b) ere (pre)(एअर) पूर्वी
(c) err(v)(अर) चुकणे
(d) heir (n) (एअर) वारस, वारसदार
12. All, awl
(a) all (n) (ऑल) सर्वकाही, सर्वस्व; (a)सर्व, सगळा
(b) awl (n) (ऑल) आरी
13. An, and
(a) an (ऍन) उपपद
(b) and (conj)(ऍण्ड्) आणि
14. Anger, angle
(a) anger (n) (अँगर) राग, क्रोध
(b) angle (n) (अँगल) कोन
15. Ant, aunt
(a) Ant (n) (अँट) मुंगी
(b) Aunt (n) (आन्ट्) मावशी, काकू, आत्या, मामी
16. Appal, appeal
(a) Appal (v) (अपॉल) घाबरवून सोडणे
(b) Appeal (v) (अपील) विनंती करणे, वरच्या न्यायाधिशाकडे खटला नेणे.
17. Arc, arch
(a) Arc (n) (आर्क) वृत्तांश, वर्तुळाचा भाग
(b) Arch (n) (आर्च ) तोरण,कमान
18. Arm, harm
(a) Arm (n) (आर्म) बाहू, भूजा
(b) Harm (v) (हार्म) नुकसान करणे, दुखवणे, (n) इजा, दुखापत
19. As, ass, ash
(a) As (adv) (ऍज) प्रमाणे, सारखे तितकेचः (conj) जेव्हा, ज्याअर्थीः (pre) म्हणून
(b) Ass (n) (ऍस) गाढव
(c) ash (n) (ऍश) राख
20. Ate, eight, yet.
(a) Ate (v) (एट) खाल्ले/खात असे (eat चे भूतकाळी रुप)
(b) Eight (a) (एट) आठ
(c) Yet (adv) (येट) अजून, तरी, तथापि; (conj) आणि, सुद्धा
21. Artist, artiste
(a) Artist (n) (आर्टिस्ट) चित्रकार
(b) Artiste (n) (आर्टिस्ट) कलाकार
22. Aught, ought
(a) Aught (n) (ऑट) एखादी वस्तु (anything)
(b) Ought (aux) (ऑट) आवश्यक असणे, चांगले असणे.
23. Award, reward
(a) Award(n) (अवॉर्ड) बक्षिस, निर्णयः (v) देणे, निर्णय देणे
(b) Reward (n) (रिवॉर्ड) बक्षीस, मोबदल्याचे फळ; (v) बक्षीस देणे, फळ देणे
24. Bake, beck
(a) Bake (v) (बेक) भाजणे
(b) Beck (n) (बेक) खूण, लहान ओढा
25. Bale, bell, bail
(a) Bale (n) (बेल) गठ्ठा
(b) Bell (n) (बेल) घंटा, घंटी
(c) Bail (n) (बेल) जामीन
26. Ball, bawl
(a) Ball (n) (बॉल) चेंडू, गोळा
(b) Bawl (v) (बॉल) ओरडणे
27. Barn, born, borne
(a) Barn (n) (बार्न) कोठार
(b) Born (v) (बॉर्न) जन्मलेला (bear past participle)
(c) Borne (v) (बॉर्न) नेलेला, सहन केलेला (bear चे past participle)
(d) [(a) bear (बियर) जन्म देणे (b) bear (बियर) सहन करणे, नेणे]
28. Base, bass
(a) Base (n) (बेस) आधार, पाया, तळ
(b) Bass (a) (बेस) खोल, खालचा
29. Bath, bathe
(a) Bath (n) (बाथ) स्नान
(b) Bathe (v) (बेद) स्नान करणे
30. Batter, better
(a) Batter (v) (बॅटर) जोरात ठोकून काढणे, कडक टिका करणे
(b) Better (a) (बेटर) च्यापेक्षा चांगले; (n) जुगारी
31. Be, bee
(a) Be (aux) (बी) असणे, होणे
(b) Bee (n) (बी) मधमाशी, भ्रमर
32. Bear, beer, bier
(a) Bear (v) (बियर) सहन करणे, जन्म देणे; (n) अस्वल
(b) Beer (n) (बियर) मद्य, एक प्रकारची दारु
(c) Bier (n) (बियर) तिरडी, ताटी
33. Beat, bit.
(a) Beat (v) (बिट) मारणे, टोलावणे
(b) Bit (n)(बिट) तुकडा, अंश, भाग; (v) चावले (bite चा भूतकाळ)
34. Bed, bade
(a) Bed (n) (बेड) अंथरुण, नदीचे/ओढ्याचे पात्र
(b) Bade (v) (बेड) आज्ञा केली (bid) चा भूतकाळ
35. Beside, besides
(a) Beside (pre) (बिसाइड) च्या बाजूला, जवळ
(b) Besides (pre) (बिसाइड्स) शिवाय
36. Better, much better:
(a) Better: हे विशेषण असून त्याचा अर्थ “अधिक चांगला” असा आहे.
(b) Much better: म्हणजे पुरेसे चांगले; त्यापेक्षा अधिक चांगला.
37. Bile, boil
(a) Bile (n) (बाईल) पित्त
(b) Boil (v) (बॉईल) उकळणे
38. Birth, berth
(a) Birth (n) (बर्थ) जन्म
(b) Berth (n) (बर्थ) गलबत नांगण्याची जागा, झोपण्याची जागा.
39. Bite, bight
(a) Bite (v) (बाइट) चावणे
(b) Bight (n) (बाइट) लहान उपसागर, दोरीचे वेटोळे
40. Boar, bore
(a) Boar (n) (बोअर) रानडुक्कर
(b) Bore (v) (n) (बोअर) त्रास देणे, छिद्र पाडणे, (n) छिद्र, लांब पोकळी
41. Boon, bun
(a) Boon (n) (बून) वरदान
(b) Bun (n) (बन) गोडपूरी किंवा पाव
42. Bosh, boss
(a) Bosh (n) (बॉश) व्यर्थ बडबड
(b) Boss (n) (बॉस) मालक, धनी, प्रमुख
43. Bough, bow
(a) Bought (n) (बाऊ) फांदी
(b) Bow (v) (बाऊ) नमस्कार करणे, (n) गलबताचा पुढील भाग, धनुष्य
44. Bought, brought
(a) Bought (v) (बॉट) विकत घेतले (buy चा भूतकाळ)
(b) Brought (v) (ब्रॉट) आणले, (bring चा भूतकाळ)
45. Bowl, bowl
(a) Bowl (v) (बोल) चेंडू, प्याला
(b) Bowl (v) (बोल) चेंडू फेकणे, गोलंदाजी करणे
46. Brake, break
(a) Brake (n) (ब्रेक) गतिरोधक
(b) Break (v) (ब्रेक) तोडणे, मोडणे, फोडणे
47. Breath, breathe
(a) Breath (n) (ब्रेथ) श्वासोच्छवास, झुळूक, श्वास
(b) Breathe (v) (ब्रीद) श्वासोच्छ्वास करणे
48. Bus, buss
(a) Bus (n) (बस) बसगाडी
(b) Buss (n) (बस) मुका, चुंबन
49. By, buy, bye
(a) By (pre) (बाय) कडून, बाजूला जवळ
(b) Buy (v) विकत घेणे
(c) Bye (n) टोला न लागता केलेली धाव, निरोपदर्शक शब्द
50. Calender, calendar
(a) Calendar (n) (कॅलेंडर) दिनदर्शिका
(b) Calender (n) (कॅलेंडर) इस्तरी करण्याचे यंत्र (v) इस्तरी करणे
51. Cannon, conon
(a) Cannon (n) (कॅनन) मोठी तोफ
(b) Canon (n) (कॅनन) कायदा
52. Cant, can’t
(a) Cant (n) (कॉन्ट) सांकेतिक भाषा, उतरण
(b) Can’t (aux) (कॉन्ट) cannot शकत नाही
53. Canvas, canvass
(a) Canavas (n)(कॅनव्हस) जहाजाची शिडे
(b) Canvass (v) (कॅनव्हस) मदत गोळा करणे
54. Cash, cashe
a) Cash (n) (कॅश्) रोख रक्कम
b) Cashe (n) (कॅश्) लपवून ठेवण्याची जागा
55. Cast, caste, cost
a) Cast (v) (कास्ट) फेकणे, आकार देणे
b) Caste (n) (कास्ट) जात
c) Cost (v) (कॉस्ट्) किंमत असणे
56. Caught, cot
a) Caught (v) (कॉट्) पकडला (catch चा भूतकाळ व भूतकाळी धातुसाधित रुप)
b) Cot (n) (कॉट्) पलंग
57. Cell, sail, sell, shell, shale, sale
a) Cell (n) (सेल्) विजेरीचा एक भाग, कोठडी, पेशी
b) Sail (v) (सेल्) जलपर्यटनाला आरंभ करणे.
c) Sell (n) (सेल्) विकणे
d) Shell (n) (सेल्) कवच, टरफल
e) Sheale (n) (शेल्) नरम खडक
f) sale (n) (सेल्) विक्री
58. cencer, sensor
a) censer (n) (सेन्सर) धुपाचे भांडे, धुपारती
b) sensor (n) (सेन्सर) कठोर समालोचक, मुद्रणनियामक अधिकारी
59. cent, sent
g) cent (n) (सेंट्) एक तांब्याचे नाणे
a) sent (v) (सेंट्) पाठविले, send चे भूतकाळी व भूतकाळी धातुसाधित रुप
60. chaff, chap
h) chaff (n) (चॅफ्) भुसा
i) chap (n) (चॅप) व्यक्ती, प्राणी
61. Cheat, chit
a) Cheat (v) (चिट्) फसविणे
j) chit (n) (चिट्) चिट्ठी
62. cheek, chick
a) cheek (n) (चीक्) गाल
k) chick (n) (चिक्) कोंबडीचे पिलू
63. childish, childlike
a) childish (a) (चाइल्डिश्) पोरकट
b) childlike (a) (चाइल्डलाइक्) मोकळ्या मनाचा
64. cite, sight, site
(a) cite (v) (साइट) संदर्भ देणे
(b) sight (n) (साइट्) दृश्य, देखावा, दृष्टी
(c) site (n) (साइट) जागा
65. cloth, clothe, clothes
(a) cloth (n) (क्लॉथ) कापड
(b) clothe (v) (क्लोद्) कपडे घालणे
(c) clothes (n) (क्लोद्झ) पोषाख, कपडे
66. cock, caulk
(a) cock (n) (कॉक) कोंबडा
(b) caulk (v) (कॉक) गलबतातील भेगा बुजणे
67. colon, colonel
(a) colon (n) (कोलन) अपूर्ण विराम
(b) colonel (n) (कर्नल) कॅप्टन
68. daily, dally
(a) daily (adv) (डेइलि) दररोज
(b) dally (v) (डॅली) रमणे, गोंजारणे
69. dale, dwell, dell
(a) dale (n) (डेल्) दरी
(b) dwell (n) (ड्वेल) राहणे
(c) dell (n) (डेल) दरी
70. dander, danger
(a) dander (n) (डॅन्गर्) राग, क्रोध
(b) danger (n) (डेंन्जर) धोका, संकट
71. dawn, don
(a) dawn (n) (डॉन) पहाट, उदय, (v) उजाडणे
(b) don (v) (डॉन) अंगात घालणे(n) सभ्य गृहस्थ
72. dean, din
(a) dean (n) (डीन) विद्यापीठातील एका शाखेचा प्रमुख
(b) don (v) (डिन) मोठा आवाज, (v) गोगांट करणे.
73. dear, deer
(a) dear (a) (डिअर) प्रिय, महाग
(b) deer (n) (डिअर) हरण
74. decease, disease
(a) decease (n) (डिसीस्) मृत्यु
(b) disease (n) (डिसीझ्) रोग, आजार
75. deed, did
(a) deed (n) (डीड्) कृत्य, लेखी करार
(b) did (v) (डिड) केले (do चे भूतकाळी रुप)
76. deem, dim
(a) deem (v) (डिम) मानणे, वाटणे
(b) dim (a) (डिम) अंधूक, मंद, अस्पष्ट
77. deep, dip
(a) deep (a) (डिप्) खोल, गंभीर
(b) dip (v) (डिप्) बुडविणे
78. defer, differ
(a) defer (v) (डिफर्) लांबणीवर टाकणे
(b) differ (v) (डिफर्) फरक असणे
79. deign, den
(a) deign ( v) (डेइन) योग्य वाटणे, अनुग्रह करणे, कृपा करुन देणे
(b) den (n) (डेन्) गुहा, अभ्यासिका
80. deny, refuse
(a) deny (v) (डिनाई) नाकबूल करणे
(b) refuse (v) (रिफ्यूझ्) नकार दर्शविणे)
81. desert, dessert
(a) desert (n) (डेझर्ट) वाळवंट, निर्जन; (v) निर्मनुष्य असणे
(b) dessert (n) (डेझर्ट) जेवणानंतरचा फलाहार
82. diary, dairy
(a) diary (n) (डाइअरी) रोजनिशी
(b) dairy (n) (डेअरी) दुग्धालय, दूध व दूधाचे पदार्थ मिळण्याचे ठिकाण
83. die, dye
(a) (die) (v) (n) (डाइ) मरणे, (n) फासा, द्युत
(b) Dye (v) (डाइ) रंगविणे (n) रंग
84. Discover, invent
(a) Discover (v) (डिस्कव्हर) शोधून काढणे
(b) Invent (v) (इनव्हेंट) नवीन शोध लावणे
85. Doctorate, doctor
(a) Dectorate (n) (डॉक्टरेट) डॉक्टरची पदवी व दर्जा
(b) Doctor (n) (डॉक्टर) डॉक्टर, चिकित्सक, डॉक्टरची पदवी
86. Door, doer
(a) Door (n) (डॉर) दरवाजा
(b) Doer (n) (डुअर) कर्ता
87. Dose, doze
(a) Dose (n) (डोस) औषधाचा भाग
(b) Doze (v) (डोझ) डुलकी घेणे (n) डुलकी
88. Doubt, suspect
(a) Doubt (v) (डाऊट) शंका येणे; (n) शंका
(b) Suspect (v) (सस्पेक्ट) संशय वाटणे; (n) वहिमी; (a) संशयास्पद
89. Drown, sink
(a) Drown (v) (ड्राऊन) डुंबून मरणे
(b) Sink (v) (सिंक) डुंबणे
90. Dying, dyeing
(a) Dying (a) (डाइंग) मरण्याच्या बेतात असलेला
(b) Dyeing (n) (डाइंग) रंगविण्याची कला
91. Each, etch
(a) Etch (a/pre) (इच) प्रत्येक
(b) Etch (v) (एच) कोरणे
92. Each, every
(a) Each (a/pre) (इच्) प्रत्येक. याचा वापर दोन किंवा दोनापेक्षा जास्त वस्तुंचा उल्लेख असतांना करतात.
(b) Every (a) (एव्हरी) प्रत्येक. याचा वापर दोनापेक्षा जास्त वस्तुंचा उल्लेख असतांना करतात.
93. Ear, hear, here
(a) Ear (n) (इअर) कान
(b) Hear (v) (हिअर) एकणे
(c) Here (adv) (हिअर) येथे
94. Eat, it
(a) Eat (v) (ईट) खाणे
(b) It (pron) (इट) ते it=this and that
95. Enough, too
(a) Enough (इनफ) पुरेसे. एखादी गोष्ट पुरेशी असणे किंवा नसणे
(b) Too (टू) – वाजवीपेक्षा जास्त
96. Ewe, you, yew
(a) Ewe (n) (यू) मेंढी
(b) You (pron) (यू) तू किंवा तुम्ही
(c) Yew (n) (यू) एक नेहमी हिरवेगार असणारे झाड
97. excuse, forgive
(a) excuse (v) (एक्सक्यूझ्) माफ करणे
(b) forgive (v) (फर्गिव्ह) क्षमा करणे
98. extant, extend
(a) extant (a) (एक्सटॅण्ट) अस्तित्वात असलेला, विद्यमान
(b) extent (v) (एक्स्टेण्ड) पसरणे, लांब करणे
99. eye, I
(a) eye (n) (आइ) डोळा
(b) I (prone) (आइ) मी
- Fair, fare
(a) Fair (n) (फेअर्) यात्रा, (a) सुंदर, न्याय्य, प्रामाणिक, स्वच्छ.
(b) Fare (n) (फेअर्) प्रवासाचे भाडे, पुरविलेले अन्न (v) प्रगती करणे, घडणे
- Farmer, former
(a) Farmer (n) (फार्मर) शेतकरी
(b) Former(a) (फॉर्मर) दोघांपैकी पहिला, पूर्वीचा
- Farther, further
(a) Farther (adv) (फार्दर) फार लांब
(b) Further (adv) (फर्दर) आणखी पुढे; (a) अधिक
- Feat, feet, fit
(a) Feat (n) (फिट) मोठी कामगिरी
(b) Feet (n) (फिट्) पाय (अनेकवचन)
(c) Fit (a) (फिट्) योग्य लायक; (n) झटका (v)योग्य असणे
- Fed, fade
(a) Fed (v) (फेड) भरविले. Feed चा भूतकाळ
(b) Fade (a) (फेड्) निस्तेज
- Feed, eat
(a) Feed (v) (फिड) भरविणे
(b) Eat (v) (ईट) खाणे
- Feel, fill
(a) Feel (v) ( फिल्) वाटणे, स्पर्श करणे
(b) Fill (v) (फिल्) भरणे
- Few, a few, the few:
(a) Few (a) (फ्यू) – थोडे, अल्प, जवळजवळ नाहीच
(b) A few – थोडे, अल्प, पुरेसे नसले तरी थोडेसे असणे
(c) The few – थोडे, अल्प, पुरेसे नसले तरी आहे तेवढे सर्व
- Flea, flee
(a) Flea (n) – (फ्ली) पिसू
(b) Flee (v) (फ्ली) पळून जाणे
- Floor, flour
(a) Floor (n) (फ्लॉअर) जमीन, मजला
(b) Flour (n) (फ्लाऊअर) पीठ
- Flow, blow
(a) Flow (v) (फ्लो) पाणी वाहणे, द्रव पदार्थ वाहणे
(b) Blow (v) (ब्लो) वारा वाहणे, फुंकणे
- Flue, flew, flu
(a) Flue (n) (फ्लू) धूर वाहून नेणारी नळी, धुराडे
(b) Flew (v) (फ्लू) उडाल्या (fly चा भूतकाळ)
(c) Flu (n) (फ्लू) साथीचा शीतज्वर
- Former, formerly
(a) Former (a) (फॉर्मर) दोघांपैकी पहिला
(b) Formerly (adv) (फॉर्मर्लि) पूर्वी
- Forth, fourth
(a) Forth (adv) (फॉर्थ) पुढे
(b) Fourth (a) (फॉर्थ) चौथा
- Full, fool
(a) Full (a) (फुल) पूर्ण, भरलेला
(b) Fool (v) (फूल) मूर्ख बनविणे; (n) मूर्ख मनुष्य
- Gait, gate, get
(a) Gait (n) (गेइट) चालण्याची लकब
(b) Gate (n) (गेइट्) प्रवेशद्वार, फाटक
(c) Get (v) (गेट्) मिळणे, मिळविणे
- Gaol, goal
(a) Gaol (n) (गोल) तुरुंग, जेल
(b) Goal (n) (गोल) ध्येय
- Glass, gloss
(a) glass (n) (ग्लास्) काच, प्याला
(b) gloss (n) (ग्लॉस) टिप्पणी, भाष्य, चकचकित पृष्ठभाग
- Good, goods
(a) good (a) (गुड) चांगला-ली-ले
(b) goods (n) (गुड्झ) माल
- good, well
(a) good (a) (गुड) चांगला-ली-ले
(b) well (a) (वेल) बरा, सुस्थितीत, योग्य; (adv) चांगल्या रितीने
- green, grin
(a) green (a) (ग्रीन) हिरवा
(b) (grin) (v) (ग्रिन) दात काढून हसणे (n) विकट हास्य
- Hail, hale, hell
(a) hail (n) (हेइल) गार, (v)गारांचा वर्षाव होणे
(b) hale (a) (हेइल) निरोगी
(c) hell (n) (हेल) नरक
- haie, hare
(a) hair (n) (हेअर) केस
(b) hare (n) (हेअर) ससा
- hall, haul
(a) hall (n) (हॉल) दिवाणखाणा
(b) haul (v) (हॉल) जोराने ओढणे, खेचणे
- haven, heaven
(a) haven (n) (हेइव्हन) बंदर, आश्रयस्थान, निवा-याची जागा
(b) heaven (n) (हेव्हन) स्वर्ग, अत्यानंदाची स्थिती
- heap, hip
(a) heap (n) (हिप) ढिग, रास
(b) hip (v) (हिप्) कटिप्रदेश, नितंब
- Heart, hurt
(a) Heart (n) (हर्ट्) ह्रदय
(b) Hurt (v) (हर्ट) इजा करणे, दुखापत करणे.
- hill, heal, he’ll, heel
(a) hill (n) (हिल्) टेकडी
(b) heal (v) (हिल्) निरोगी करणे, बरा करणे
(c) he’ll (cont) (हिल्) he will/he shall
(d) heel (n) (हील्) टाच
- hit, heat
(a) hit (v) (हिट्) टोला मारणे
(b) heat (n) (v) (हिट्) उष्णता; (v) तापविणे
- hole, whole
(a) hole (n) (होल्) छिद्र
(b) whole (a) (होल्) संपूर्ण
- individual, individually
(a) individual (a) (इन्डिव्हिज्युअल) वैयक्तिक
(b) individually (adv) (इन्डिव्हिज्युअल) व्यक्तिशः
- in, inn
(a) in (pre) (इन्) आत
(b) inn (n) (इन्) खाणावळ
- its, it’s
(a) its (pron) (इट्स) त्याचा-ची-चे
(b) it’s (cont) (इट्स) it is ते आहे.
- jam, jamb
(a) jam (v) (जॅम) पिळून काढणे, चेंगरणे (n) मुरंबा
(b) jamb (n) (जॅम्) दाराच्या/खिडकीच्या बाजूचा खांब
- jazz, judge
(a) jazz (n) (जॅझ) निग्रो लोकांचे एक बेसूर नृत्य, गोंगाट, बेपर्वाई
(b) judge (n) (जज्) न्यायाधिश
- keel, kill
(a) keel (n) (कील्) गलबताचा कणा
(b) kill (v) (किल्) ठार मारणे
- keen, kin
(a) keen (a) (किन्) तीक्ष्ण, उत्सुक
(b) kin (n) (किन्) नातलग, गोतावळा
- kneel, nil
(a) neel (v) (नील्) गुडघे टेकणे
(b) nil (n) (निल्) नाही शून्य
- knit ,neat, nit
(a) nit (v) (निट्) विणणे
(b) neat (a) (नीट्) व्यवस्थित
(c) nit (n) (निट्) लिख (उवांचे अंडे)
- late, let
(a) late (a) (लेट्) उशिरा
(b) let (v) (लेट्) परवानगी घेणे/देणे
- later, latter
(a) later (adv) (लॅटर) नंतर
(b) latter (a) (लॅटर) दोघांपैकी दुसरा
- Latter, latter on:
(a) latter: दोन व्यक्तींपैकी दुस-याचा उल्लेख करतांना latter शब्दाचा वापर करतात.
(b) latter on: हा एक वाक्प्रचार असून त्याचा अर्थ afterwards असा आहे.
- lawyer, lyer, liar
(a) lawyer (n) (लॉयर) वकील
(b) lyer (n) (लायर्) तंतुवाद्य
(c) liar (n) (लायर्) खोटे बोलणारा
- lay, lie, lye
(a) lay (v) (ले) ठेवणे, घालणे; (lie चा भूतकाळ ) (n) गीत, पोवाडा
(b) lie (v) (लाइ) खोटे बोलणे, आडवा होणे, पहुडणे, (n)खोटे
(c) lye (n) (लाय) सोडाखाराचे मिश्रण
- leak, lick
(a) leak (n) (लिक्) छिद्र
(b) lick (v) (लिक्) चाटणे
- leap, lip
(a) leap (n) (लीप्) उडी
(b) lip (n) (लिप्) ओठ
- lessen, lesson
(a) lessen (v) (लेसन्) कमी करणे
(b) lesson (n) (लेसन्) धडा, पाठ
- lightening, lightning
(a) lightening (a) (लाइटनिंग्) प्रकाशित करणारा, हलके करणारा.
(b) lightning (n) (लाइटनिंग्) आकाशातील आवाज
- like, alike
(a) like (v) (लाइक्) आवडणे; (pre) सारखा, प्रमाणे (a) समान
(b) alike (a) (अलाइक) सारखे, समान (adv) त्याचप्रमाणे
- list, least
(a) list (n) (लिस्ट) यादी
(b) least (a) (लीस्ट) कमीत कमी
- little, a little, the little:
(a) little (a) (लिटल) थोडे, अल्प, जवळजवळ नाहीच
(b) a little थोडे, अल्प, पुरेसे नसले तरी थोडसे असणे
(c) the little थोडे, अल्प, पुरेसे नसले तरी आहे तेवढे सर्व
- live, leave
(a) live (v) (लिव्ह) राहणे
(b) leave (v) (लीव्ह) सोडून जाणे
- loan, lone
(a) loan (n) (लोन्) कर्ज (v) उसने देणे
(b) lone (a) (लोन्) एकटा
- lion, loin
(a) lion (n) (लायन्) सिंह
(b) loin (a) (लायन्) कमर, कटिप्रदेश
- look, see
(a) look (v) (लुक) लक्षपूर्वक पाहणे
(b) see (v) (सी) पाहणे
- loose, lose
(a) loose (a) (लूस) सैल (v) सैल करणे
(b) lose (v) (लूझ) गमावणे, मुकणे
- lost, last
(a) lost (v) (लॉस्ट) हरवलेला (v) lose चे भूतकाळी व भूतकाळी धातुसाधित रुप
(b) last (a) (लास्ट) शेवटचा-ची-चे-च्या; (v) टिकणे
- made, maid
(a) made (v) (मेइड) बनविले, (make चा भूतकाळ व भूतकाळी धातुसाधित रुप
(b) maid (n) (मेइड) कुमारिका, दासी, मोलकरीण
- mail, male
(a) mail (n) (मेइल) टपाल
(b) male (n) (मेइल) पुरुष, नर
- main, mane,men
(a) main (n) (मेइन) मुख्य
(b) mane (n) (मेइन्) आयाळ
(c) men (n) (मेइन) माणसे, पुरुष
- many, much
(a) many (a) (मेनी) पुष्कळ, संख्येने Countable Nouns मोजण्यासाठी
(b) much (a) (मच) पुष्कळ, परिमाणाने Uncountable Nouns मोजण्यासाठी
- map, mop
(a) map (n) (मॅप) नकाशा
(b) mop (n) (मॉप) पोतेरे
- mark, marquee
(a) mark (n) (मार्क) निशाण, खूण, गुण
(b) marquee (n) (मार्क) शत्रूची व्यापारी जहाजे लुटण्याचा सरकारी परवाना
- marry, merry
(a) marry (v) (मॅरी) लग्न करणे
(b) merry (a) (मेरी) आनंदी
- meal, mill
(a) meal (n) (मील) भोजन, जेवण
(b) mill (n) (मील्) गिरणी
- mean, mien
(a) mean (a) (मीन) क्षुद्र, (n) सरासरी, मधला पक्ष (v) अर्थ असणे
(b) mein (n) (मीन) आकार, चर्चा
- medal, meddle
(a) medal (a) (मेडल) पदक
(b) meddle (v) (मेडल्) हस्तक्षेप करणे
- meat, meet
(a) meat (n) (मीट्) मांस, मटण
(b) meet (v) (मीट्) भेटणे
- metal, mettle
(a) metal (n) (मेटल्) धातू
(b) mettle (n) (मेटल) धैर्य, तेज
- meter, metre
(a) meter (n) (मीटर) मोजमाप करणारे यंत्र, लांबीचे माप
(b) metre (n) (मीटार) छंद, वृत्त
- metropolis, metropolitan
(a) metropolis (n) (मेट्रोपॉलिस्) मुख्य शहर, राजधानी
(b) metropolitan (a) ( मेट्रोपॉलिटन्) राजधानीतील
- moral, morale
(a) moral (a) (मॉरल) नैतिक
(b) morale (b) (मोराल) नितीमत्ता, मानसिक धैर्य
- morning, mourning
(a) morning (मॉर्निंग) सकाळ
(b) mourning (मोर्निंग) शोक
- new, knew
(a) new (a) (न्यू) नवा
(b) knew (v) (न्यू) know चा भूतकाळ
- night, knight
(a) night (n) (नाइट) रात्र
(b) knight (n) (नाइट्) सरदार
- no, know
(a) no (a) (नो) नाही
(b) know (v) (नो) माहीत असणे, जाणणे
- not, knot, naught
(a) not (adv) (नॉट) नाही
(b) knot (n) (नॉट्) गाठ
(c) naught (n) (नॉट) काहीच नाही, शून्य (nothing)
- o’clock, clock
(a) o’clock (adv) (अक्लॉक्) वाजता
(b) clock (n) (क्लॉक) घड्याळ
- of, off
(a) of (pre) (ऑफ) चा-ची-चे च्या
(b) off (pre) (ओफ्) दूर
- one, won
(a) one (a) (वन) एक
(b) won (b) (वन) जिंकला (win चा भूतकाळ व भूतकाळी धातुसाधित रुप)
- pail, pale
(a) pail (n) (पेइल) घागर
(b) pale (n) (पेइल) सिमा; (a) निस्तेज; (v) फिका पडणे, कुंपण घालणे
- pain, pen
(a) pain (n) (पेइन) वेदना
(b) pen (n) (पेन्) लेखणी, गोठा
- pate, pet
(a) pate (n) (पेट) डोक्याचा पृष्ठभाग
(b) pet (n) (पेट) आवडता प्राणी; (a) लाडका, आवडता
- peace, piece
(a) peace (n) (पीस) शांती
(b) piece (n) (पिस्) तुकडा
- peel, pill
(a) peel (n) (पील्) साल
(b) pill (n) (पिल्) औषधाची गोळी
- peep, pip
(a) peep (v) (पीप्) डोकावणे
(b) pip (n) (पीप्) बी
- pick, peak
(a) pick (v) (पिक्)निवडणे, उचलणे, तोडणे
(b) peak (n) (पीक्) शिखर, टोक
- place, palace
(a) place (n) (v) (प्लेइस्) जागा; (v) ठेवणे
(b) palace (n) (पॅलिस्) राजवाडा
- plain, plane
(a) plain (a) (प्लेइन्) साधा, सरळ, मैदान
(b) plane (n) (v) (प्लेइन्) विमान, पूर्ण सपाट प्रदेश, रंधा; (v) गुळगुळीत करणे
- plate, plait
(a) plate (n) (प्लेइट्) थाळी, पत्रा
(b) plait (n) (v) (प्लॅट्) वेणी (v) वेणी घालणे
- poison, poisonous
(a) poison (n) (पॉइझन्) विष
(b) poisonous (a) (पॉइझनस्) विषारी
- pollution, polluted
(a) pollution (n) (पॉल्यूशन ) प्रदुषण
(b) polluted (a) (पॉल्यूटेड ) प्रदूषित, अस्वच्छता, अस्वच्छ
- pore, pour
(a) pore (n) ( पॉर् ) लहान छिद्र; (v)काळजीपूर्वक अभ्यास करणे
(b) pour (v) (पॉर्) ओतणे, वर्षाव करणे
- practice, practise
a) practice (n) ( प्रॅक्टिस् ) सराव
b) practice (v) (प्रॅक्टिस)सराव करणे
- pray, prey
a) pray (v) ( प्रेइ) प्रार्थना करणे
b) prey (n) ( प्रेइ) भक्ष्य, शिकार
- principal, principle
a) principal (n) ( प्रिंन्सिपल्) प्राचार्य, मुख्य, मुद्दल
b) principle (n) ( प्रिन्सिपल्) तत्व, नीतितत्व
- prize, price
a) prize (n) (प्राइझ्) बक्षीस
b) price (n) (पाइस) किंमत
- qualm, calm
a) qualm (n) (क्वॉम्) उमाळा, संशय, बेचैनी
b) calm (a) (काम्) शांत
- quay, key
a) quay (n) (की) बोटीचा धक्का
b) key (a) (की) किल्ली
- quiet, quite
a) quiet (a) ( क्वाइअट्) शांत; (n) शांतता; (v)शांत करणे
b) quite (adv) (क्वाइट्) अगदी, पूर्णपणे
- rain, reign
a) rain (n) (रेइन्) पाऊस
b) reign (n) (रेइन्) कारकीर्द
- reach, rich
a) reach (v) (रीच्) पोहोचणे
b) rich (a) (रिच)श्रीमंत
- read, red
a) read (v) (रेड) वाचले (read चे भूतकाळी व भूतकाळी धातुसाधित)
b) red (a) (रेड) तांबडे
- read, reed, rid
a) read (v) (रीड्) वाचणे
b) reed (n) (रीड्) बोरु, वेणू, वाद्य
c) rid (v) (रिड्) मुक्त करणे
- reap, rip
a) reap (v) (रीप्) शेत कापणे, कापणी करणे
b) rip (v) (रिप्) जोराने फाडणे; (n) खाडीतील विशेष खवळलेला भाग
- resident, residence
a) resident (n) (रेझिडन्ट) रहिवाशी
b) residence (n) (रेझिडन्स्) निवास, घर
- right, write, rite
a) right (a) (राइट्) योग्य, बरोबर; (n) हक्क, उजवा
b) rite (n) (राइट्) धार्मिक विधी
c) write (v) (राइट्) लिहिणे
- rim, rime
a) rim (n) (रिम्) किनार, कडा
b) rime (n) (राइम्) हिम, दव, तुषार
- ring, wring
(a) ring (v) (रिंग्) वाजणे, वाजवणे
(b) wring (v) (रिंग्) पिळून काढणे
- road, rode
(a) road (n) (रोड्) सडक, रस्ता
(b) rode (v) (रोड्) स्वार झाला (ride चा भूतकाळ)
- role, roll
(a) role (n) (रोल्) भूमिका
(b) roll (n) (रोल्) गुंडाळी, पट, यादी (v) गुंडाळणे, वळकटी करणे.
- root, rout, route
(a) root (n) (रुट) मूळ, उगम, पाया
(b) rout (v) (राऊट) पराभव करणे, (n) पूर्ण पराभव
(c) route (n) (रुट) मार्ग
- sail, sale, cell, sell
(a) sail (v) (सेइल्) जलपर्यटन करणे
(b) sale (n) (सेइल्) विक्री
(c) cell (n) (सेल) विजेरीचे सेल
(d) sell (v) (सेल्) विकणे
- sailor, seller
(a) sailor (n) (सेलर्) खलाशी
(b) seller (n) (सेलर्) विक्रेता
- seasonal, seasonable
(a) seasonal (a) (सीझनल) हंगामी
(b) seasonable (a) (सीझनेबल) हंगामाला योग्य
- seen, scene, sin
(a) seen (v) (सीन) see चे past participle
(b) scene (n) (सीन्) देखावा
(c) sin (n) (सिन्) पाप
- ship, sheep
(a) ship (n) (शिप्) जहाज
(b) sheep (n) (शीप्) मेंढी, मेंढ्या
- sit, seat
(a) sit (v) (सिट्) बसणे
(b) seat (n) (सीट्) आसन
- sleep, slip
(a) sleep (v) (स्लीप्) झोपणे
(b) Slip (v) (स्लिप्) निसटणे, घसरणे
- Some, any
(a) Some (a) (सम्) काही, थोडे (होकारार्थी वाक्यात वापरतात.)
(b) Any (a) (एनि) काही, थोडे, कोणीही (प्रश्नार्थक व नकारार्थी वाक्यात वापरतात.)
- Some, sum
(a) Some (a) (सम्) काही, थोडे
(b) Sum (n) (सम्) रक्कम
- Sole, soul
(a) Sole (a) (सोल्) एकमेव
(b) Soul (n) (सोल्) आत्मा
- Son, sun
(a) Son (n) (सन) पूत्र
(b) Sun (n) (सन्) सूर्य
- Soot, suit
(a) Soot (a) (सुट) काजळ
(b) Suit (v) (स्यूट) योग्य असणे (n)
- Stationary, stationery
(a) Stationary (a) (स्टेशनरि) स्थिर
(b) Stationery (n) (स्टेशनरि) लेखनसाहित्य
- Steal, steel
(a) Steal (v) (स्टील्) चोरणे
(b) Steel (n) (स्टील) पोलाद
- Sweet, suite:
(a) Sweet (a) (स्वीट) गोड
(b) Suite (n) (स्वीट्) राजा किंवा मोठी व्यक्ती यांचा परिवार
- tail, tale, tell
(a) tail (n) (टेइल) शेपूट
(b) tale (n) (टेइल्) गोष्ट
(c) tell (v) (टेल्) सांगणे
- tailor, teller
(a) tailor (n) (टेइलर्) शिंपी
(b) teller (n) (टेलर्) सांगणारा
- taste, test
(a) taste (v) (टेइस्ट्) चव घेणे; (n)चव, रुची
(b) est (n) (टेस्ट) परीक्षा, कसोटी
- teak, tick
(a) teak (n) (टीक्) साग
(b) tick (n) (टिक्) टकटक् असा आवाज
- team, teem
(a) team (n) (टीम्) संघ
(b) teem (v) (टीम्) विपूल असणे
- tear, tier
(a) tear (n) (टिअर्) अश्रु; (v) फाडणे
(b) Tier (n) (टिअर) रांग, ओळ
- there, their
(a) there (pron) (देअर) तेथे
(b) their (pron) (देअर्) त्यांचा-ची-चे-च्या
- vacation, vocation
(a) vacation (n) (व्हेकेशन्) सुट्टी
(b) vocation (n) (व्हेकेशन्) व्यवसाय
- vain, vein
(a) vain (a) (व्हेइन्) व्यर्थ
(b) vein (n) (व्हेइन्) नस, रक्तवाहिनी
- veil, vale
(a) veil (n) (व्हेइल्) आवरण, बुरखा
(b) vale (n) (व्हेइल्) दरी
- waste, waist, west
(a) waste (v) (वेइस्ट्) वाया जाणे
(b) waist (n) (वेइस्ट) कमर
(c) west (n) (वेइस्ट) पश्चिम
- wave, weave
(a) wave (v) (व्हेइव्) हालणे, फडफडणे; (n) लाट, लहर, तरंग
(b) weave (v) (व्हीव्ह्) विणणे, तयार करणे; (n) वीण
- we, wee
(a) we (pron) (वी) आम्ही
(b) wee (a) (वी) चुमुकला
- wed, we’d
(a) wed (v) (वेड्) लग्न करणे
(b) we’d (cont) (वीड्) we had/we should/we would
- weight, wet
(a) weight (n) (वेट्) वजन
(b) wet (a) (वेट्) ओला
- well, wale, wail
(a) well (n) (वेइल्) विहिर (a) चांगला
(b) wale (n) (वेइल्) वळ; (v) वळ उठणे
(c) wail (n) (वेइल्) आक्रोश; (v) आक्रोश करणे
- we’ll, will, weal
(a) we’ll (cont) (वील्) we shall/we will
(b) will (aux) (वील्) भविष्यकाळी साहाय्यकारी क्रियापद; (n) इच्छा, मृत्युपत्र
(c) weal (n) (वील्) कल्याण, सुख
- weather, whether
(a) weather (n) (वेदर्) हवा
(b) whether (conj) (व्हेदर्) जर
- while, wile
(a) while (con) (व्हाइल्) जेव्हा, जोपर्यंत
(b) wile (n) (वाइल्) कपट, कावा
- win, wean
(a) win (v) (विन्) जिंकणे
(b) wean (v) (वीन्) सवय मोडणे
- wine, whine
(a) wine (a) (वाइन्) दारु
(b) whine (n) (व्हाइन्) किरकिर, पिरपिर, रडगाणे; (v)पिरपिर करणे
- worm, warm
(a) worm (n) (वर्म) किटक
(b) warm (a) (वॉर्म) उबदार
- wrest, rest
(a) wrest (v) (रेस्ट्) बळजबरीने घेणे
(b) rest (v) (रेस्ट्) विश्रांती घेणे; (n) विश्रांती
- write, wright
(a) write (v) (राइट्) लिहिणे
(b) wright (n) (राइट्) कर्ता, करणारा
- year, ear
(a) year (n) (यिअर) वर्ष
(b) ear (n) (इअर्) कान
- yeast, east
(a) yeast (n) (यीस्ट) दारुचा फेस
(b) east (n) (इस्ट) पूर्व
- yelp, help
(a) yelp (n) (येल्प) कुत्र्याचे कर्कश भूंकणे; (v) किंकाळी फोडणे
(b) help (v) (हेल्प) मदत करणे; (n) (मदत)
- yoke, yolk
(a) yoke (n) (योक्) जोखड, जू
(b) yolk (n) (योक्) अंड्यातील पिवळा बलक
- Some examples solved for practice:
- Choose the proper word from the pairs given in brackets and fill in the blanks:
1. Today is not a special day on the ………… (Calendar, calender)
à Today is not a special day on the calendar.
- At that time I was teaching as well as studying for my ……….. degree.(doctor/doctorate)
è At that time I was teaching as well as studying for my doctorate degree
- King Cobra is a ………..snake. (poison/poisonous)
è King Cobra is a poisonous snake.
- Kolkata is one of the ………… cities in India. ( metropolis/metropolitan)
è Kolkata is one of the metropolis cities in India
- Our ……….. Principlal was a famous poet. (former/formerly)
è Our formerly principal was a famous poet.
- My teacher is the ………of Satara district. (resident/residence)
è My teacher is the resident of Satara district.
- Now-a-days Pune is recorded as a ……….city (pollution/polluted)
è Now-a-days Pune recorded as a polluted city.
- I decided to ……….. Her once I walke into the house. (tell/tale)
è I decided to tell her once I walked into the house.
- The evening when I came ………..from school, mother was busying herself in the kitchen. (house/home)
è The evening when I came home from school, mother was buying herself in the kitchen.
- Did you ………. Him with the load? (live/leave)
è Did you leave him with the load?
Exercise
- Choose the proper words from the pairs given in the brackets and fill in the blanks:
- Gladstone was preparing a speech he was to deliver in parliament, he was called to visit a ………..boy. (dyeing/dying)
- The beggar’s ………...were stained with mud. (feet/feat)
- Without the ………….hesitation, he gave the cap to the beggar. (list/least)
- I was singing before I went to ………… (slip/sleep)
- These birds offer him fruits because they listened to his ……….. Song. (sweet/sweat)
- Four stations ………… as the train was pulling out of Mumbai Central, two men suddenly leapt in. (later/latter)
- ………..he takes it. (let/late)
- My ……….. Skipped a beat. (hurt/heart)
- I sat ……….the pond wondering why I disliked Payal. (beside/besides)
10. As soon as the last shot was ………., Rathore lifted his hand. (hit/heat)
11. He wrote ………..stories. (much/many)
12. The bus …………for most distances. (fare/fair)
13. Please give me ……….more jam. (some/many)
14. Wake up early …………to eat a full breakfast. (too, enough)
15. As a skipper, I have to lead by ……….example. (personnel, personal)
16. This house is all ………..(womanly, woman)
17. Tears welled up in my eyes at the……….(site/sight)
18. I…………...quite proud about my country. (fill/feel)
19. The teacher said to the students, “keep………..(quiet/quite)
20. Mantharaka wanted a ……… of wood for his broken loom. (peace/piece)
ANSWERS
- 1. Words often confused
[I] (1) dying (2) feet (3) least (4) sleep (5) sweet (6) later (7) let (8) heart (9) beside (10) hit.
(11) many (12) fare (13) some (14) enough (15) personal (16) womanly (17) sight (18)feel
(19) quiet (20) piece.
Phrases and Idioms (वाक्प्रचार)
Pharases and Idioms
An expression having some special and particular meaning is called a pharase / idiom. (अर्थपूर्ण शब्द समुहास Pharase / idiom असे म्हणतात)
E.g. (a) to look into चौकशी करणे (b) Of course अर्थातच
- Classification of Idioms :
[I] Phrases beginning with Infinitives (Verbal Phrases):
(1) Acquaint with : to make familiar to, (च्याशी परिचय करणे)
à My father acquainted the Inspector of Police with the facts.
(2) Agree with : to be in harmony with (सहमत होणे)
à King Bhoj and his ministers agreed with the wise old man.
(3) Ask for : to demand (मागणे, मागणी करणे)
à Yesterday a lord came in to my office to ask for a loan.
(4) Big farewell to : to saty good – bye (निरोप घेणे)
à The student bade farewell to their teachers at the time of send – off.
(5) Be able to : can (समर्थ असणे)
à The birds are able to guess anout the coming weather.
(6) Be afraid of : be scared fo, to fear (ची भिती वाटणे)
à Don’t be afraid of the lion wandering and roaring in the cage.
(7) Be based on : to depend upon (यावर अवलंबून असणे)
à Projects will bot be based on government decisions and people’s participation.
(8) Be glad : be happy (आनंदित होणे)
à I was glad to receive your prompt letter.
(9) Become aware of : to be sure of understanding (ची जाणीव होणे)
à A nation is born when it becomes aware of its own existence.
(10) Be eager to : be Important to (उत्सूक असणे, उतावीळ होणे)
àThe children are very enger to see the circus.
(11) Be familiar to : to be acquainted with.(परिचित असणे)
àThese guests aren’t strangers; they are fa miliar to us.
(12)Be famous for : to be well – known for.(यासाठी प्रसिध्द असणे)
à Shivaji was famous for his bravery as well as his bobleness.
(13) Be fond of : to like, to take pleasure in.(ची आवड असणे)
à Rupa was fond of listening the stories of ghosts.
(14) Be good at: be expert in (च्यामध्ये तरबेज असणे)
àAfter enough practice we were good at firing.
(15)Be known for: be famous for (च्यासाठी प्रसिद्ध असणे)
àThe three brothers in my village were known for their wisdom
(16)Believe in: to trust in (विश्वास ठेवणे)
àI do not believe in ghost stories.
(17)Belong to: to be possession of, to be the property of (च्या मालकीचे असणे)
àThis house belongs to my uncle.
(18) Be over: to end (शेवट होणे, संपणे)
àAs soon as the examination was over, the students went home.
(19)Be overjoyed: to become very happy (अत्यानंदित होणे)
àWhen they heard the good news of their grand success, they were overjoyed.
(20)Be unable to: can’t/couldn’t (असमर्थ असणे)
àThey were unable to carry their won supplies
(21)Break one’s promise: to disobey the promise (वचनभंग करणे)
àIf you break your promse, you will lose your prestige
(22)Break the ice: to speak first on a delicate matter (संभाषणास सुरुवात करणे)
àTo break the ice isn’t a very easy thing.
(23) Break out: to arise suddenly (अचानक उदभवणे)
àThe war will be broken out between India and Pakistan at any time.
(24)Bring up: to rear, to feed and educate (पालनपोषण करणे)
àThe old widow brought up the orphans as her own children.
(25)Buzz off: to go away (दूर जाणे)
àThe headmaster told the student to buzz off after the function
(26)Be taken back: be surprised (आश्चर्यचकीत होणे)
àThe robber was taken back with the behavior of the blind musician.
(27)Carry on: to continue. (पुढे चालू ठेवणे)
àIf you carry on your efforts in this way, you will succeed definitely.
(28)Carry out: to execute directions given. (पार पाडणे)
àThe ruler’s command was promptly carried out.
(29) Cast aside: to throw, to rejece (फेकणे, नाकारणे)
àCast aside your narrow thoughts and be contented.
(30)Catch sight of: to get a glimpse of (नजरेस पडणे)
àIn the dream Mohammad caught sight of the heap of golden coins lying in the middle of his bed.
(31)Catch up with: to overtake (उरलेले काम संपविणे, गाठणे)
àDuring this time I catch up with the morning news.
(32)Come about: to happen (घडणे)
àWhat will come about in his destiny, I don’t know.
(33) Come across: to meet by chance (गाठ पडणे)
àMadhav came across the news that Vijay Builders had lost all their assets.
(34)Come true: be true. (खरे ठरणे)
àThe foreacast of the snake came true.
(35)Confer on: to give (ला बहाल करणे)
àThe University of Pune conferred on Bhaurao Patil the honorary degree of D.Litt.
(36) Dart to: to go rapidly (जलद जाणे)
àThe tiger darted to the tree in which Jim was sitting.
(37)Depend upon: to rely upon (च्यावर अवलंबून असणे)
àYou can now be depended upon to take care of youself
(38) Fall apart: to come to pieces (छिन्नविछिन्न होणे)
àShodding toys fall apart after a few days.
(39) Fan out: to scater (विखुरणे, पांगणे)
àThe group fanned out through the underbrush, calling Josh’s name.
(40) Feel homesick: to be ill with longing for home (घराची ओढ लागणे)
àThe children felt homesick after catching into trouble
(41) Fight tooth and nail: fight very fiercely (बेभान होऊन लढणे)
Bajiprabhu Deshpande fought tooth and nail against the enemy.
(42) Get to: to reach (पोहोचणे)
àThe snail would get to the top soon.
(43)Get away: to escape (निसटणे)
àThe thief got away from the police
(44) Get on: to go up on (वर चढून जाणे)
àThey could not get on to the land at once.
(45)Get over: to overcome (मात करणे)
àOne can get over anything in time.
(46) Get rid of : become free from, remove (च्या पासून सुटका होणे)
à The best way to get tid of such loneliness is to mix with other boys.
(47) Ger up : wake up (उठणे)
à Well’ll do it when we get up in the morning.
(48) Get off : to recend (उतरणे)
à Theis is the place where I want to ger off.
(49) Give away : To distribute (वाटप करणे)
à King Shibi gave away all his royal treasure among his subjects.
(50)Give up: to sacrifice. To abandon (त्याग करणे, सोडून देणे)
à If he does not give up drinding, he will bring ruin upon his family.
(51)Gush into : flow or pore out of (वर्षाव करणे)
àThoughts gush into my mind.
(52)Hold back : to stop (थांबविणे)
à Abdul Hamid had gone too far to hold back the tide.
(53)Introduce to : to acquaint with(च्याशी परिचय करुन देणे)
à My father introduced me to the chief guest.
(54) Keep an eye on : to keep watch on (नजर ठेवणे)
à They had to keep an eye on whale sharks
(55) Keep on : to carry on (चालू ठेवणे)
à The eldest brother to keep on sitting on the carpet without leacing his seat
(56)Keep one’s promise : keep one’s word (वचन पाळणे)
à I’m sure thet he will keep his promise because he is a gentleman.
(57) Keep up : to continue (चालू ठेवणे)
à Moga knew how he should keep up our interest.
(58) Keep one’s spirit : to inspire, to animate with fresh courage (प्रेरित करणे)
à To keep up our soldier’ spirit Lata Mangeshkar sang a devotional song.
(59) Know no bounds : to become limitless (सीमा नसणे)
à His joys knew no bounds when he topped the list of successful candidates.
(60) Live on : to gain a livelihood (च्यावर जगणे)
à Farm – workers of our country live on daily wages.
(61) Look after : to take care of (काळजी घेणे)
à It’s our duty to look after our old parents.
(62) Look for : to search (शोधणे)
à The poor mother was looking for her lost child.
(63) Look forward to : to regurd some future event with pleasur (च्याकडे आशेने पाहणे)
à He was looking forward to play college football.
(64) Look into : to wnquiry, to investigate (चौकशी करणे)
àShivaji looked upon his mothe as a goddess.
(65) Look upon : to regard (मानणे)
à The Inspector of police looked into the case with is responsibility.
(66) Lose one’s credit : to ruin prestige (पत गमावणे)
à If people come to know about this theft, I shall lose my credit.
(67) Make both ends meet: to make one’s income meet one’s expenditure (जमा खर्चाची तोंडमिळवणी करणे)
àThose days most people find it difficult to make both ends meet.
(68) Make up one’s mind: to determind (संकल्प करणे)
àMy friend has made up his mind to become a doctor.
(69) Marvel at: to be astonished at (आश्चर्यचकीत होणे)
àWe marveled at the natural beauty of Narmada River in Madhya Pradesh
(70) Palm off: to accept something by fraud (वाममार्गाने मिळविणे)
àThey have been making the best of a protected market to palm off shoddily.
(71)Pass away: to die (मरणे)
àWhen my father passed away, mother grieved deeply.
(72)Pay attention to: to pay heed to, to listen to (च्याकडे लक्ष देणे)
àThe students didn’t pay attention to their teacher.
(73) Pick up: to take up (उचलणे)
àIn the morning Himshuka picked up the fruit and flew towards the palace.
(74) Pine for: to waste away through sorrow (तळमळणे)
àThe children who caught into trouble were pining for their homes.
(75) Poison the ears of: to say to one something that will be greatly injurious to another (कान फुंकणे)
àKalka poisoned the ears of the king because he wanted to put an end to Dhammaddhaja.
(76) Put an end to: to destroy, to make an end of (शेवट करणे)
àTukaram decided to put an end to his life, as his life-work was over.
(77) Put on: to wear (परिधान करणे)
àVikrant put on hes new clothes
(78) Refrain from: stop from doing something (परावृत्त करणे)
àWe will then refrain from pushing our knowledge down their young minds.
(79) Round up: collect together (एकत्र गोळा करणे)
àAlmost every single child of our age had been rounded up
(80) Rule out: to eliminate, to exclude (रद्द करणे)
àThey rulded out all other spots selected for an excursion
(81) Say farewell to: to bid good-bye to (निरोप घेणे)
àThey said farewell to their friends at the time of send-off
(82) Send for: to ask to come, to summon (बोलविणे, बोलावणे, पाठवणे)
àShall we send for the Doctor?
(83) Set out: to depart (जावयास निघणे)
àThe ladies Club set out for a picnic early in the morning.
(84) Set up: to put up, to establish (उभारणे, मांडणे, थाटणे)
àThe scouts set up tents near the mine.
(85) Skip a beat: be frightened (घाबरणे)
àMy heart skipped a beat to see the man having long beared.
(86) Stand by: to support (आधार देणे)
àMavalas stood by Shivaji in sun and shower
(87) Steal into the hearts of: to reach the hearts of ह्रदयाला स्पर्श करणे)
àThe joy of the poor children stole into the hearts of the old woman.
(88) Stare at: to look at, to gaze at (टक लावून पाहणे)
àShe was staring at something in front of me.
(89) Strain every nerve and muscle: try as hard as possible to do something (अथक परिश्रम करणे)
àWe strain every nerv and muscle to build this hospital.
(90)Take aim: to direct at (नेम धरणे)
àAs the light was dim, it was difficult to take aim.
(91) Take care of: look after.(ची काळजी घेणे)
àWe should take care of the orphans in our society.
(92) Take part: participate. (भाग घेणे)
àThe boys and girls took part in the competitions.
(93)Take over: to undertake. (ताब्यात घेणे)
àThe computer will take over all the mechanical jobs from the house-wife.
(94) Take pity on: to feel compassion towards (च्यावर दया दाखविणे)
àDhammaddhaja took pity on the man and helped him.
(95) Take place: to happen (घडणे)
àThe accident took place near our school.
(96) Take revenge on: to harm in return for (बदला घेणे, सूड घेणे)
àKali wanted to take revenge on Nala.
(97) Wait for: to stay in expectation (वाट पहाणे)
àAll living things are waiting for the sun and the spring.
(98) Wake up: get up (उठणे)
àGopal and Krishna woke up early in the morning and got ready.
(99) Weed out: get rid off, remove (च्यापासून सुटका होणे)
à Our society must weed this malaise out from the route.
[II] Phrases without Infinitives (Non-verbal Phrases):
- Above all: very important (अत्यंत महत्वाचे)
àAbove all, humanity is a great thing.
- According to: in agreement with (च्यानुसार)
àAccording to Gandhiji, untouchability is a sin against humanity.
- A good number of: a lot of (भरपूर)
àThere are a good number of animals in the circus
- A great deal of: a lot of (भरपूर)
àI took a great deal of pride in my weekend chores.
- All kinds of: all sorts of (सर्व प्रकारचे)
àComputer can do all kinds of tasks at home.
- All of a sudden: suddenly (अकस्मात, एकदम)
àOnce mother was taken ill all of a sudden.
- All over: everywhere (सर्वत्र)
àHelen keller travelled all over the world to raise funds for handicapped children.
- All the time: always, for ever (सतत, नेहमी)
àGanpat asked questions all the time.
- A lot of: a good number of (भरपूर)
àHe spent a lot of money on his mother’s treatment but in vain.
10. Already: before this time, by this time
àYou are already late. (अगोदरच)
11. Apart from: besides, in addition to (शिवाय)
àApart from my daily work, my job was to read the local newspaper end to end.
12. At any rate: at all costs, at any cost (काही झाले तरी)
àThey didn’t help him at any rate.
13. At first: in the beginning.
à At first she pretended not to notice. (सुरुवातीला, प्रथम)
14. At home: to be free
àManoj didn’t live at his uncl’s house at home.(मनमोकळे वाटणे)
15. At last: finally
àAt last, one day the sky became clear (शेवटी)
16. At present: now-a-days
àAt present he is running a cloth-shop (सध्या)
17. At once: immediately
àAfter praying the snake, Nala at once became handsome again.(ताबडतोब)
18. At stake: in distress (धोक्यात)
àMy honour is at stake on account of my bad deeds.
19. At the back of: behind
àMost of us have a small piece of land at the back of the huts. (मागे)
20. At the cost of: at the expense of
àManoj is enjoying the natural beauty at the cost of climbing up all the way. (ची झळ सोसून)
21. At the head of: in front, ahead, in the first place
àThe S.R.P. troups was palying at the head of the procession.(च्या अग्रभागी)
22. At the heart of: at the centre of (च्या मध्यभागी)
àAt the heart of the modern scientific revolution is the computer.
23. At the thought of: with that thought
àfear fell upon my parents at the thught of the impending calamity.
24. Available: at hand ( त्या विचाराने)
àRaman read all the available books on science in the college library.
25. Broad outlook: liberal view (उपलब्ध)
àGandhiji’s broad outlook made people glorious. (विशाल दृष्टीकोन)
26. Bread and butter: the things essential for life.
àFood, cloth and shelter are bread and butter for human beings. (जीवनावश्यक वस्तू)
27. By practice: to do again and again (च्यायोगे, च्या मदतीने, सरावाने)
àNone of them knew how to sail the raft but they learnt it by practice.
28. By leaps and bounds: with a very rapid speed (जलदगतीने)
àIn the last ten years our industries have made progress by leaps and bounds.
29. Due to: on account of, caused by (च्यामुळे)
àDue to my bad deeds my honour is at stake.
30. Far-off: far away (खूप दूर)
àWill you make a trip to a far-off place from your won town on a bicycle?
31. Far and wide: in many distant places, in all directions (सर्वत्र, दूरवर)
àNala and Damayanti wandered far and wide in the forest for many days.
32. Fascinating: attractive (आकर्षक)
àThe land of Kashmir is very fascinating.
33. Firsts and formost: at first, in the fist place
àWe should do our duty first and formost. (प्रथम, आद्य, अव्वल दर्जाचा)
34. Flesh and blood: human nature
àWho can measure the length of flesh and blood? (मानवी स्वभाव)
35. Flora and founa: all trees and animals of a country.
àMy uncle told me about the flora and founa of the area.(वनस्पती आणि पशुपक्षी)
36. For a while: for a moment (थोडावेळ)
àShe was quiet for a while.
37. For example: for instance (उदाहरणार्थ)
àFor example, if crows settle noisily on the trees and fly to and front instead of flying away, a wet day is forcast.
38. For good: permanently (कायमचे)
àWe should not leave our native place for good.
39. Formerly: ago, previously, in time past (पूर्वी)
àFormerly, miners used to carry canaries down into the mines with them.
40. Fortunately: by luck, luckily (सुदैवाने)
àFortunately, the window of my room opens on the range of purple mountains in the west.
41. Generally: usually (साधारणपणे)
àGenerally, water is used to extinguish fire
42. Give and take: co-operation (देवाणघेवाण)
àGive and take is the essential part of human nature.
43. Good omen: good portent (शुभशकून)
àThe farmers believe that the Rohini showers are a good omen.
44. Hide and seek: a game of hiding. (लपंडाव)
àChildren play hide and seek in the garden
45. However: nevertheless, still (तथापि)
àThe hole, however, was the home of a poisonous snake.
46. In addition to: apart from, besides (शिवाय)
àIn addition to mathematical operations, we can feed the computer with all kind of information.
47. In a flash: in a moment (क्षणार्धात)
àIn a flash, Dayamanti noticed that the feet of four Nalas did not touch the ground.
48. In all: total (एकूण)
àThat is six children in all.
49. In a sense: to a certain extent (काहीअंशी)
àIn a sense the computer is like the human brain.
50. Indeed: in fact (खरोखर)
àBooks, indeed, are our best friends.
51. In distress: at stake (संकटात)
àSaint Tukaram’s heart always went out to those who were in distress.
52. In fact: indeed (खरोखर)
àIn fact, I love my India.
53. In front: ahead (च्यासमोर)
àThe six children had seats in front
54. In front of: opposite of (
àThere is a beautiful garden in front of my school.
55. In order to: for the purpose of (च्यासाठी)
àI might need your help later in order to save my father’s honour.
56. In praise of: saying nice things about someone (च्या स्तुतीप्रीत्यर्थ)
àFor years, poets and philosophers have written in praise of the mother earth.
57. In vain: fruitless, of no use (व्यर्थ)
àUnfortunately their search was in vain.
58. In salutation: for greeting (नमस्कारासाठी)
àGiridhar folded his hands in salutation to the snake.
59. In search of: trying to find, looking for (च्या शोधार्थ)
àJim Corbett wandered in the forest of Garwal District in search of a man-eater.
60. Instead of: in place of (च्याएवजी)
àDamayanti was puzzled for a moment to see five Nalas instead of one.
61. In sun and shower: in good and bad times. (सुखदुःखात)
àMavalas stood by Shivaji in sun and shower at the cost of their lives.
62. In the centre of: in the middle of ( मध्यभागी)
àI saw Mohan standing in the centre of the room
63. In the middle of: in the centre of (च्या मध्यभागी)
àThere was a big ring in the middle.
64. In this way: lik e this (अशाप्रकारे)
àMany years passed by in this way.
65. In those days: at that time, long ago ( त्याकाळी)
àTo travel on a bicycle in those days was not easy
66. Kind and kid: relatives (नातेवाइक)
àAll his kith and kid gathered for the grand ceremony.
67. Lion’s share: the largest share (सिंहाचा वाटा)
àGandhiji had a lion’s share in the achievement of freedom.
68. Long ago: once upon a time (फार पूर्वी)
àLong ago, men used to worship Mother Earth as God.
69. Long long ago: once upon a time. (फारफार पूर्वी)
àLong long ago there lived a king named Shibi.
70. Meanwhile: mean-time, in the time between (मधल्याकाळात)
àMeanwhile, the war raged and India as fighting on both fronts.
71. Moreover: In addition to, besides (शिवाय)
àMorever, he could think clearly than the courtiers.
72. Nearby: closeby (जवळपास)
àThe blind musician was sleeping on the floor and his musical instrument lay nearby
73. Naturally: in a natural way (स्वाभाविकपणे)
àIt naturally hurt my ego.
74. Nevermind: it dosen’t matter. (काही हरकत नाही)
àNevermind, I comforted myself.
75. Of courseL certainly, surely (अर्थातच)
àOf course, the inmates of the Ashram love each other.
76. Often: many times (वारंवार)
àNowdays, we often eat dried fruits
77. On account of: due to, because of (च्या कारणामुळे)
àThe villagers had suffered on account of a tiger.
78. On purpose: intentionally (मुद्दाम, हेतुपुरस्कर)
àShe was doing it on purpose.
79. On the contrary: on the other hand (उलटपक्षी)
àOn the contrary, much to our dismay we notice fresh ‘reinforcements’
80. Otherwise: if not, in a different way (नाहीतर)
àRun fast, otherwise, you’ll miss the train.
81. One by one: by turns, one after another (क्रमाने)
àThe king decided to put them to test one by one.
82. Once upon a time: long long ago (फार पूर्वी, कोणे एके काळी)
àOnce upon a time a king who had three sons ruled over the city of Oudh.
83. Point of view: outlook (दृष्टीकोन)
àAbout religion Gandhiji’s point of view was worldwide.
84. Properly: appropriately, suitably ( योग्य रितीने)
àDo you brush your teeth properly? (
85. Quite a few: many (पुष्कळ)
àThere were quite a few people present when I made my request.
86. Regularly: in a regular manner. (नियमितपणे)
àShashi has now started going to school regularly.
87. Similarly: in the same way, like wise. (तसेच)
àSimilarly, I think our teachers could grow enormously by learning from their students.
88. Slow but steady: firm and regular (हळू पण स्थिर, ठाम)
àSlow but steady wins the race.
89. Suddenly: all of a sudden (अकस्मात)
àI was suddenly gripped by shyness.
90. Throughout: complete, on through, in every part (संपूर्ण)
àThroughout the day I felt homesick yesterday.
91. To and fro: here and there (इकडे तिकडे)
àThe tiger is moving to and fro in the cage.
92. Typically: in a typical manner. (नमुनेदारपणाने, आदर्शवत्)
àMy day, typically, begins like this.
93. Ups and downs: rise and fall of the fortune (चढ उतार)
àMy parents have gone through many ups and downs in their live
94. Uplift: progress, elevation (उत्थान, विकास)
àKaramaveer Bhaurao Patil worked for the uplift of the down-trodden
95. Well-known: widely known, famous (सुप्रसिद्ध)
àShivaji invited Gaga Bhatta, the well-known pandit of Kashi, to perform the religious rites.
96. With a heavy heart: with great sorrow. (जड अंतःकरणाने)
àThe mother parted her son with a heavy heart for his further education.
- वाक्प्रचारांचा वाक्यात उपयोग करण्याचे नियमः
१. वाक्प्रचारांचे दोन गटात वर्गीकरण करण्यात येते.
पहिला गट (a) क्रियापदाच्या पहिल्या रुपाने किंवा infinitive हे सुरुवात असलेले वाक्प्रचारः
E.g. to look intoकिंवा look into दोघांचा अर्थ समान आहे, फक्त लिहिण्याची पद्धत बदल आहे
To look into मध्ये to look हे infinitive आहे, Look मध्ये हे क्रियापदाचे पहिले रुप (वर्तमानकाळी रुप) आहे.
दुसरा गट (b) क्रियापद नसलेले वाक्प्रचारः
E.g. on behalf of, all over, instead of
२. पहिल्या गटातील वाक्प्रचार वापरण्याचे नियमः
(i) पहिल्या गटातील वाक्प्रचारामध्ये क्रियापद असते; म्हणून वाक्यातील संदर्भ ओळखून त्याचा काळ ठरवावा. काही कालवाचक क्रियाविशेषणे काळ ओळखण्यासाठी मदत करतात.
(ii) अपूर्ण काळ असेल, तर काळ व कर्ता यानुसार योग्य ते to be चे रुप वापरावे.
(iii) पूर्ण काळ असेल, तर काळ व कर्ता यानुसार योग्य ते to have चे रुप वापरावे.
(iv) वाक्यामध्ये रिकाम्या जागेनंतर by असेल, तर क्रियापद Passive Voice मध्ये वापरावे.
(v)वाक्यामध्ये रिकाम्या जागेच्या सुरुवातीला To be चे रुप असेल, तर क्रियापदाचे Present Participle वापरावे.
(vi)वाक्यामध्ये मुख्य क्रियापदानंतर रिकामी जागा असेल, तर वाक्प्रचार infinitive च्या रुपात लिहावा.
(i) वाक्यामध्ये रिकाम्या जागेच्या सुरुवातीला To have चे रुप असेल, तर पूर्ण काळाचा संदर्भ देण्यासाठी क्रियापदाचे Past Participle वापरावे.
(ii) वाक्यामध्ये रिकाम्या जागेच्या सुरुवातीस will, would, shall, should, can, could, may, might, must ही साहाय्यकारी क्रियापदे असतील, तर वाक्प्रचार वगळून जसाच्या तसा लिहितात.
(ix) वाक्प्रचारामध्ये one’s असेल, तर रिकाम्या जागी वाक्प्रचार वापरतांना one’s चा लोप करुन कर्त्याची षष्ठी वापरतात.
(x)वाक्प्रचारामध्ये oneself असेल, तर रिकाम्या जागी वाक्प्रचार वापरतानoneself
चा लोप करून कर्त्याचे self जोडून येणारे रूप वापरतात
(xi)वाक्प्रचाराच्या सुरुवातीस To be किंवा be असा उल्लेख असेल, तर त्याचा लोप
करून रिकाम्या जागी वाक्प्रचार वापरतांना काळ व कर्ता यानूसार योग्य ते To
be चे रूप वापरतात.
(xii)वाक्यामध्ये कर्त्यानंतर लगेच रिकामी जागा असेल, तर रिकाम्या जागी क्रियापद असलेला वाक्प्रचार वापरतात.
(xiii) वाक्यामध्ये रिकाम्या जागेच्या सुरुवातीस don’t, doesen’t, didn’t, won’t, wouldn’t, shan’t, shouldn’t, can’t, couldn’t, mayn’t, mightn’t, musn’t ह्यापैकी कोणतेही साहाय्यकारी क्रियापद नकारार्थी रुपात दिलेले असेल, तर वाक्प्रचार toवगळून जसाच्या तसा वापरतात.
3. दुस-या गटातील वाक्प्रचार वापरण्याचे नियमः
दुस-या गटातील वाक्प्रचाराची सुरुवात शब्दयोगी अव्ययाने किंवा क्रियापद नसलेल्या शब्दाने झालेली असते, त्यामुळे काळ बदलण्याचा प्रश्नच उद्भवत नाही, फक्त वाक्प्रचार आणि तो वाक्प्रचार वापरण्यासाठी प्रश्नपत्रिकेत दिलेले समर्पक वाक्य यांची जोडी लावून रिकाम्या जागी वाक्प्रचार जसाच्या तसा वापरतात
- Some more examples solved for practice:
Fill in the blanks with suitable words or phrases in the appropriate forms and rewrite the sentences:
(A) (to put an end, to know no bounds, to make up one’s mind)
- My friend has …….to become a doctor.
àMy friend has made up his mind to become doctor.
टीपः (a) has नंतर पूर्ण काळाचा संदर्भ देण्यासाठी वाक्याला अनुरुप अशा वाक्प्रचाराच्या सुरुवातीस असलेल्या to make चे past participle: made वापरले.
(b) One’s चा लोप करुन कर्ता my friend च्या he ह्या पुरुषवाचक सर्वनामाची षष्ठी विभक्ती त्याजागी वापरली.
2. His joys……..when he topped the list of successful candidates.
àHis joys kenw no bounds when he topped the list of successful candidates.
टीपः (a) वाक्याला अनुरुप अशी pharase: to know no bounds निवडली
(b) topped वरुन साध्या भूतकाळाचा बोध झाला; म्हणून to know चे भूतकाळी रुप knew वापरुन to know चा लोप केला.
3. Tukaram decided……..his life, as his life-work was over.
àTukarama decided to put an end to his life, as his life-work was over.
टीपः decided ह्या मुख्य क्रियापदानंतर रिकामी जागा आहे; म्हणून ह्या वाक्यात क्रियापद असलेली phrase आपण Infinitive च्या रुपात वापरली.
(B) (be overjoyed, lion’s share, look for)
- Gandhiji’ had a …….. in the achievement of Independence.
àGandhiji had a lion’s share in the achievement of Indipendence.
टीपः (a) ह्या वाक्याला समर्पक असलेला वाक्प्रचार lion’s share निवडला.
(b) हा वाक्प्रचार दुस-या गटातील आहे. याच्या सुरुवातीला क्रियापदाचे मूळ रुप नाही,
(c) A उपपदानंतर रिकामी जागा आहे, उपपदानंतर सामान्यनाम वापरतात. तेथे क्रियापद असलेला वाक्प्रचार वापरता येणार नाही. Lion’s shareहे सामान्यनाम आहे; म्हणून तो वाक्प्रचार आपण येथे वापरलेला आहे
2. The poor mother was……….her lost child
àThe poor mother was looking for her lost child
टीपः (a) या वाक्याची समर्पक pharase: to look for
(b) Was हे To beचे रुप आहे. हे वाक्य अपूर्ण भूतकाळात आहे; म्हणून to look चे Present Participle: looking चा वापर was नंतर केला.
3. My parents……….when I stood firsts in the examination
àMy prarents were overjoyed when I stood first in the examination.
टीपः (a) या वाक्याची समर्पक phrase: to be overjoyed.
(b) My parent’s हा अनेकवचनी कर्ता आणि stood वरुन झालेला भूतकाळाचा बोध to be च्या जागी अनेकवचनी भूतकाळी to be चे रुप were वापरण्यास प्रवृत्त करतात.
*Exercise*
[I] fill in the blanks by choosing appropriate words/phrases given in the brackets:
(take care of, for a while, engaged in, be the victim of, make the best of, goose bumps, come along)
- Despite her illness, she remains actively _________ social work.
- I had_______ all over my body, as I sawa a truck dashing against a motor cyclist.
- We’re going into town, do you want to_______?
- Many people in India are seen to ________ blind faith.
- Who ________ the dog, while you are away?
- It is good to think _________ before you say or do something
- Life is not full of joys; we have to ________ what we get.
[II] Fill in the blanks using the following words/phrases given in the brackets:
(Encourage, combine, in case of, to put out, declare, to live in)
- They ________ slum area.
- Let us rush to the posts _______ the fire.
- Our results will be _______ in the next week.
- It is the duty of parents to ______ their children, though they fail in the examination.
- ______ Large fires we have to aopt a different method.
- Kathakali _______ music, dance, poetry, drama and mime.
[III] Fill in the blanks by choosing a suitable phrase from those given below
(To cut off, to keep one’s word, with a heavy heart, to bring about, to put out, to know no bounds)
- When Mohan heard the sad news, his sorrow_______
- Education should _______ a positive change in our behavior
- Mother parted her son ______ for his further education
- The first step to stop fire is ______ the oxygen supply.
- I am sure sthat he ______ because he is a gentleman.
ANSWERS
Phrases and Idioms
[I] (1) engaged in (2) goose bumps (3) come along (4) be the victim of (5) will take care of
(6) for a while (7) make the best of
[II] (1) live in (2) to put out (3) declared (4) encourage (5) In case of (6) combines.
[III] (1) knew no bounds (2) bring about (3) with a heavy heart (4) to cut off (5) will keep his
One - word Sunbstitutions (शब्दसमूहांबद्दल एक शब्द)
One – word Substitutions
1. Ability to undergo hardship in reaching the goal : endurance
2. A cage of chickens : coop
3. A cave, especially one made artificially as a
Garden shelter : grotto
4. A clever action showing strength, skill or courage : feat
5. A country which is very distant : remote
6. Action that creats something new : improvisation
7. Act of thinking that something will happen : anticipation
8. A division of the country : region
9. A far away place : remote
10. A feeling of sadness and helplessness : depression
11. A follower of a leader or a teacher : disciple
12. A group of people sharing particular
Characteristiscs : contigent
13. A group of some trees : grove
14. A horse for riding : steed
15. A large hairy bee : bumble-bee
16. A large motorboat : launch
17. All those things that a performer knows and can
Perform : repertoire
18. A long walk in the country : hike
19. An animal that cannot be tamed : wild
20. An area where birds and wild animals are
Protected from hunters : sanctuary
21. An old fashioned sentry/guard : sentinels
22. Anxiety or worry and fear : trepidation
23. Anything made to looke like real in order to
Deceive people : fake
24. A part of the country : region
25. A person not possessing proper knowledge of
Medicine but is pretending to have it : quack
- A period of ten years : decade
- A person expert in logic : logician
- A person sent as a representative : deligate
- A person skilled in accurate shooting : marksman
- A person very reserved in speech : reticent
- A person who designs, builds or maintains
Ingines, machines, bridges, railway etc : engineer.
- A person who does something for enjoyment
And not as one’s job : amateur
- A person who greately admire somebody or
Something : devotee
- A person who has been forced to leave his
Contry and seek shelter in another country : refugee
10. A person who is an example of : exponent
11. A person who lives in a place : occupant
12. A person who pays a great attention to
Exactness : purist
13. A person who studies remains of ancient time : archaeologist
14. A person who supervises and directs other
Workers : foreman
15. A person who travels around a new place
To learn about it : explorer
16. A person who used to run and carry messeges
From one place to another : mail-runner
17. A person with a long experience of any
Occupation : veteran
18. A person with unusual, almost magical abilities : wizard
19. : A picture painted in water-colour on a wall or
ceiling before the plaster is dry. : fresco
20. A place to which a lot of people go on holidays : resort
21. A place where clothes are kept : wardrobe
22. Area of low flat wet land : fen
23. A remedy for all disease : panacea
24. Art of making figures, objects etc by carving
Stone : sculpture
25. A short pointed knife that is used as a weapon : dagger
26. A situation in which two people or group try to
Get the same thing : tu-of-war
27. A soldier standing as a guard : sentry
28. Assembly of graduates of a university : convocation
29. A statement expressing that one is sorry : treat
30. A statement showing too much pride : boast
31. A thing that cannot be seen with human eyes : invisible
32. A thing that is fit to be eaten : edible
33. A thing that shows that something exists or is
True : testimony
34. A very dishonest person : rogue
35. A wide view of the country scenery : landscape
36. A worry or fear about something : anxiety
37. Back with a round lump : hanchback
38. Breathing quickly wish short breaths : panting
39. Cause of great pain : distress
40. Chemical substance used to pets, especially
Insects : pesticide
41. Chief city of region or country : metropolis
42. Condition of being lost in dreamy pleasant
Thoughts : reveries
43. Condition of great happiness and feeling of
Peace : nirvana
44. Death by electric shocks : electrocution
45. Deep regret for having done wrong : contrition
46. Edge of something that is circular : rim
47. Experts who work for insurance compines : actuaries
48. Fact that exists and can be experienced by
The senses : phenomenon
49. Feeling shameful about something : ashamed
50. Feelilng that tells one about matter of right or
Wrong : conscience
51. Fighting or struggling with each other for a
Short time in a way that is not serious : scuffling
52. Fire or light used as a single : beacon
53. Fishing boat with a large fishing net attached to
It : trawler
54. Fruit consisting of a hard shell with a kernel
Inside it : nuts
55. Food that keeps person, animal or plant alive
And well : nutrition
56. Government run by the people of t he people
For the people : democracy
57. Gradual and continuous loss : decline
58. Group of animals, birds or plants that are alike
In some way : species
59. Handle something in particular way : treat
60. Height above the sea level : altitude
61. Holes or tunnels in the ground made by animals
To live in : burrows
62. Holy or respected places : shrines.
63. Journey movement from one place to another : migration
64. Lack of action : inaction
65. Large and white birds with a long beak, neck
And legs : storks
66. Large area of high level land : plateau
67. Large fire built outside either for pleasure or
To burn unwanted things : bonfire
68. Lasting only for very short time : temporary
69. Long walk in the country : hike
70. Low part of the body below the waist and
Above the legs : lions
71. Mass of ice formed by snow on mountains : glacier
72. Medical examination of a body held after death : post-martem
73. Message carried by a government official : dispatches
74. Messenger who carries urgent official news
Or business : courier
75. Murder of oneself : sucide
76. Musical entertainment given in public by one
Or more performers : concert
77. Object or weapon thrown at a target : missile
78. Official document or speech which praises
A person for having done something brave
Or special : citation
79. One who applies engineering knowledge to
Practical uses in industry : technologist
80. One who believes in the existence of God : theist
81. One who believes that all objects have souls : animist
82. One who buys and sells goods : merchant
83. One who cannot read or write : illiterate
84. One who disasgrees in opinion : dissenter
85. One who does not believe in the existensce
Of God : atheist
86. One who does not care for literature or art : philistine
87. One who eats too much : greedy
88. One who eats vegetables only : vegetarian
89. One who enters privately owned property
of land without permission : trespasser
90. One who is offer money : mercenary
91. One who is liked by everybody : popular
92. One who is unable to pay one’s debt : insolvent
93. One who is very easily made angry : irritable
94. One who makes an official examination
of accounts : auditor
95. One who makes a scientific study of
earthquakes : seismologist
96. One who offers his/her services : volunteer
97. One who plans a new building : architect
98. One who spends too much : spendthrift
99. One who spends very little : miser
- One who spokes for other : spokesman
- One who studies an art or plays game as
hobby not for money : amateur
- One who studies and writes history : historian
- One who studies philosophy : philosopoher
- One who studies the sky and stars : astronomer
- One who thinks that human nature is
Essentially evil : cynic
- One who travels from one place to another : traveler
- One who worked first in any field : pioneer
- Organ of the body : gland
- Part of the theatre where the spectators sit : auditorium
- People who take up arms against the
government : rebels
- Person who catch or shoot animals, birds
or fish on private land without permission : poachers
- Persons who enter an area without
permission : intruders
- Persons who follow or support a particular
person : followers
- Piece of rock or metal that has come from
space and has landed on the earth : meteorite
- Position in society : status
- Process of burning : combustion
- Producer of new and better kind of animals
And plants : breeder
- Profession to be followed all through one’s
Life : career
- Promising or showing signs of future
Success : auspicious
- Punishment which one imposes on oneself
To repent : penance
- Roughly built shed, hut or house : shack
- Round hole in the ground especially made
By an explosion : crater
- Showing bad manners : discourteous
- Sign or measure that something can be
Judged by : index
- Situation in which no progress is possible : stalemate
- Skilled workman or craftsman : artisan
- Small, dirty, untidy children : urchins
- Smaller building added to a large one : annexe
- Small soft piece of frozen water that falls
From the sky as snow : snowflake
- Small quiet place which is wheltered by a
Rock, a big tree etc. : Nook
- Soft, green, grey or blue stuff that grow
On food : mould
- Sole profession or controller of : monopoly
- Sole right to make and sell of some invention : patent
- Some one with very strong interest in radios : fiend
- Something considered large and ugly : monstrosity
- Something pleasant to listen to : melodious
- Sort of food that is usually eaten : diet
- Special mixture of water and salt : saline
- State or quality of being able to work well : efficiency
- Storm with thunder, lightning and heavy rain : thunderstorm
- Strong feeling of dislike : disgust
- Strong feeling when you want something
Very much : longing
- Structure made by bees to live in : hive
- Structure of building : erection
- Study of beauty : aesthetics
- Study of the relation of living things to
Environment : ecology
- Subtle difference in meaning or feeling : nuance
- Tall plants with long leaves and a long brown
head of flowers that grow I or near water : bulrushes
- Ten years period : decade
- The action of starting or making something
Burn : ignition
- The area around a place or building,
Sometimes enclosed by a wall : precincts
- The branch of an army that uses big guns : artillery
- The difficult or unpleasant situation : adversity
- The dry outer covering : husk
- The feeling produced by knowledge or belief
That one has done wrong : guilt
- The first speech delivered by a person : maiden
- The head of a cobra in striking position : rearedhood
- The large and stately house : mansion
- The life history of a man/woman written by
Himself : autobiography
- The life history of a man/woman written by
Someone : biography
- The art of growing fruits, flowers and
Vegetables : horticulture
- The moral, political or religious beliefs taught
Often by a person : teachings
- The natural home of a plant or an animal : habitat
- The place from where you can see well : rantage point
- The place where one lives : abode
- The science which treats of a life : biology
- The science which trats animals : zoology
- The science which treats of languages : philosophy
- The science of designing and operating
Robots : robotics
- The science of vegetable life : botany
- The science of which treats of man : anthropology
- The science which treats of the body : physiology
- The science which treats of the earth : geology
- The short stick carried and handed on in a
Relay race : baton
- The side of a moving army : flank
- The single circuit of a track or rececource : lap
- The space in which the force of a magnet is
effective : magnetic field
- The spoon with a long handle used for
Stiring liquids : ladle
- The state of being still and quiet : quietude
- The substance through which heat passes : conductor
- The things that you won which can be
Moved : belongings
- The things accepted as true but not proved : assumption
- Tool with a sharp cutting edge at the end for
Shaping wood, stone or metal : chisel
- The university degree of a Doctor of
Philosophy : doctorate
- The way something looks or appears to you : impression
- The whole mass of the air surrounding the
earth : atmosphere
- The wide wall or flat area built but into
the water : jetty
- To rise in value : appreciate
- To send out of one’s native place : excile
- Understanding the situation he was in : bearings
- Very small forms of plant life that live in air,
Water, earth, plants and animals : bacteria
- Way of thinking in the same manner : strain
- Word or sound uttered to express emotion : interjection
- Work for which no salary is paid : honorary
- Young plant that has grown from seed : seedling
*Exercise*
[I] give one-word substitutions for:
(i) Time of great difficulty:
(ii) Power to bear patiently:
(iii) Quiet period between times of activity:
(IV) State of being alone and happy:
(v) Land without natural life:
[I]Match the words in column ‘A’ with their definitions/meanings in column ‘B’
‘A’ ‘B’
(i) Excile feeling of kindship with all people
(ii) Brotherhood sort of food that is usually eaten
(iii) Miracle to send out of one’s native place
(iv) Bliss wonderful unexpected event
(v) Diet complete happiness.
ANSWERS
One-word substitution
[I] (1) crisis (2) endurance (3) lull (4) solitude (5) wilderness.
[II]
- To send out of one’s native place.
- Feeling of kind ship with all people.
- Wonderful unexpected event.
- Complete happiness
- Sort of food that is usually eaten.
Use of 'Correct words' (अचूक शब्दलेखन)
1) Plants are like child. (correct the sentence using right word)
àPlants are like children.
- Plants हे अनेकवचनी सामान्यनाम असल्यामुळे या वाक्यात child एवजी children हे अनेकवचनी सामान्यनाम वापरले.
(1) Shivaji was given a holy bathe.
àShivaji was given a holy bath.
- A holy bath हे सामान्यनाम आहे. Bathe हे क्रियापद असल्यामुळे त्याचा वापर करणे चुकीचे आहे; म्हणून bathe (v) एवजी bath (n) चा वापर केला.
(2) Have you ever see a robot?
àHave you ever seen a robot?
- हे पूर्ण वर्तमानकाळी वाक्य असल्यामुळे See एवजी त्याचे भूतकाळी धातुसाधित रुप (past participle) see वापरले.
(3) Butterflies flew between the flowers.
àButterflies flew among the flowers.
- ‘दोन वस्तुंच्यामध्ये’ असा संदर्भ असतांना Between, ‘अनेकांच्या मध्ये’ असा संदर्भ असतांना among चा वापर करतात. Flowers अनेकवचनी असल्यामुळे among चा वापर केला.
(4) Hari has been working for morning.
àHari has been working since morning.
- Point of time सूचित करण्यासाठी since चा वापर करतात. बोलण्याच्या क्षणापर्यंत क्रिया चालू असण्याचा बोध since मुळे होतो.
- Length of time सूचित करण्यासाठी for चा वापर करतात. बोलण्याच्या क्रियेची निश्चित कालमर्यादा for मूळे सूचित होते.
(5) We also do furniture.
àWe also make furniture.
- To construct/ to prepare या अर्थाने make चा वापर करतात. (तयार करणे, बनविणे)
- To perform an action या अर्थाने do चा वापर करतात. (काम करणे)
(6) Come when you liked.
àCome when you like.
- Come वरुन वर्तमानकाळाचा बोध होतो; म्हणून ‘like’ हे वर्तमानकाळी रुप वापरले.
(7) One of the boys come ahead.
àOne of the boys comes ahead.
- One of the boys (त्या मुलांपैकी एक) हा एकवचनी तृतीय पुरुषी कर्ता असल्यामुळे साध्या वर्तमानकाळात come ला s प्रत्यय जोडून त्याचे comes हे रुप तयार केले.
(8) Much of them know him well.
àMany of them know him well.
- Countable nouns साठी many आणि uncountable nouns साठी much चा वापर करतात.
(9) An enemy’s advise is never good.
àAn enemy’s advice is never good.
- An enemy’s advice हे नाम आहे; म्हणून येथे advise (v) एवजी advice (n) चा वापर केला.
(10) But he refused practicing.
àBut he refused to practice.
- Refuse नंतर ‘gerund’ चा वापर करीत नाहीत; म्हणून practicing (gerund) चे to practice (infinitive) तयार केले.
(11) Neither of the boys are active.
àNeither of the boys is active
- Neither म्हणजे दोन वस्तू/व्यक्ती यांपैकी कोणतीच नाही. Neither एकवचनी सर्वनाम आहे; म्हणून क्रियापद देखील एकवचनीच वापरतात.
(12) Pankaj is tallest than Vinod.
àPankaj is taller than Vinod
- Comparative Degree मध्ये than च्या आगोदर विशेषणाचे/क्रियाविशेषणाचे दुसरे रुप वापरतात. तेथे tallest ऐवजी ‘taller’ हे दुसरे रुप वापरले.
(13) It is a strongest animal of all.
àIt is the strongest animal of all.
- Superlative Degree मध्ये विशेषणाच्या/क्रियाविशेषणाच्या तिस-या रुपापूर्वी the हे निश्चित उपपद वापरतात.
(14) Mohan is clever than Sohan.
àMohan is as clever as Sohan/Mohan is cleverer than Sohan.
- Positive Degree मध्ये विशेषणाच्या/क्रियाविशेषणाच्या पहिल्या रुपाच्या दोन्ही बाजूला as……..as वापरतात.
- Comparative Degree मध्ये विशेषणाच्या/क्रियाविशेषणाच्या दुस-या रुपानंतर than वापरतात.
(15) You are blessed with God.
àYou are blessed by God.
- ‘परमेश्वराकडून वर/आशिर्वाद घेणे’ असा संदर्भ असल्यामुळे by (कडून) चा वापर केला.
(16) Let we go now.
àLet us go now.
- हे आज्ञार्थी वाक्य आहे. कर्ता You येथे understood (अध्याह्रत) आहे. त्यामुळे येथे आपण प्रथमा विभक्तीचे पुरुषवाचक सर्वनाम वापरु शकत नाहीत; म्हणून we एवजी us (द्वितीया विभक्ती) हे कर्म वापरले.
(17) Sachin is enough active to hit a sixer
àSachin is active enough to hit a sixer
- Enough विशेषणानंतर वापरतात.
(18) It is too hot that we can’t go out.
àIt is so hot that we can’t go out.
- Too……..to च्या रचनेत can’t/couldn’t वापरत नाहीत.
- Can’t/couldn’t वापरलेल्या वाक्यात विशेषणाच्या अगोदर too एवजी so वापरतात. (so……that)
(19) We had hardly got on to the platform than the train arrived.
àWe had hardly got on to the platform when the train arrived.
- ‘hardly…….when’ च्या रचनेत दोनclause जोडण्यासाठी than वापरत नाहीत.
(20) The sky is blue, is it?
àThe sky is blue, isn’t it?
- होकारार्थी वाक्याचा Question-tag नकारार्थी असतो.
(21) I prefer milk than tea.
àI prefer milk to tea.
- Prefer……नंतर to वापरतात.
(22) No sooner did the child see his mother when he rushed to her.
àNo sooner did the child see his mother than he rushed to her.
- No sooner……..than च्या रचनेत दोन clause जोडण्यासाठी when वापरत नाहीत.
(23) Every success is using to build moral.
àEvery success is used to build moral.
- हे वाक्य Passive Construction चे असल्यामुळे used Past Participal वापरले.
(24) In our office Mr. Patil is senior than me.
àIn our office Mr. Patil is senior to me.
- Comparative Degree मध्ये साधारणपणे senior सारख्या or ने शेवट होणा-या रुपानंतर than एवजी to चा वापर करतात.
(25) They looked like.
àThey looked alike.
- Look like हा वाक्प्रचार (phrase) आहे. त्यानंतर कर्म वापरणे आवश्यक आहे.
- Alike हे विशेषण असून ते तेथे looked ह्या अकर्मक क्रियापदाचे Complement म्हणून कार्य करते.
(26) The old man was little deaf.
àThe old man was a little deaf.
- ‘little’ म्हणजे जवळजवळ नाहीच; परंतु ‘a little’ म्हणजे थोडासा तरी.
(27) He was ready with a answer.
àHe was ready with an answer.
- Answer हे स्वराने सुरुवात होणारे सामान्यनाम असल्यामुळे त्यापूर्वी an उपपद वापरले.
(28) Don’t worry. Mother will come within a hour.
àDon’t worry. Mother will come within an hour.
- Hour ची सुरुवात h ने झालेली असून त्याचा उच्चार स्वरासारखा होत असल्यामुळे त्यापूर्वी an हे उपपद वापरले. (hour:अवर्)
(29) Few students can write English
àA few students can write English.
- ‘few’ म्हणजे जवळजवळ नाहीच; परंतु ‘a few’ म्हणजे थोडेसे तरी.
(30) Each man has a price.
àEvery man has a price
- ‘each’ समूहातील विशिष्ट वस्तुंचा निर्देश करते; तर ‘every’ संपूर्ण समूहाचा निर्देश करते.
- Wait for a minute:
‘Correct the sentences’ यासाठी विशिष्ट नियम नाहीत. त्यासाठी आपण व्याकरणाचे जे नियम शिकलो, त्यांचे चिंतन करणे गरजेचे आहे. न होणा-या चुका आपण सहज करतो. तसे होता कामा नये. वाक्य बरोबर आहे, असे आपणास वाटते; पण त्यात लक्षात न येणारी चूक असते. ती ओळखायला शिका आणि बिनचूक रचना करा.
*Exercise*
- Correct the following sentences:
- I have not words.
- It is a fantastic feel.
- To win a meadal in the Olympics is the dream of each sportsman.
- I always knew I have a chance.
- Wilma Rudolph was matched again a woman named Jutta.
- The robot moves by four wheels like my toy car.
- Let me ask Robbi few questions about its own community.
- People use buckets of water to put fire of.
- The first is removal the fuel.
10. We can eat food which have come from contries far away.
11. Some birds leave there abodes in winter.
12. It is difficult to some birds to survive in colder regions.
13. The birds are very sharp at judging such changes.
14. The winter will be warmy.
15. Think twice after you say anything.
16. Each walk is shady.
17. They had their bathe.
18. I want to eat any cherries.
19. Birds were flying between the branches.
20. He would not practice.
21. Much of us live in huts.
22. Come when you liked.
23. I have been waiting for 5 o’clock.
24. You have been waiting since an hour.
25. Much of them know him well.
26. He has been working for morning.
27. We have not met ago.
28. I am ten years young.
29. Plants doesn’t grow well here.
30. Their rage melted in love.
31. In this area a tiger has turned man-eater for December last.
32. That shall defeat my purpose.
33. Tolerance was one of the notable characteristic of Shivaji.
34. There were many superstitions between the Gonds.
35. None of his commander was as crafty as Kalka.
36. I don’t know what lay in future for me.
37. He answered my question correct.
38. Banishment and death are like to me.
39. Noting succeed like success.
40. In a sense the computer is alike the human brain.
ANSWERS
Use of ‘Correct Words’
- I have no words.
- It is a fantastic feeling.
- To win a medal in the Olympics is the dream of every sportsman.
- I always knew I had a chance.
- Wilma Rudolph was matched against a woman named Jutta.
- The robort moves on four wheels like my toy car.
- Let me ask Robbi a few questions about its own community.
- People use buckets of water to put fire off.
- The first is to remove the fuel.
10. We can eat food which has come from countries far away.
11. Some birds leave their abodes in winter.
12. It is difficult for some birds to survive in colder regions.
13. The birds are very sharp in judging such changes.
14. The winter will be warm.
15. Think twice before you say anything.
16. Every walk is shady.
17. They had their bath.
18. I want to eat some chcerries.
19. Birds were flying among the branches.
20. He would not practice.
21. Many of us live in huts.
22. Come when you like.
23. I have been waiting since 5 o’clock.
24. You have been waiting for an hour.
25. Many of them know him well.
26. He has been working since morning.
27. We have not met before.
28. I am ten years old.
29. Plants don’t grow well here.
30. Their rage melted into love.
31. In this area a tiger has turned man-eater since December last.
32. That will defeat my purpose.
33. Tolerance was one of the notable characteristics of Shivaji.
34. There were many superstitions among the Gonds.
35. None of his commanders was as crafty as Kalka.
36. I don’t know what lies in future for me.
37. He answered my question correctly.
38. Banishment and death are alike to me.
39. Nothing succeeds like success.
40. In a sense the computer is like the human brain.
Proverbs
- Health is wealth आरोग्य हीच खरी संपत्ती
- Time is money वेळ अनमोल असते.
- Old is gold जुने ते सोने
- To err is human चुकणे हा मनुष्यधर्म आहे.
- Haste makes waste. अति घाई खड्ड्यात नेई.
- Might is right बळी तो कान पिळी
- Union is strenghth एकी हेच बळ
- Doctor after death वरतीमागुन घोडे
- Diamond cuts diamond काट्याने काटा काढावा.
10. Silence is golden मौनं सर्वार्थ साधनम्.
11. Work is workship कार्य हीच पूजा/प्रयत्न हाच परमेश्वर
12. Bones for late comers हाजीर तो वजीर.
13. Money begets money पैशाजवळच पैसा जातो.
14. Tit for tat जशास तसे
15. Truth will be out सत्य लपत नाही.
16. A nine days wonder नव्याचे नऊ दिवस.
17. A figure among ciphers वासरात लंगडी गाय शहाणी.
18. Charity begins at home चांगल्या कामाची सुरुवात घरापासून करतात.
19. Fools praise fools गाढव गाढवाला ओळखतो.
20. Majority carries the point पाचामुखी परमेश्वर
21. Walls have ears भिंतीला कान असतात.
22. Anger punishes itself अति राग भीक माग.
23. A festival in a forest जंगलमें मंगल
24. Delay is dangerous उशीर विघातक असतो.
25. Friends agree at a disatance दुरुन डोंगर साजरे
26. Familiarity breeds contempt अति तेथे माती.
27. Fortune favoures the brave साहसाच्या घरी लक्ष्मी पाणी भरी.
28. Pain is gain श्रम हीच लक्ष्मी
29. Physician heals thyself लोका सांगे ब्रह्मज्ञान, स्वतः कोरडे पाषाण
30. Prosperity makes friends. असतील शिते, तर जमतील भूते.
31. Truth always truimpths सत्यमेव जयते.
32. A day after the fair बैल गेला नि झोपा केला.
33. A wolf in sheep’s clothing गोगलगाय आणि पोटात पाय
34. Better late than never उशीरा का होईना करणे बरे.
35. Civility costs nothing सौजन्य अनमोल असते.
36. Make a virtue of necessity करुन करुन भागला आणि देवपूजेला लागला.
37. More than a match शेरास सव्वाशेर.
38. Drops make an ocean थेंबे थेंबे तळे साचे.
[II]
- A will will find a way इच्छा तेथे मार्ग
- A word is enough for the wise शहाण्याला शब्दाचा मार.
- A fig for the doctor when cured गरज सरो नि वैद्य मरो
- A soverign’s word is the law राजा बोले दल हाले.
- Actions speak louder than words उक्तीपेक्षा कृती श्रेष्ठ
- A kick of cuff at all hours. बसता लाथ उठता बुक्की.
- An army marches on its stomach सैन्य पोटावर चालते.
- A firebrand in the hand of madman माकडाच्या हाती कोलीत.
- A burnt child drads the fire दुधाने तोंड पोळले की मनुष्य ताकसुद्धा फुंकून पितो.
10. Blood is thicker than water रक्ताचे नाते अतुट असते.
11. Birds of a feather flock together समानशीले व्यसनेषु सख्यम्
12. Beggers can’t be chooser’s अन्नछत्रात जाऊन मिरपूड मागू नये.
13. Child is the father of man मूलाचे पाय पाळण्यात दिसतात.
14. Casting pearls before swine गाढवापुढे वाचली गीता, कालचा गोंधळ बरा होता.
15. Care will kill cat चितेपेक्षा चिंता भयावह असते.
16. Character is the best ornament शीलं परं भूषणम्
17. Death keeps no calendar मरणाला काळवेळ नसते.
18. Delay of justice is injustice न्यायाला विलंब म्हणजे अन्याय.
19. Dissimilarity is the law of nature पाची बोटे सारखी नसतात.
20. Doing is better than saying क्रियेविण वाचाळता व्यर्थ आहे.
21. Experience is the best teacher अनुभव हाच खरा गुरु
22. Example is better than precept उक्तीपेक्षा कृती श्रेष्ठ
23. Fare face foul heart मुँहमें राम बगलमें छुरी
24. Foolish fear doublet danger भित्यापाठी ब्रह्मराक्षस.
25. Faith can move mountains श्रद्धेने पर्वत सुद्धा हालतात.
26. First come first serv हाजीर तो वजीर
27. Give a loan, an enemy own. उसनवारी वैर भारी
28. Hunger is best sauce भूकेला कोंडा नि निजेला धोंडा
29. Habit is second nature. जित्याची खोड मेल्याशिवाय जात नाही.
30. Hunger is harder than death. अंतकाळापेक्षा मध्यान्हकाळ कठीण
31. Honesty is the best policy प्रामाणिकपणा हेच सर्वश्रेष्ठ धोरण होय.
32. Ill gotten ill spent हापापाचा माल गपापा
33. Little things please little minds कोल्हा काकडीला राजी.
34. Many a little makes a mickle. थेंबे थेंबे तळे साचे
35. Misfortunes seldom come alone संकटे एकटी येत नसतात.
36. Much ado about nothing डोंगर पोखरुन उंदीर काढणे
37. Misfortune makes foes of friends. कठीण समय येता कोण कामास येतो
38. Money makes the mare go दाम करी काम
39. Many men many minds. व्यक्ती तितक्या प्रकृती
40. Many hands make work light. एकी हेच खरे बळ
41. Mighty in talk slack in act. पुराणातील वांगी पुराणात.
42. Man proposes God disposes. मनुष्य योजतो एक, देव करतो वेगळेच
43. New wine in old bottles. जुन्या बाटलीत नवी दारु
44. Necessity knows no law. गरजवंताला अक्कल नसते.
45. Necessity is the mother of invention गरज ही शोधाची जननी आहे.
46. New lords new laws नवी विटी, नवे राज्य
47. Nothing succeeds like success यशाला पर्याय नसतो.
48. No pains no gains कष्टाविना फळ नाही.
49. No rose without a thorn. काट्यावाचून गुलाब नाही.
50. No smoke without fire. विस्तवाशिवाय धूर नाही.
51. Out of sight, out of mind दृष्टीआड सृष्टी
52. Penny wise pound foolish नको तेथे काटकसर, इतरत्र उधळपट्टी
53. Practice makes a man perfect. सरावाने मनुष्य परिपूर्ण होतो.
54. Prevention is better than cure. अपाय होण्यापूर्वी उपाय हितकर
55. Pen is mightier than sword. तलवारीपेक्षा लेखणी श्रेष्ठ
56. Reap as you sow. पेरावे तसे उगवते
57. Success has many feathers. यशाचे अनेक भागीदार असतात.
58. Set a thief to catch a thief चोराच्या वाटा चोरालाच माहीत.
59. Steal a penny, steal a pound काडीचोर तो माडीचोर
60. Tomorrow has no end. उद्याला अंत नाही.
61. Truth is always bitter. सत्य कटू असते
62. The early bird catches worm. हाजीर तो वजीर
63. A cat has nine lives काही गोष्टी नष्ट करणे अशक्य असते.
64. Great cry little wool बडा घर पोकळ वासा
[III]
- All his geese are swans त्याच्याशी संबंधीत सर्व गोष्टी त्याला असामान्य वाटतात
- An empty vessel makes much noise उथळ पाण्याला खळखळाट फार
- A stich in time saves nine वेळेवर केलेल्या उपायांमुळे अनर्थ टळतो.
- As the king, so are the subjects यथा राजा तथा प्रजा
- A drowing man will clutch at a straw बुडत्याला काडीचा आधार
- A friend in need is a friend indeed संकटात मदत करतो तोच खरा मित्र
- All that glitters is not gold चकाकते ते सर्व सोने नव्हे
- A bad workman blames his stools नाचता येइना आंगण वाकडे
- Better an open enemy than a false friend कपटी मित्रापेक्षा दिलदार शत्रु बरा.
10. A light purse is a heavy curse गरीबकी जोरु सबकी भाभी
11. A closed mouth catches no fly मागितल्याशिवाय काहीही मिळत नाही
12. Between the devil and deep sea इकडे आड तिकडे विहीर.
13. Do well and have well करावे तसे भरावे
14. Every dog has his day चार दिवस सासूचे चार दिवस सुनेचे
15. Every cloud has a silver lining रात्रीच्या गर्भात असे उद्याचा उषःकाल
16. Every house has its skeleton घरोघरी मातीच्या चुली
17. Empty words break no bone क्रियेवीण वाचाळता व्यर्थ आहे.
18. Everything comes to him who waits धीर धरी रे धीरापोटी असती मोठी फळे गोमटी.
19. Handsome is that handsome does चांगले करणा-याला चांगले फळ मिळते
20. Make hay while the sun shines वाहत्या गंगेत हात धुणे
21. Nearer the church farther from God दिव्याखाली अंधार
22. Out of two evils choose less दगडापेक्षा वीट मऊ
23. One cannot serve two masters दोन्ही घरचा पाहुणा उपाशी
24. Rome was not built in a day महत्वाची कार्ये त्वरीत होत नाहीत.
25. Sin and sorrow go together चोराच्या मनात चांदणे
26. Slow and steady wins the race सावकाश परंतु नित्यनेमाने काम करणारे यशस्वी
होतात
27. Strike while the iron is hot प्राप्त संधीचे सोने करा.
28. Success usually attends hard work उद्योगाचे घरी रिद्धी-सिद्धी पाणी भरी
29. Well begun is half done चांगली सुरुवात यशाची नांदी असते.
[IV]
- All is fair in love and war प्रेमात आणि युद्धात सर्व क्षम्य असते.
- All is well that ends well ज्याचा शेवट गोड ते सारेच गोड
- A bird in hand is worth two in the bush हातचे सोडून पळत्याच्या पाठीमागे लागू नये
- A rolling stone gathers no mass अस्थिर मनुष्य यशस्वी होत नाही.
- Cowards die many times before their death भित्रे मरणाआधीच अनेकदा मरत असतात.
- Cut your coat according to your cloth अंथरुण पाहून पाय पसरावे
- God helps those who helps themselves स्वावलंबी लोकांना देव मदत करतो.
- Honey is sweet but the bee stings घी देखा लेकिन बडगा नहीं देखा.
- He who follows two hares catches neither एक ना धड भारभर चिंध्या
10. It is no use crying over spilt milk नुकसान झाल्यावर शोक करणे व्यर्थ
11. It takes two to make a quarrel एका हाताने टाळी वाजत नाही.
12. Listen to people but obey your conscience ऐकावे जनाचे करावे मनाचे
13. One swallow does not make a summer एकाच गोष्टीवरुन नियम लागू पडत नाही.
14. Sow the wind and dreap the wind जशी कृती, तसे फळ
15. Simple living and high thinking साधी राहणी, उच्च विचारसरणी
16. Sound mind in a sound body निरोगी शरीर, निकोप मन
17. There’s many a slilp betwixt cup and lip नकटीच्या लग्नाला सतराशे विघ्ने
18. The hand that rocks the cradle, rules the world जिच्या हाती पाळण्याची दोरी ती जग उद्धारी
19. When god wills, all winds bring rain. आंधळा मागतो एक डोळा, देव देतो दोन.
20. Where there is a will, there is a way इच्छा तेथे मार्ग.